diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/8sand10h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8sand10h.htm | 9574 |
1 files changed, 9574 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/8sand10h.htm b/old/8sand10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb8247b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8sand10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9574 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Dick Sands the Boy Captain by Jules Verne</TITLE> +<META content="MSHTML 6.00.2600.0" name=GENERATOR> +<META http-equiv=Content-Type content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> +<META content="MSHTML 6.00.2600.0" name=GENERATOR> +<STYLE type=text/css> +Body {background: #ffffec; font-family: bookman old style, times new roman +} +P {text-indent: 2 ex } +h4 {text-align: center } +</STYLE> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dick Sands the Boy Captain, by Jules Verne + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Dick Sands the Boy Captain + +Author: Jules Verne + +Release Date: October, 2005 [EBook #9150] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on September 8, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK SANDS THE BOY CAPTAIN *** + + + + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders + + + + + +</pre> + +<P><A href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><IMG height=31 +alt="Valid HTML 4.0!" src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html40" width=88 +border=0></A> </P> +<HR> + +<H4>Dick Sands the Boy Captain by Jules Verne</H4> +<P><B>[Redactor’s Note:</B> <I>Dick Sands the Boy Captain</I> (Number +<B>V018</B> in the T&M numerical listing of Verne’s works is a translation +of <I>Un capitaine de quinze ans</I> (1878) by Ellen E. Frewer who also +translated other Verne works. The current translation was published by Sampson +& Low in England (1878) and Scribners in New York (1879) and was republished +many times and included in Volume 8 of the Parke edition of <I>The Works of +Jules Verne</I> (1911). There is another translation published by George Munro +(1878) in New York with the title <I>Dick Sand A Captain at Fifteen</I>.</P> +<P>This work has an almost mechanical repetiveness in the continuing description +of the day after day trials of sailing at sea. Thus the illustrations, of which +there were 94 in the french edition, are all the more important in keeping up +the reader’s interest. The titles of the illustrations are given here as a +prelude to a future fully illustrated edition.<B>]</B></P> +<HR> + +<DIV style="TEXT-ALIGN: center"> +<H2>D I C K S A N D S</H2><BR> +<H4>THE BOY CAPTAIN.</H4> +<H5>BY</H5> +<H4>JULES VERNE.</H4> +<H6>TRANSLATED BY</H6> +<H4>ELLEN E. FREWER</H4> +<H6>ILLUSTRATED</H6><BR> +<H4>1879</H4> +<HR> + +<H4>CONTENTS.</H4> +<TABLE cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="85%" align=center border=1> + <TBODY> + <TR> + <TH> </TH> + <TH>PART THE FIRST</TH></TR> + <TR> + <TD>I.</TD> + <TD>THE “PILGRIM”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>II.</TD> + <TD>THE APPRENTICE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>III.</TD> + <TD>A RESCUE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>IV.</TD> + <TD>THE SURVIVORS OF THE “WALDECK”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>V.</TD> + <TD>DINGO’S SAGACITY</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VI.</TD> + <TD>A WHALE IN SIGHT</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VII.</TD> + <TD>PREPARATIONS FOR AN ATTACK</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VIII.</TD> + <TD>A CATASTROPHE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>IX.</TD> + <TD>DICK’S PROMOTION</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>X.</TD> + <TD>THE NEW CREW</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XI.</TD> + <TD>ROUGH WEATHER</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XII.</TD> + <TD>LAND AT LAST</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XIV.</TD> + <TD>ASHORE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XV.</TD> + <TD>A STRANGER</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVI.</TD> + <TD>THROUGH THE FOREST</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVII.</TD> + <TD>MISGIVINGS</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVIII.</TD> + <TD>A TERRIBLE DISCOVERY</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD></TD> + <TD align="center"><B>PART THE SECOND</B></TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>I.</TD> + <TD>THE DARK CONTINENT</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>II.</TD> + <TD>ACCOMPLICES</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>III.</TD> + <TD>ON THE MARCH AGAIN</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>IV.</TD> + <TD>ROUGH TRAVELLING</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>V.</TD> + <TD>WHITE ANTS</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VI.</TD> + <TD>A DIVING-BELL</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VII.</TD> + <TD>A SLAVE CARAVAN</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>VIII.</TD> + <TD>NOTES BY THE WAY</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>IX.</TD> + <TD>KAZONDÉ</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>X.</TD> + <TD>MARKET-DAY</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XI.</TD> + <TD>A BOWL OF PUNCH</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XII.</TD> + <TD>ROYAL OBSEQUIES</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XIII.</TD> + <TD>IN CAPTIVITY</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XIV.</TD> + <TD>A RAY OF HOPE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XV.</TD> + <TD>AN EXCITING CHASE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVI.</TD> + <TD>A MAGICIAN</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVII.</TD> + <TD>DRIFTING DOWN THE STREAM</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XVIII.</TD> + <TD>AN ANXIOUS VOYAGE</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XIX.</TD> + <TD>AN ATTACK</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD>XX.</TD> + <TD>A HAPPY REUNION.</TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><BR> +<HR> + +<H4>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</H4> +<TABLE cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="85%" align=center border=1> + <TBODY> + <TR> + <TH width="20%">Number</TH> + <TH>Title</TH></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-01-a</TD> + <TD>Cousin Benedict</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-01-b</TD> + <TD>Captain Hull advanced to meet Mrs. Weldon and her party</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-02-a</TD> + <TD>Negoro</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-02-b</TD> + <TD>Dick and Little Jack</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-03-a</TD> + <TD>Negoro had approached without being noticed by any one</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-03-b</TD> + <TD>The dog began to swim slowly and with manifest weakness towards the + boat</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-04-a</TD> + <TD>Mrs. Weldon assisted by Nan and the ever active Dick Sands, was doing + everything in her power to restore consciousness to the poor + sufferers</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-04-b</TD> + <TD>The good-natured negroes were ever ready to lend a helping hand</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-05-a</TD> + <TD>“There you are, then, Master Jack!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-05-b</TD> + <TD>Jack cried out in the greatest excitement that Dingo knew how to + read</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-05-c</TD> + <TD>Negoro, with a threatening gesture that seemed half involuntary, + withdrew immediately to his accustomed quarters</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-06-a</TD> + <TD>“This Dingo is nothing out of the way”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-06-b</TD> + <TD>Occasionally Dick Sands would take a pistol, and now and then a + rifle</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-06-c</TD> + <TD>“What a big fellow!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-07-a</TD> + <TD>The captain’s voice came from the retreating boat</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-07-b</TD> + <TD>“I must get you to keep your eye upon that man”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-08-a</TD> + <TD>The whale seemed utterly unconscious of the attack that was + threatening it</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-08-b</TD> + <TD>The boat was well-nigh full of water, and in imminent danger of being + capsized</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-08-c</TD> + <TD>There is no hope</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-09-a</TD> + <TD>“Oh, we shall soon be on shore!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-09-b</TD> + <TD>“Oh yes, Jack; you shall keep the wind in order”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-10-a</TD> + <TD>All three of them fell flat upon the deck</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-10-b</TD> + <TD>Jack evidenced his satisfaction by giving his huge friend a hearty + shake of the hand</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-10-c</TD> + <TD>A light shadow glided stealthily along the deck</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-11-a</TD> + <TD>For half an hour Negoro stood motionless</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-12-a</TD> + <TD>Under bare poles</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-12-b</TD> + <TD>Quick as lightning, Dick Sands drew a revolver from his pocket</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-12-c</TD> + <TD>“There! look there!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-13-a</TD> + <TD>“You have acquitted yourself like a man”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-13-b</TD> + <TD>They both examined the outspread chart</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-13-c</TD> + <TD>The sea was furious, and dashed vehemently upon the crags on either + hand</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-14-a</TD> + <TD>Surveying the shore with the air of a man who was trying to recall + some past experience</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-14-b</TD> + <TD>Not without emotion could Mrs. Weldon, or indeed any of them, behold + the unfortunate ship</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-14-c</TD> + <TD>The entomologist was seen making his way down the face of the cliff at + the imminent lisk of breaking his neck</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-15-a</TD> + <TD>“Good morning, my young friend”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-15-b</TD> + <TD>“He is my little son”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-15-c</TD> + <TD>They came to a tree to which a horse was tethered</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-16-a</TD> + <TD>The way across the forest could scarcely be called a path</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-16-b</TD> + <TD>Occasionally the soil became marshy</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-16-c</TD> + <TD>A halt for the night</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-16-d</TD> + <TD>Hercules himself was the first to keep watch</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-17-a</TD> + <TD>“Don’t fire!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-17-b</TD> + <TD>A herd of gazelles dashed past him like a glowing cloud</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-17-c</TD> + <TD>A halt was made for the night beneath a grove of lofty trees</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-18-a</TD> + <TD>“Look here! here are hands, men’s hands”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> I-18-b</TD> + <TD>The man was gone, and his horse with him!</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-02-a</TD> + <TD>They were seated at the foot of an enormous banyan-tree</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-02-b</TD> + <TD>Both men, starting to their feet, looked anxiously around them</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-02-c</TD> + <TD>Dingo disappeared again amongst the bushes</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-03-a</TD> + <TD>“You must keep this a secret”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-03-b</TD> + <TD>“Harris has left us”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-03-c</TD> + <TD>The march was continued with as much rapidity as was consistent with + caution</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-04-a</TD> + <TD>It was a scene only too common in Central Africa</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-04-b</TD> + <TD>Another brilliant flash brought the camp once again into relief</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-04-c</TD> + <TD>One after another, the whole party made their way inside</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-05-a</TD> + <TD>Cousin Benedict’s curiosity was awakened</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-05-b</TD> + <TD>The naturalist now fairly mounted on a favourite hobby</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-05-c</TD> + <TD>“My poor boy, I know everything”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-06-a</TD> + <TD>They set to work to ascertain what progress the water was making</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-06-b</TD> + <TD>All fired simultaneously at the nearest boat</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-06-c</TD> + <TD>The giant clave their skulls with the butt end of his gun</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-07-a</TD> + <TD>The start was made</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-08-a</TD> + <TD>If ever the havildar strolled a few yards away, Bat took the + opportunity of murmuring a few words of encouragement to his poor old + father</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-08-b</TD> + <TD>The caravan had been attacked on the flank by a dozen or more + crocodiles</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-08-c</TD> + <TD>The creature that had sprung to my feet was Dingo</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-08-d</TD> + <TD>More slaves sick, and abandoned to take their chance</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-09-a</TD> + <TD>Adjoining the commercial quarter was the royal residence</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-09-b</TD> + <TD>With a yell and a curse, the American fell dead at his feet</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-10-a</TD> + <TD>Accompanied by Coïmbra, Alvez himself was one of the first + arrivals</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-11-a</TD> + <TD>The potentate beneath whose sway the country trembled for a hundred + miles round</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-11-b</TD> + <TD>Alvez advanced and presented the king with some fresh tobacco</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-11-c</TD> + <TD>The king had taken fire internally</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-12-a</TD> + <TD>“Your life is in my hands!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-12-b</TD> + <TD>All his energies were restored</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-13-a</TD> + <TD>Friendless and hopeless He contented himself with the permission to go + where he pleased within the limits of the palisade</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-13-b</TD> + <TD>“I suppose Weldon will not mind coming to fetch you?”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-14-a</TD> + <TD>Dr. Livingstone</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-14-b</TD> + <TD>With none to guide him except a few natives</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-14-c</TD> + <TD>“You are Dr. Livingstone, I presume?"</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-15-a</TD> + <TD>The insufferable heat had driven all the residents within the depôt + indoors</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-15-b</TD> + <TD>Before long the old black speck was again flitting just above his + head</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-15-c</TD> + <TD>For that day at least Cousin Benedict had lost his chance of being the + happiest of entomologists</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-16-a</TD> + <TD>The entire crowd joined in</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-16-b</TD> + <TD>“Here they are, captain! both of them!!”</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-17-a</TD> + <TD>Hercules could leave the boat without much fear of detection</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-17-b</TD> + <TD>It was caused by a troop of a hundred or more elephants</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-18-a</TD> + <TD>He stood face to face with his foe</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-18-b</TD> + <TD>Instantly five or six negroes scrambled down the piles</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-19-a</TD> + <TD>Upon the smooth wood were two great letters in dingy red</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-19-b</TD> + <TD>The dog was griping the man by the throat</TD></TR> + <TR> + <TD> II-19-c</TD> + <TD>The bullet shattered the rudder-scull into +fragments</TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><BR> +<HR> + +<H4>CHAPTER I.</H4> +<H4>THE “PILGRIM.”</H4> +<P>On the 2nd of February, 1873, the “Pilgrim,” a tight little craft of 400 tons +burden, lay in lat. 43° 57’, S. and long. 165° 19’, W. She was a schooner, the +property of James W. Weldon, a wealthy Californian ship-owner who had fitted her +out at San Francisco, expressly for the whale-fisheries in the southern +seas.</P> +<P>James Weldon was accustomed every season to send his whalers both to the +Arctic regions beyond Behring Straits, and to the Antarctic Ocean below Tasmania +and Cape Horn; and the “Pilgrim,” although one of the smallest, was one of the +best-going vessels of its class; her sailing-powers were splendid, and her +rigging was so adroitly adapted that with a very small crew she might venture +without risk within sight of the impenetrable ice-fields of the southern +hemisphere: under skilful guidance she could dauntlessly thread her way amongst +the drifting ice-bergs that, lessened though they were by perpetual shocks and +undermined by warm currents, made their way northwards as far as the parallel of +New Zealand or the Cape of Good Hope, to a latitude corresponding to which in +the northern hemisphere they are never seen, having already melted away in the +depths of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.</P> +<P>For several years the command of the “Pilgrim” had been entrusted to Captain +Hull, an experienced seaman, and one of the most dexterous harpooners in +Weldon’s service. The crew consisted of five sailors and an apprentice. This +number, of course, was quite insufficient for the process of whale-fishing, +which requires a large contingent both for manning the whale-boats and for +cutting up the whales after they are captured; but Weldon, following the example +of other owners, found it more economical to embark at San Francisco only just +enough men to work the ship to New Zealand, where, from the promiscuous +gathering of seamen of well-nigh every nationality, and of needy emigrants, the +captain had no difficulty in engaging as many whalemen as he wanted for the +season. This method of hiring men who could be at once discharged when their +services were no longer required had proved altogether to be the most profitable +and convenient.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” had now just completed her annual voyage to the Antarctic +circle. It was not, however, with her proper quota of oil-barrels full to the +brim, nor yet with an ample cargo of cut and uncut whalebone, that she was thus +far on her way back. The time, indeed, for a good haul was past; the repeated +and vigourous attacks upon the cetaceans had made them very scarce; the whale +known as “the Right whale,” the “Nord-kapper” of the northern fisheries, the +“Sulpher-boltone” of the southern, was hardly ever to be seen; and latterly the +whalers had had no alternative but to direct their efforts against the Finback +or Jubarte, a gigantic mammal, encounter with which is always attended with +considerable danger.</P> +<P>So scanty this year had been the supply of whales that Captain Hull had +resolved next year to push his way into far more southern latitudes; even, if +necessary, to advance to the regions known as Clarie and Adélie Lands, of which +the discovery, though claimed by the American navigator Wilkes, belongs by right +to the illustrious Frenchman Dumont d’Urville, the commander of the “Astrolabe” +and the “Zélee.”</P> +<P>The season had been exceptionally unfortunate for the “Pilgrim.” At the +beginning of January, almost in the height of the southern summer, long before +the ordinary time for the whalers’ return, Captain Hull had been obliged to +abandon his fishing-quarters. His hired contingent, all men of more than +doubtful character, had given signs of such insubordination as threatened to end +in mutiny; and he had become aware that he must part company with them on the +earliest possible opportunity. Accordingly, without delay, the bow of the +“Pilgrim” was directed to the northwest, towards New Zealand, which was sighted +on the 15th of January, and on reaching Waitemata, the port of Auckland, in the +Hauraki Gulf, on the east coast of North Island, the whole of the gang was +peremptorily discharged.</P> +<P>The ship’s crew were more than dissatisfied. They were angry. Never before +had they returned with so meagre a haul. They ought to have had at least two +hundred barrels more. The captain himself experienced all the mortification of +an ardent sportsman who for the first time in his life brings home a half-empty +bag; and there was a general spirit of animosity against the rascals whose +rebellion had so entirely marred the success of the expedition.</P> +<P>Captain Hull did everything in his power to repair the disappointment; he +made every effort to engage a fresh gang; but it was too late; every available +seaman had long since been carried off to the fisheries. Finding therefore that +all hope of making good the deficiency in his cargo must be resigned, he was on +the point of leaving Auckland, alone with his crew, when he was met by a request +with which he felt himself bound to comply.</P> +<P>It had chanced that James Weldon, on one of those journeys which were +necessitated by the nature of his business, had brought with him his wife, his +son Jack, a child of five years of age, and a relation of the family who was +generally known by the name of Cousin Benedict. Weldon had of course intended +that his family should accompany him on his return home to San Francisco; but +little Jack was taken so seriously ill, that his father, whose affairs demanded +his immediate return, was obliged to leave him behind at Auckland with his wife +and Cousin Benedict.</P> +<P>Three months had passed away, little Jack was convalescent, and Mrs. Weldon, +weary of her long separation from her husband, was anxious to get home as soon +as possible. Her readiest way of reaching San Francisco was to cross to +Australia, and thence to take a passage in one of the vessels of the “Golden +Age” Company, which run between Melbourne and the Isthmus of Panama: on arriving +in Panama she would have to wait the departure of the next American steamer of +the line which maintains a regular communication between the Isthmus and +California. This route, however, involved many stoppages and changes, such as +are always disagreeable and inconvenient for women and children, and Mrs. Weldon +was hesitating whether she should encounter the journey, when she heard that her +husband’s vessel, the “Pilgrim,” had arrived at Auckland. Hastening to Captain +Hull, she begged him to take her with her little boy, Cousin Benedict, and Nan, +an old negress who had been her attendant from her childhood, on board the +“Pilgrim,” and to convey them to San Francisco direct.</P> +<P>“Was it not over hazardous,” asked the captain, “to venture upon a voyage of +between 5000 and 6000 miles in so small a sailing-vessel?”</P> +<P>But Mrs. Weldon urged her request, and Captain Hull, confident in the +sea-going qualities of his craft, and anticipating at this season nothing but +fair weather on either side of the equator, gave his consent.</P> +<P>In order to provide as far as possible for the comfort of the lady during a +voyage that must occupy from forty to fifty days, the captain placed his own +cabin at her entire disposal.</P> +<P>Everything promised well for a prosperous voyage. The only hindrance that +could be foreseen arose from the circumstance that the “Pilgrim” would have to +put in at Valparaiso for the purpose of unlading; but that business once +accomplished, she would continue her way along the American coast with the +assistance of the land breezes, which ordinarily make the proximity of those +shores such agreeable quarters for sailing.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon herself had accompanied her husband in so many voyages, that she +was quite inured to all the makeshifts of a seafaring life, and was conscious of +no misgiving in embarking upon a vessel of such small tonnage. She was a brave, +high-spirited woman of about thirty years of age, in the enjoyment of excellent +health, and for her the sea had no terrors. Aware that Captain Hull was an +experienced man, in whom her husband had the utmost confidence, and knowing that +his ship was a substantial craft, registered as one of the best of the American +whalers, so far from entertaining any mistrust as to her safety, she only +rejoiced in the opportuneness of the chance which seemed to offer her a direct +and unbroken route to her destination.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict, as a matter of course, was to accompany her. He was about +fifty; but in spite of his mature age it would have been considered the height +of imprudence to allow him to travel anywhere alone. Spare, lanky, with a bony +frame, with an enormous cranium, and a profusion of hair, he was one of those +amiable, inoffensive <I>savants</I> who, having once taken to gold spectacles, +appear to have arrived at a settled standard of age, and, however long they live +afterwards, seem never to be older than they have ever been.</P> +<P>Claiming a sort of kindredship with all the world, he was universally known, +far beyond the pale of his own connexions, by the name of “Cousin Benedict.” In +the ordinary concerns of life nothing would ever have rendered him capable of +shifting for himself; of his meals he would never think until they were placed +before him; he had the appearance of being utterly insensible to heat or cold; +he vegetated rather than lived, and might not inaptly be compared to a tree +which, though healthy enough at its core, produces scant foliage and no fruit. +His long arms and legs were in the way of himself and everybody else; yet no one +could possibly treat him with unkindness. As M. Prudhomme would say, “if only he +had been endowed with capability,” he would have rendered a service to any one +in the world; but helplessness was his dominant characteristic; helplessness was +ingrained into his very nature; yet this very helplessness made him an object of +kind consideration rather than of contempt, and Mrs. Weldon looked upon him as a +kind of elder brother to her little Jack.</P> +<P>It must not be supposed, however, that Cousin Benedict was either idle or +unoccupied. On the contrary, his whole time was devoted to one absorbing passion +for natural history. Not that he had any large claim to be regarded properly as +a natural historian; he had made no excursions over the whole four districts of +zoology, botany, mineralogy, and geology, into which the realms of natural +history are commonly divided; indeed, he had no pretensions at all to be either +a botanist, a mineralogist, or a geologist; his studies only sufficed to make +him a zoologist, and that in a very limited sense. No Cuvier was he; he did not +aspire to decompose animal life by analysis, and to recompose it by synthesis; +his enthusiasm had not made him at all deeply versed in vertebrata, mollusca, or +radiata; in fact, the vertebrata—animals, birds, reptiles, fishes—had had no +place in his researches; the mollusca—from the cephalopoda to the bryozia—had +had no attractions for him; nor had he consumed the midnight oil in +investigating the radiata, the echmodermata, acalephæ, polypi, entozoa, or +infusoria.</P> +<P>No; Cousin Benedict’s interest began and ended with the articulata; and it +must be owned at once that his studies were very far from embracing all the +range of the six classes into which “articulata” are subdivided; viz, the +insecta, the mynapoda, the arachnida, the crustacea, the cinhopoda, and the +anelides; and he was utterly unable in scientific language to distinguish a worm +from a leech, an earwig from a sea-acorn, a spider from a scorpion, a shrimp +from a frog-hopper, or a galley-worm from a centipede.</P> +<P>To confess the plain truth, Cousin Benedict was an amateur entomologist, and +nothing more.</P> +<P>Entomology, it may be asserted, is a wide science; it embraces the whole +division of the articulata; but our friend was an entomologist only in the +limited sense of the popular acceptation of the word; that is to say, he was +an</P> +<P>[Illustration: Cousin Benedict]</P> +<P>observer and collector of insects, meaning by “insects” those articulata +which have bodies consisting of a number of concentric movable rings, forming +three distinct segments, each with a pair of legs, and which are scientifically +designated as hexapods.</P> +<P>To this extent was Cousin Benedict an entomologist; and when it is remembered +that the class of insecta of which he had grown up to be the enthusiastic +student comprises no less than ten [Footnote: These ten orders are (1) the +orthoptera, <I>e.g.</I> grasshoppers and crickets; (2) the neuroptera, +<I>e.g.</I> dragon-flies; (3) the hymenoptera, <I>e.g.</I> bees, wasps, and +ants; (4) the lepidoptera, <I>e.g.</I> butterflies and moths; (5) the hemiptera, +<I>e.g.</I> cicadas and fleas; (6) the coleoptera, <I>e.g.</I> cockchafers and +glow-worms; (7) the diptera, <I>e.g.</I> gnats and flies; (8) the rhipiptera, +<I>e.g.</I> the stylops; (9) the parasites, <I>e.g.</I> the acarus; and (10) the +thysanura, <I>e.g.</I> the lepisma and podura.] orders, and that of these ten +the coleoptera and diptera alone include 30,000 and 60,000 species respectively, +it must be confessed that he had an ample field for his most persevering +exertions.</P> +<P>Every available hour did he spend in the pursuit of his favourite science: +hexapods ruled his thoughts by day and his dreams by night. The number of pins +that he carried thick on the collar and sleeves of his coat, down the front of +his waistcoat, and on the crown of his hat, defied computation; they were kept +in readiness for the capture of specimens that might come in his way, and on his +return from a ramble in the country he might be seen literally encased with a +covering of insects, transfixed adroitly by scientific rule.</P> +<P>This ruling passion of his had been the inducement that had urged him to +accompany Mr. and Mrs. Weldon to New Zealand. It had appeared to him that it was +likely to be a promising district, and now having been successful in adding some +rare specimens to his collection, he was anxious to get back again to San +Francisco, and to assign them their proper places in his extensive cabinet.</P> +<P>Besides, it never occurred to Mrs. Weldon to start without him. To leave him +to shift for himself would be sheer cruelty. As a matter of course whenever Mrs. +Weldon went on board the “Pilgrim,” Cousin Benedict would go too.</P> +<P>Not that in any emergency assistance of any kind could be expected from him; +on the contrary, in the case of difficulty he would be an additional burden; but +there was every reason to expect a fair passage and no cause of misgiving of any +kind, so the propriety of leaving the amiable entomologist behind was never +suggested.</P> +<P>Anxious that she should be no impediment in the way of the due departure of +the “Pilgrim” from Waitemata, Mrs. Weldon made her preparations with the utmost +haste, discharged the servants which she had temporarily engaged at Auckland, +and accompanied by little Jack and the old negress, and followed mechanically by +Cousin Benedict, embarked on the 22nd of January on board the schooner.</P> +<P>The amateur, however, kept his eye very scrupulously upon his own special +box. Amongst his collection of insects were some very remarkable examples of new +staphylins, a species of carnivorous coleoptera with eyes placed above their +head; it was a kind supposed to be peculiar to New Caledonia. Another rarity +which had been brought under his notice was a venomous spider, known among the +Maoris as a “katipo;” its bite was asserted to be very often fatal. As a spider, +however, belongs to the order of the arachnida, and is not properly an “insect,” +Benedict declined to take any interest in it. Enough for him that he had secured +a novelty in his own section of research; the “Staphylin Neo-Zelandus” was not +only the gem of his collection, but its pecuniary value baffled ordinary +estimate; he insured his box at a fabulous sum, deeming it to be worth far more +than all the cargo of oil and whalebone in the “Pilgrim’s” hold.</P> +<P>Captain Hull advanced to meet Mrs. Weldon and her party as they stepped on +deck.</P> +<P>“It must be understood, Mrs. Weldon,” he said, courteously raising his hat, +“that you take this passage entirely on your own responsibility.”</P> +<P>“Certainly, Captain Hull,” she answered; “but why do you ask?”</P> +<P>“Simply because I have received no orders from Mr. Weldon,” replied the +captain.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Captain Hull advanced to meet Mrs. Weldon and her party.]</P> +<P>“But my wish exonerates you,” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Besides,” added Captain Hull, “I am unable to provide you with the +accommodation and the comfort that you would have upon a passenger steamer.”</P> +<P>“You know well enough, captain,” remonstrated the lady “that my husband would +not hesitate for a moment to trust his wife and child on board the ‘Pilgrim.’ +”</P> +<P>“Trust, madam! No! no more than I should myself. I repeat that the ‘Pilgrim’ +cannot afford you the comfort to which you are accustomed.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon smiled.</P> +<P>“Oh, I am not one of your grumbling travellers. I shall have no complaints to +make either of small cramped cabins, or of rough and meagre food.”</P> +<P>She took her son by the hand, and passing on, begged that they might start +forthwith.</P> +<P>Orders accordingly were given; sails were trimmed; and after taking the +shortest course across the gulf, the “Pilgrim” turned her head towards +America.</P> +<P>Three days later strong easterly breezes compelled the schooner to tack to +larboard in order to get to windward. The consequence was that by the 2nd of +February the captain found himself in such a latitude that he might almost be +suspected of intending to round Cape Horn rather than of having a design to +coast the western shores of the New Continent.</P> +<P>Still, the sea did not become rough. There was a slight delay, but, on the +whole, navigation was perfectly easy.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER II.</H4> +<H4>THE APPRENTICE.</H4> +<P>There was no poop upon the “Pilgrim’s” deck, so that Mrs. Weldon had no +alternative than to acquiesce in the captain’s proposal that she should occupy +his own modest cabin.</P> +<P>Accordingly, here she was installed with Jack and old Nan; and here she took +all her meals, in company with the captain and Cousin Benedict.</P> +<P>For Cousin Benedict tolerably comfortable sleeping accommodation had been +contrived close at hand, while Captain Hull himself retired to the crew’s +quarter, occupying the cabin which properly belonged to the chief mate, but as +already indicated, the services of a second officer were quite dispensed +with.</P> +<P>All the crew were civil and attentive to the wife of their employer, a master +to whom they were faithfully attached. They were all natives of the coast of +California, brave and experienced seamen, and united by tastes and habits in a +common bond of sympathy. Few as they were in number, their work was never +shirked, not simply from the sense of duty, but because they were directly +interested in the profits of their undertaking; the success of their labours +always told to their own advantage. The present expedition was the fourth that +they had taken together; and, as it turned out to be the first in which they had +failed to meet with success, it may be imagined that they were full of +resentment against the mutinous whalemen who had been the cause of so serious a +diminution of their ordinary gains.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Negoro.]</P> +<P>The only one on board who was not an American was a man who had been +temporarily engaged as cook. His name was Negoro; he was a Portuguese by birth, +but spoke English with perfect fluency. The previous cook had deserted the ship +at Auckland, and when Negoro, who was out of employment, applied for the place, +Captain Hull, only too glad to avoid detention, engaged him at once without +inquiry into his antecedents. There was not the slightest fault to be found with +the way in which the cook performed his duties, but there was something in his +manner, or perhaps, rather in the expression of his countenance, which excited +the Captain’s misgivings, and made him regret that he had not taken more pains +to investigate the character of one with whom he was now brought into such close +contact</P> +<P>Negoro looked about forty years of age. Although he had the appearance of +being slightly built, he was muscular; he was of middle height, and seemed to +have a robust constitution; his hair was dark, his complexion somewhat swarthy. +His manner was taciturn, and although, from occasional remarks that he dropped, +it was evident that he had received some education, he was very reserved on the +subjects both of his family and of his past life. No one knew where he had come +from, and he admitted no one to his confidence as to where he was going, except +that he made no secret of his intention to land at Valparaiso. His freedom from +sea-sickness demonstrated that this could hardly be his first voyage, but on the +other hand his complete ignorance of seamen’s phraseology made it certain that +he had never been accustomed to his present occupation. He kept himself aloof as +much as possible from the rest of the crew, during the day rarely leaving the +great cast-iron stove, which was out of proportion to the measurement of the +cramped little kitchen; and at night, as soon as the fire was extinguished, took +the earliest opportunity of retiring to his berth and going to sleep.</P> +<P>It has been already stated that the crew of the “Pilgrim” consisted of five +seamen and an apprentice. This apprentice was Dick Sands.</P> +<P>Dick was fifteen years old; he was a foundling, his unknown parents having +abandoned him at his birth, and he had been brought up in a public charitable +institution. He had been called Dick, after the benevolent passer-by who had +discovered him when he was but an infant a few hours old, and he had received +the surname of Sands as a memorial of the spot where he had been exposed, Sandy +Hook, a point at the mouth of the Hudson, where it forms an entrance to the +harbour of New York.</P> +<P>As Dick was so young it was most likely he would yet grow a little taller, +but it did not seem probable that he would ever exceed middle height, he looked +too stoutly and strongly built to grow much. His complexion was dark, but his +beaming blue eyes attested, with scarcely room for doubt, his Anglo-Saxon +origin, and his countenance betokened energy and intelligence. The profession +that he had adopted seemed to have equipped him betimes for fighting the battle +of life.</P> +<P>Misquoted often as Virgil’s are the words</P> +<P style="TEXT-ALIGN: center">“Audaces fortuna juvat!”</P> +<P>but the true reading is</P> +<P style="TEXT-ALIGN: center">“Audentes fortuna juvat!”</P> +<P>and, slight as the difference may seem, it is very significant. It is upon +the confident rather than the rash, the daring rather than the bold, that +Fortune sheds her smiles; the bold man often acts without thinking, whilst the +daring always thinks before he acts.</P> +<P>And Dick Sands was truly courageous; he was one of the daring. At fifteen +years old, an age at which few boys have laid aside the frivolities of +childhood, he had acquired the stability of a man, and the most casual observer +could scarcely fail to be attracted by his bright, yet thoughtful countenance. +At an early period of his life he had realized all the difficulties of his +position, and had made a resolution, from which nothing tempted him to flinch, +that he would carve out for himself an honourable and independent career. Lithe +and agile in his movements, he was an adept in every kind of athletic exercise; +and so marvellous was his success in everything he undertook, that he might +almost be supposed to be one of those gifted mortals who have two right hands +and two left feet.</P> +<P>Until he was four years old the little orphan had found a home in one of +those institutions in America where forsaken children are sure of an asylum, and +he was subsequently sent to an industrial school supported by charitable aid, +where he learnt reading, writing, and arithmetic. From the days of infancy he +had never deviated from the expression of his wish to be a sailor, and +accordingly, as soon as he was eight, he was placed as cabin-boy on board one of +the ships that navigate the Southern Seas. The officers all took a peculiar +interest in him, and he received, in consequence, a thoroughly good grounding in +the duties and discipline of a seaman’s life. There was no room to doubt that he +must ultimately rise to eminence in his profession, for when a child from the +very first has been trained in the knowledge that he must gain his bread by the +sweat of his brow, it is comparatively rare that he lacks the will to do so.</P> +<P>Whilst he was still acting as cabin-boy on one of those trading-vessels, Dick +attracted the notice of Captain Hull, who took a fancy to the lad and introduced +him to his employer. Mr. Weldon at once took a lively interest in Dick’s +welfare, and had his education continued in San Francisco, taking care that he +was instructed in the doctrines of the Roman Catholic Church, to which his own +family belonged.</P> +<P>Throughout his studies Dick Sands’ favourite subjects were always those which +had a reference to his future profession; he mastered the details of the +geography of the world; he applied himself diligently to such branches of +mathematics as were necessary for the science of navigation; whilst for +recreation in his hours of leisure, he would greedily devour every book of +adventure in travel that came in his way. Nor did he omit duly to combine the +practical with the theoretical; and when he was bound apprentice on board the +“Pilgrim,” a vessel not only belonging to his benefactor, but under the command +of his kind friend Captain Hull, he congratulated himself most heartily, and +felt that the experience he should gain in the southern whale-fisheries could +hardly fail to be of service to him in after-life. A first-rate sailor ought to +be a first-rate fisherman too.</P> +<P>It was a matter of the greatest pleasure to Dick Sands when he heard to his +surprise that Mrs. Weldon was about to become a passenger on board the +“Pilgrim.” His devotion to the family of his benefactor was large and genuine. +For several years Mrs. Weldon had acted towards him little short of a mother’s +part, and for Jack, although he never forgot the difference in their position, +he entertained well-nigh a brother’s affection. His friends had the satisfaction +of being assured that they had sown the seeds of kindness on a generous soil, +for there was no room to doubt that the heart of the orphan boy was overflowing +with sincere gratitude. Should the occasion arise, ought he not, he asked, to be +ready to sacrifice everything in behalf of those to whom he was indebted not +only for his start in life, but for the knowledge of all that was right and +holy?</P> +<P>Confiding in the good principles of her protégé, Mrs. Weldon had no +hesitation in entrusting her little son to his especial charge. During the +frequent periods of leisure, when the sea was fair, and the sails required no +shifting, the apprentice was never weary of amusing Jack by making him familiar +with the practice of a sailor’s craft; he made him scramble up the shrouds, +perch upon the yards, and slip down the back-stays; and the mother had no alarm; +her assurance of Dick Sands’ ability and watchfulness to protect her boy was so +complete that she could only rejoice in an occupation for him that seemed more +than anything to restore the colour he had lost in his recent illness.</P> +<P>Time passed on without incident; and had it not been for the constant +prevalence of an adverse wind, neither passengers nor crew could have found the +least cause of complaint. The pertinacity, however, with which the wind kept to +the east could not do otherwise than make Captain Hull somewhat concerned; it +absolutely prevented him from getting his ship into her proper course, and he +could not altogether suppress his misgiving that the calms near the</P> +<P>[Illustration: Dick and little Jack.]</P> +<P>Tropic of Capricorn, and the equatorial current driving him on westwards, +would entail a delay that might be serious.</P> +<P>It was principally on Mrs. Weldon’s account that the Captain began to feel +uneasiness, and he made up his mind that if he could hail a vessel proceeding to +America he should advise his passengers to embark on her; unfortunately, +however, he felt that they were still in a latitude far too much to the south to +make it likely that they should sight a steamer going to Panama; and at that +date, communication between Australia and the New World was much less frequent +than it has since become.</P> +<P>Still, nothing occurred to interrupt the general monotony of the voyage until +the 2nd of February, the date at which our narrative commences.</P> +<P>It was about nine o’clock in the morning of that day that Dick and little +Jack had perched themselves together on the top-mast-yards. The weather was very +clear, and they could see the horizon right round except the section behind +them, hidden by the brigantine-sail on the main-mast. Below them, the bowsprit +seemed to lie along the water with its stay-sails attached like three unequal +wings; from the lads’ feet to the deck was the smooth surface of the fore-mast; +and above their heads nothing but the small top-sail and the top-mast. The +schooner was running on the larboard tack as close to the wind as possible.</P> +<P>Dick Sand was pointing out to Jack how well the ship was ballasted, and was +trying to explain how it was impossible for her to capsize, however much she +heeled to starboard, when suddenly the little fellow cried out,—</P> +<P>“I can see something in the water!”</P> +<P>“Where? what?” exclaimed Dick, clambering to his feet upon the yard.</P> +<P>“There!” said the child, directing attention to the portion of the +sea-surface that was visible between the stay-sails.</P> +<P>Dick fixed his gaze intently for a moment, and then shouted out lustily,—</P> +<P>“Look out in front, to starboard! There is something afloat. To windward, +look out!”</P> +<H4>CHAPTER III.</H4> +<H4>A RESCUE.</H4> +<P>At the sound of Dick’s voice all the crew, in a moment, were upon the alert. +The men who were not on watch rushed to the deck, and Captain Hull hurried from +his cabin to the bows. Mrs. Weldon, Nan, and even Cousin Benedict leaned over +the starboard taffrails, eager to get a glimpse of what had thus suddenly +attracted the attention of the young apprentice. With his usual indifference, +Negoro did not leave his cabin, and was the only person on board who did not +share the general excitement.</P> +<P>Speculations were soon rife as to what could be the nature of the floating +object which could be discerned about three miles ahead. Suggestions of various +character were freely made. One of the sailors declared that it looked to him +only like an abandoned raft, but Mrs. Weldon observed quickly that if it were a +raft it might be carrying some unfortunate shipwrecked men who must be rescued +if possible. Cousin Benedict asserted that it was nothing more nor less than a +huge sea-monster; but the captain soon arrived at the conviction that it was the +hull of a vessel that had heeled over on to its side, an opinion with which Dick +thoroughly coincided, and went so far as to say that he believed he could make +out the copper keel glittering in the sun.</P> +<P>“Luff, Bolton, luff!” shouted Captain Hull to the helmsman; “we will at any +rate lose no time in getting alongside.”</P> +<P>“Ay, ay, sir,” answered the helmsman, and the “Pilgrim” in an instant was +steered according to orders.</P> +<P>In spite, however, of the convictions of the captain and Dick, Cousin +Benedict would not be moved from his opinion that the object of their curiosity +was some huge cetacean.</P> +<P>“It is certainly dead, then,” remarked Mrs. Weldon; “it is perfectly +motionless.”</P> +<P>“Oh, that’s because it is asleep,” said Benedict, who, although he would have +willingly given up all the whales in the ocean for one rare specimen of an +insect, yet could not surrender his own belief.</P> +<P>“Easy, Bolton, easy!” shouted the captain when they were getting nearer the +floating mass; “don’t let us be running foul of the thing; no good could come +from knocking a hole in our side; keep out from it a good cable’s length.”</P> +<P>“Ay, ay, sir,” replied the helmsman, in his usual cheery way; and by an easy +turn of the helm the “Pilgrim’s” course was slightly modified so as to avoid all +fear of collision.</P> +<P>The excitement of the sailors by this time had become more intense. Ever +since the distance had been less than a mile all doubt had vanished, and it was +certain that what was attracting their attention was the hull of a capsized +ship. They knew well enough the established rule that a third of all salvage is +the right of the finders, and they were filled with the hope that the hull they +were nearing might contain an undamaged cargo, and be “a good haul,” to +compensate them for their ill-success in the last season.</P> +<P>A quarter of an hour later and the “Pilgrim” was within half a mile of the +deserted vessel, facing her starboard side. Water-logged to her bulwarks, she +had heeled over so completely that it would have been next to impossible to +stand upon her deck. Of her masts nothing was to be seen; a few ends of cordage +were all that remained of her shrouds, and the try-sail chains were hanging all +broken. On the starboard flank was an enormous hole.</P> +<P>“Something or other has run foul of her,” said Dick.</P> +<P>“No doubt of that,” replied the captain; “the only wonder is that she did not +sink immediately.”</P> +<P>“Oh, how I hope the poor crew have been saved!” exclaimed Mrs Weldon.</P> +<P>“Most probably,” replied the captain, “they would all have taken to the +boats. It is as likely as not that the ship which did the mischief would +continue its course quite unconcerned”</P> +<P>“Surely, you cannot mean,” cried Mrs Weldon, “that any one could be capable +of such inhumanity?”</P> +<P>“Only too probable,” answered Captain Hull, “unfortunately, such instances +are very far from rare”</P> +<P>He scanned the drifting ship carefully and continued,—</P> +<P>“No, I cannot see any sign of boats here, I should guess that the crew have +made an attempt to get to land, at such a distance as this, however, from +America or from the islands of the Pacific I should be afraid that it must be +hopeless.”</P> +<P>“Is it not possible,” asked Mrs Weldon, “that some poor creature may still +survive on board, who can tell what has happened?”</P> +<P>“Hardly likely, madam; otherwise there would have been some sort of a signal +in sight. But it is a matter about which we will make sure.”</P> +<P>The captain waved his hand a little in the direction in which he wished to +go, and said quietly,—</P> +<P>“Luff, Bolton, luff a bit!”</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” by this time was not much more than three cables’ lengths from +the ship, there was still no token of her being otherwise than utterly deserted, +when Dick Sands suddenly exclaimed,—</P> +<P>“Hark! if I am not much mistaken, that is a dog barking!”</P> +<P>Every one listened attentively; it was no fancy on Dick’s part, sure enough a +stifled barking could be heard, as if some unfortunate dog had been imprisoned +beneath the hatchways; but as the deck was not yet visible, it was impossible at +present to determine the precise truth.</P> +<P>Mrs Weldon pleaded,—</P> +<P>“If it is only a dog, captain, let it be saved.”</P> +<P>“Oh, yes, yes, mamma, the dog must be saved!” cried</P> +<P>[Illustration: Negoro had approached without being noticed by any one]</P> +<P>little Jack; “I will go and get a bit of sugar ready for it.”</P> +<P>“A bit of sugar, my child, will not be much for a starved dog.”</P> +<P>“Then it shall have my soup, and I will do without,” said the boy, and he +kept shouting, “Good dog! good dog!” until he persuaded himself that he heard +the animal responding to his call.</P> +<P>The vessels were now scarcely three hundred feet apart; the barking was more +and more distinct, and presently a great dog was seen clinging to the starboard +netting. It barked more desperately than ever.</P> +<P>“Howick,” said Captain Hull, calling to the boatswain, “heave to, and lower +the small boat.”</P> +<P>The sails were soon trimmed so as to bring the schooner to a standstill +within half a cable’s length of the disabled craft, the boat was lowered, and +the captain and Dick, with a couple of sailors, went on board. The dog kept up a +continual yelping; it made the most vigourous efforts to retain its hold upon +the netting, but perpetually slipped backwards and fell off again upon the +inclining deck. It was soon manifest, however, that all the noise the creature +was making was not directed exclusively towards those who were coming to its +rescue, and Mrs. Weldon could not divest herself of the impression that there +must be some survivors still on board. All at once the animal changed its +gestures. Instead of the crouching attitude and supplicating whine with which it +seemed to be imploring the compassion of those who were nearing it, it suddenly +appeared to become bursting with violence and furious with rage.</P> +<P>“What ails the brute?” exclaimed Captain Hull.</P> +<P>But already the boat was on the farther side of the wrecked ship, and the +captain was not in a position to see that Negoro the cook had just come on to +the schooner’s deck, or that it was obvious that it was against him that the dog +had broken out in such obstreperous fury. Negoro had approached without being +noticed by any one; he made his way to the forecastle, whence, without a word or +look of surprise, he gazed a moment at the dog, knitted his brow, and, silent +and unobserved as he had come, retired to his kitchen.</P> +<P>As the boat had rounded the stern of the drifting hull, it had been observed +that the one word “Waldeck” was painted on the aft-board, but that there was no +intimation of the port to which the ship belonged. To Captain Hull’s experienced +eye, however, certain details of construction gave a decided confirmation to the +probability suggested by her name that she was of American build.</P> +<P>Of what had once been a fine brig of 500 tons burden this hopeless wreck was +now all that remained. The large hole near the bows indicated the place where +the disastrous shock had occurred, but as, in the heeling over, this aperture +had been carried some five or six feet above the water, the vessel had escaped +the immediate foundering which must otherwise have ensued; but still it wanted +only the rising of a heavy swell to submerge the ship at any time in a few +minutes.</P> +<P>It did not take many more strokes to bring the boat close to the larboard +bulwark, which was half out of the water, and Captain Hull obtained a view of +the whole length of the deck. It was clear from end to end. Both masts had been +snapped off within two feet of their sockets, and had been swept away with +shrouds, stays, and rigging. Not a single spar was to be seen floating anywhere +within sight of the wreck, a circumstance from which it was to be inferred that +several days at least had elapsed since the catastrophe.</P> +<P>Meantime the dog, sliding down from the taffrail, got to the centre hatchway, +which was open. Here it continued to bark, alternately directing its eyes above +deck and below.</P> +<P>“Look at that dog!” said Dick; “I begin to think there must be somebody on +board.”</P> +<P>“If so,” answered the captain, “he must have died of hunger; the water of +course has flooded the store-room.”</P> +<P>“No,” said Dick; “that dog wouldn’t look like that if there were nobody there +alive.”</P> +<P>[Illustration: The dog began to swim slowly and with manifest weakness +towards the boat.]</P> +<P>Taking the boat as close as was prudent to the wreck, the captain and Dick +called and whistled repeatedly to the dog, which after a while let itself slip +into the sea, and began to swim slowly and with manifest weakness towards the +boat. As soon as it was lifted in, the animal, instead of devouring the piece of +bread that was offered him, made its way to a bucket containing a few drops of +fresh water, and began eagerly to lap them up.</P> +<P>“The poor wretch is dying of thirst!” said Dick.</P> +<P>It soon appeared that the dog was very far from being engrossed with its own +interests. The boat was being pushed back a few yards in order to allow the +captain to ascertain the most convenient place to get alongside the “Waldeck,” +when the creature seized Dick by the jacket, and set up a howl that was almost +human in its piteousness. It was evidently in a state of alarm that the boat was +not going to return to the wreck. The dog’s meaning could not be misunderstood. +The boat was accordingly brought against the larboard side of the vessel, and +while the two sailors lashed her securely to the “Waldeck’s” cat-head, Captain +Hull and Dick, with the dog persistently accompanying them, clambered, after +some difficulty, to the open hatchway between the stumps of the masts, and made +their way into the hold. It was half full of water, but perfectly destitute of +cargo, its sole contents being the ballast sand which had slipped to larboard, +and now served to keep the vessel on her side.</P> +<P>One glance was sufficient to convince the captain that there was no salvage +to be effected.</P> +<P>“There is nothing here; nobody here,” he said.</P> +<P>“So I see,” said the apprentice, who had made his way to the extreme +fore-part of the hold.</P> +<P>“Then we have only to go up again,” remarked the captain.</P> +<P>They ascended the ladder, but no sooner did they reappear upon the deck than +the dog, barking irrepressibly, began trying manifestly to drag them towards the +stern.</P> +<P>Yielding to what might be called the importunities of the dog, they followed +him to the poop, and there, by the dim glimmer admitted by the sky-light, +Captain Hull made out the forms of five bodies, motionless and apparently +lifeless, stretched upon the floor.</P> +<P>One after another, Dick hastily examined them all, and emphatically declared +it to be his opinion, that not one or them had actually ceased to breathe; +whereupon the captain did not lose a minute in summoning the two sailors to his +aid, and although it was far from an easy task, he succeeded in getting the five +unconscious men, who were all negroes, conveyed safely to the boat.</P> +<P>The dog followed, apparently satisfied.</P> +<P>With all possible speed the boat made its way back again to the “Pilgrim,” a +girt-line was lowered from the mainyard, and the unfortunate men were raised to +the deck.</P> +<P>“Poor things!” said Mrs. Weldon, as she looked compassionately on the +motionless forms.</P> +<P>“But they are not dead,” cried Dick eagerly; “they are not dead; we shall +save them all yet!”</P> +<P>“What’s the matter with them?” asked Cousin Benedict, looking at them with +utter bewilderment.</P> +<P>“We shall hear all about them soon, I dare say,” said the captain, smiling; +“but first we will give them a few drops of rum in some water.”</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict smiled in return.</P> +<P>“Negoro!” shouted the captain.</P> +<P>At the sound of the name, the dog, who had hitherto been quite passive, +growled fiercely, showed his teeth, and exhibited every sign of rage.</P> +<P>The cook did not answer.</P> +<P>“Negoro!” again the captain shouted, and the dog became yet more angry.</P> +<P>At this second summons Negoro slowly left his kitchen, but no sooner had he +shown his face upon the deck than the animal made a rush at him, and would +unquestionably have seized him by the throat if the man had not knocked him back +with a poker which he had brought with him in his hand.</P> +<P>The infuriated beast was secured by the sailors, and prevented from +inflicting any serious injury.</P> +<P>“Do you know this dog?” asked the captain.</P> +<P>“Know him? Not I! I have never set eyes on the brute in my life.”</P> +<P>“Strange!” muttered Dick to himself; “there is some mystery here. We shall +see.”</P> +<H4>CHAPTER IV.</H4> +<H4>THE SURVIVORS OF THE “WALDECK.”</H4> +<P>In spite of the watchfulness of the French and English cruisers, there is no +doubt that the slave-trade is still extensively carried on in all parts of +equatorial Africa, and that year after year vessels loaded with slaves leave the +coasts of Angola and Mozambique to transport their living freight to many +quarters even of the civilized world.</P> +<P>Of this Captain Hull was well aware, and although he was now in a latitude +which was comparatively little traversed by such slavers, he could not help +almost involuntarily conjecturing that the negroes they had just found must be +part of a slave-cargo which was on its way to some colony of the Pacific; if +this were so, he would at least have the satisfaction of announcing to them that +they had regained their freedom from the moment that they came on board the +“Pilgrim.”</P> +<P>Whilst these thoughts were passing through his mind, Mrs. Weldon, assisted by +Nan and the ever active Dick Sands, was doing everything in her power to restore +consciousness to the poor sufferers. The judicious administration of fresh water +and a limited quantity of food soon had the effect of making them revive; and +when they were restored to their senses it was found that the eldest of them, a +man of about sixty years of age, who immediately regained his powers of speech, +was able to reply in good English to all the questions that were put to him. In +answer to Captain Hull’s inquiry whether they were not slaves, the old negro +proudly stated that he and his companions were</P> +<P>[Illustration: Mrs. Weldon, assisted by Nan and the ever active Dick Sands, +was doing everything in her power to restore consciousness to the poor +sufferers.]</P> +<P>all free American citizens, belonging to the state of Pennsylvania.</P> +<P>“Then, let me assure you, my friend,” said the captain, “you have by no means +compromised your liberty in having been brought on board the American schooner +‘Pilgrim.’ ”</P> +<P>Not merely, as it seemed, on account of his age and experience, but rather +because of a certain superiority and greater energy of character, this old man +was tacitly recognized as the spokesman of his party; he freely communicated all +the information that Captain Hull required to hear, and by degrees he related +all the details of his adventures.</P> +<P>He said that his name was Tom, and that when he was only six years of age he +had been sold as a slave, and brought from his home in Africa to the United +States; but by the act of emancipation he had long since recovered his freedom. +His companions, who were all much younger than himself, their ages ranging from +twenty-five to thirty, were all free-born, their parents having been emancipated +before their birth, so that no white man had ever exercised upon them the rights +of ownership. One of them was his own son; his name was Bat (an abbreviation of +Bartholomew); and there were three others, named Austin, Actæon, and Hercules. +All four of them were specimens of that stalwart race that commands so high a +price in the African market, and in spite of the emaciation induced by their +recent sufferings, their muscular, well-knit frames betokened a strong and +healthy constitution. Their manner bore the impress of that solid education +which is given in the North American schools, and their speech had lost all +trace of the “nigger-tongue,” a dialect without articles or inflexions, which +since the anti-slavery war has almost died out in the United States.</P> +<P>Three years ago, old Tom stated, the five men had been engaged by an +Englishman who had large property in South Australia, to work upon his estates +near Melbourne. Here they had realized a considerable profit, and upon the +completion of their engagement they determined to return with their savings to +America. Accordingly, on the 5th of January, after paying their passage in the +ordinary way, they embarked at Melbourne on board the “Waldeck.” Everything went +on well for seventeen days, until, on the night of the 22nd, which was very +dark, they were run into by a great steamer. They were all asleep in their +berths, but, roused by the shock of the collision, which was extremely severe, +they hurriedly made their way on to the deck. The scene was terrible; both masts +were gone, and the brig, although the water had not absolutely flooded her hold +so as to make her sink, had completely heeled over on her side. Captain and crew +had entirely disappeared, some probably having been dashed into the sea, others +perhaps having saved themselves by clinging to the rigging of the ship which had +fouled them, and which could be distinguished through the darkness rapidly +receding in the distance. For a while they were paralyzed, but they soon awoke +to the conviction that they were left alone upon a half-capsized and disabled +hull, twelve hundred miles from the nearest land. Mrs. Weldon was loud in her +expression of indignation that any captain should have the barbarity to abandon +an unfortunate vessel with which his own carelessness had brought him into +collision. It would be bad enough, she said for a driver on a public road, when +it might be presumed that help would be forthcoming, to pass on unconcerned +after causing an accident to another vehicle; but how much more shameful to +desert the injured on the open sea, where the victims of his incompetence could +have no chance of obtaining succour! Captain Hull could only repeat what he had +said before, that incredibly atrocious as it might seem, such inhumanity was far +from rare.</P> +<P>On resuming his story, Tom said that he and his companions soon found that +they had no means left for getting away from the capsized brig; both the boats +had been crushed in the collision, so that they had no alternative except to +await the appearance of a passing vessel, whilst the wreck was drifting +hopelessly along under the action of the currents. This accounted for the fact +of their being found so far south of their proper course.</P> +<P>For the next ten days the negroes had subsisted upon a few scraps of food +that they found in the stern cabin; but as the store room was entirely under +water, they were quite unable to obtain a drop of anything to drink, and the +freshwater tanks that had been lashed to the deck had been stove in at the time +of the catastrophe. Tortured with thirst, the poor men had suffered agonies, and +having on the previous night entirely lost consciousness, they must soon have +died if the “Pilgrim’s” timely arrival had not effected their rescue.</P> +<P>All the outlines of Tom’s narrative were fully confirmed by the other +negroes; Captain Hull could see no reason to doubt it; indeed, the facts seemed +to speak for themselves.</P> +<P>One other survivor of the wreck, if he had been gifted with the power of +speech, would doubtless have corroborated the testimony. This was the dog who +seemed to have such an unaccountable dislike to Negoro.</P> +<P>Dingo, as the dog was named, belonged to the fine breed of mastiffs peculiar +to New Holland. It was not, however, from Australia, but from the coast of West +Africa, near the mouth of the Congo, that the animal had come. He had been +picked up there, two years previously, by the captain of the “Waldeck,” who had +found him wandering about and more than half starved. The initials S. V. +engraved upon his collar were the only tokens that the dog had a past history of +his own. After he had been taken on board the “Waldeck,” he remained quite +unsociable, apparently ever pining for some lost master, whom he had failed to +find in the desert land where he had been met with.</P> +<P>Larger than the dogs of the Pyrenees, Dingo was a magnificent example of his +kind. Standing on his hind legs, with his head thrown back, he was as tall as a +man. His agility and strength would have made him a sure match for a panther, +and he would not have flinched at facing a bear. His fine shaggy coat was a dark +tawny colour, shading off somewhat lighter round the muzzle, and his long bushy +tail was as strong as a lion’s. If he were made angry, no doubt he might become +a most formidable foe, so that it was no wonder that Negoro did not feel +altogether gratified at his reception.</P> +<P>But Dingo, though unsociable, was not savage. Old Tom said that, on board the +“Waldeck,” he had noticed that the animal seemed to have a particular dislike to +negroes; not that he actually attempted to do them any harm, only he uniformly +avoided them, giving an impression that he must have been systematically +ill-treated by the natives of that part of Africa in which he had been found. +During the ten days that had elapsed since the collision, Dingo had kept +resolutely aloof from Tom and his companions; they could not tell what he had +been feeding on; they only knew that, like themselves, he had suffered an +excruciating thirst.</P> +<P>Such had been the experience of the survivors of the “Waldeck.” Their +situation had been most critical. Even if they survived the pangs of want of +food, the slightest gale or the most inconsiderable swell might at any moment +have sunk the water-logged ship, and had it not been that calms and contrary +winds had contributed to the opportune arrival of the “Pilgrim,” an inevitable +fate was before them; their corpses must lie at the bottom of the sea.</P> +<P>Captain Hull’s act of humanity, however, would not be complete unless he +succeeded in restoring the shipwrecked men to their homes. This he promised to +do. After completing the unlading at Valparaiso, the “Pilgrim” would make direct +for California, where, as Mrs. Weldon assured them, they would be most +hospitably received by her husband, and provided with the necessary means for +returning to Pennsylvania.</P> +<P>The five men, who, as the consequence of the shipwreck, had lost all the +savings of their last three years of toil, were profoundly grateful to their +kind-hearted benefactors; nor, poor negroes as they were, did they utterly +resign the hope that at some future time they might have it in their power to +repay the debt which they owed their deliverers.</P> +<P>[Illustration: The good natured negroes were ever ready to lend a helping +hand.]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER V.</H4> +<H4>DINGO’S SAGACITY.</H4> +<P>Meantime the “Pilgrim” pursued her course, keeping as much as possible to the +east, and before evening closed in the hull of the “Waldeck” was out of +sight.</P> +<P>Captain Hull still continued to feel uneasy about the constant prevalence of +calms; not that for himself he cared much about the delay of a week or two in a +voyage from New Zealand to Valparaiso, but he was disappointed at the prolonged +inconvenience it caused to his lady passenger. Mrs. Weldon, however, submitted +to the detention very philosophically, and did not utter a word of +complaint.</P> +<P>The captain’s next care was to improvise sleeping accommodation for Tom and +his four associates. No room for them could possibly be found in the crew’s +quarters, so that their berths had to be arranged under the forecastle; and as +long as the weather continued fine, there was no reason why the negroes, +accustomed as they were to a somewhat rough life, should not find themselves +sufficiently comfortable.</P> +<P>After this incident of the discovery of the wreck, life on board the +“Pilgrim” relapsed into its ordinary routine. With the wind invariably in the +same direction, the sails required very little shifting; but whenever it +happened, as occasionally it would, that there was any tacking to be done, the +good-natured negroes were ever ready to lend a helping hand; and the rigging +would creak again under the weight of Hercules, a great strapping fellow, six +feet high, who seemed almost to require ropes of extra strength made for his +special use.</P> +<P>Hercules became at once a great favourite with little Jack; and when the +giant lifted him like a doll in his stalwart arms, the child fairly shrieked +with delight.</P> +<P>“Higher! higher! very high!” Jack would say sometimes.</P> +<P>“There you are, then, Master Jack,” Hercules would reply as he raised him +aloft.</P> +<P>“Am I heavy?” asked the child,</P> +<P>“As heavy as a feather.”</P> +<P>“Then lift me higher still,” cried Jack; “as high as ever you can reach.”</P> +<P>And Hercules, with the child’s two feet supported on his huge palm, would +walk about the deck with him like an acrobat, Jack all the time endeavouring, +with vain efforts, to make him “feel his weight.”</P> +<P>Besides Dick Sands and Hercules, Jack admitted a third friend to his +companionship. This was Dingo. The dog, unsociable as he had been on board the +“Waldeck,” seemed to have found society more congenial to his tastes, and being +one of those animals that are fond of children, he allowed Jack to do with him +almost anything he pleased. The child, however, never thought of hurting the dog +in any way, and it was doubtful which of the two had the greater enjoyment of +their mutual sport. Jack found a live dog infinitely more entertaining than his +old toy upon its four wheels, and his great delight was to mount upon Dingo’s +back, when the animal would gallop off with him like a race-horse with his +jockey. It must be owned that one result of this intimacy was a serious +diminution of the supply of sugar in the store-room. Dingo was the delight of +all the crew excepting Negoro, who cautiously avoided coming in contact with an +animal who showed such unmistakable symptoms of hostility.</P> +<P>The new companions that Jack had thus found did not in the least make him +forget his old friend Dick Sands, who devoted all his leisure time to him as +assiduously as ever. Mrs. Weldon regarded their intimacy with the</P> +<P>[Illustration: “There you are, then, Master Jack!”]</P> +<P>greatest satisfaction, and one day made a remark to that effect in the +presence of Captain Hull.</P> +<P>“You are right, madam,” said the captain cordially; “Dick is a capital +fellow, and will be sure to be a first-rate sailor. He has an instinct which is +little short of a genius; it supplies all deficiencies of theory. Considering +how short an experience and how little instruction he has had, it is quite +wonderful how much he knows about a ship.”</P> +<P>“Certainly for his age,” assented Mrs. Weldon, “he is singularly advanced. I +can safely say that I have never had a fault to find with him. I believe that it +is my husband’s intention, after this voyage, to let him have systematic +training in navigation, so that he may be able ultimately to become a +captain.”</P> +<P>“I have no misgivings, madam,” replied the captain; “there is every reason to +expect that he will be an honour to the service”</P> +<P>“Poor orphan!” said the lady; “he has been trained in a hard school.”</P> +<P>“Its lessons have not been lost upon him,” rejoined Captain Hull; “they have +taught him the prime lesson that he has his own way to make in the world.”</P> +<P>The eyes of the two speakers turned as it were unwittingly in the direction +where Dick Sands happened to be standing. He was at the helm.</P> +<P>“Look at him now!” said the captain; “see how steadily he keeps his eye upon +the fore; nothing distracts him from his duty; he is as much to be depended on +as the most experienced helmsman. It was a capital thing for him that he began +his training as a cabin-boy. Nothing like it. Begin at the beginning. It is the +best of training for the merchant service.”</P> +<P>“But surely,” interposed Mrs. Weldon, “you would not deny that in the navy +there have been many good officers who have never had the training of which you +are speaking?”</P> +<P>“True, madam; but yet even some of the best of them have begun at the lowest +step of the ladder. For instance, Lord Nelson.”</P> +<P>Just at this instant Cousin Benedict emerged from the stern-cabin, and +completely absorbed, according to his wont, in his own pursuit, began to wander +up and down the deck, peering into the interstices of the network, rummaging +under the seats, and drawing his long fingers along the cracks in the floor +where the tar had crumbled away.</P> +<P>“Well, Benedict, how are you getting on?” asked Mrs Weldon.</P> +<P>“I? Oh, well enough, thank you,” he replied dreamily; “but I wish we were on +shore.”</P> +<P>“What were you looking for under that bench?” said Captain Hull.</P> +<P>“Insects, of course,” answered Benedict; “I am always looking for +insects.”</P> +<P>“But don’t you know, Benedict,” said Mrs. Weldon, “that Captain Hull is far +too particular to allow any vermin on the deck of his vessel?”</P> +<P>Captain Hull smiled and said,—</P> +<P>“Mrs Weldon is very complimentary; but I am really inclined to hope that your +investigations in the cabins of the ‘Pilgrim’ will not be attended with much +success.”</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict shrugged his shoulders in a manner that indicated that he was +aware that the cabins could furnish nothing attractive in the way of +insects.</P> +<P>“However,” continued the captain, “I dare say down in the hold you could find +some cockroaches; but cockroaches, I presume, would be of little or no interest +to you.”</P> +<P>“No interest?” cried Benedict, at once warmed into enthusiasm; “why, are they +not the very orthoptera that roused the imprecations of Virgil and Horace? Are +they not closely allied to the <I>Periplaneta orientalis</I> and the American +Kakerlac, which inhabit—“</P> +<P>“I should rather say infest,” interrupted the captain.</P> +<P>“Easy enough to see, sir,” replied Benedict, stopping short with amazement, +“that you are not an entomologist!”</P> +<P>“I fear I must plead guilty to your accusation,” said the captain +good-humouredly.</P> +<P>“You must not expect every one to be such an enthusiast in your favourite +study as yourself.” Mrs. Weldon interposed; “but are you not satisfied with the +result of your explorations in New Zealand?”</P> +<P>“Yes, yes,” answered Benedict, with a sort of hesitating reluctance; “I must +not say I was dissatisfied; I was really very delighted to secure that new +staphylin which hitherto had never been seen elsewhere than in New California; +but still, you know, an entomologist is always craving for fresh additions to +his collection.”</P> +<P>While he was speaking, Dingo, leaving little Jack, who was romping with him, +came and jumped on Benedict, and began to fawn on him.</P> +<P>“Get away, you brute!” he exclaimed, thrusting the dog aside.</P> +<P>“Poor Dingo! good dog!” cried Jack, running up and taking the animal’s huge +head between his tiny hands.</P> +<P>“Your interest in cockroaches, Mr. Benedict,” observed the captain, “does not +seem to extend to dogs.”</P> +<P>“It isn’t that I dislike dogs at all,” answered Benedict; “but this creature +has disappointed me.”</P> +<P>“How do you mean? You could hardly want to catalogue him with the diptera or +hymenoptera?” asked Mrs Weldon laughingly.</P> +<P>“Oh, not at all,” replied Benedict, with the most unmoved gravity. “But I +understood that he had been found on the West Coast of Africa, and I hoped that +perhaps he might have brought over some African hemiptera in his coat; but I +have searched his coat well, over and over again, without finding a single +specimen. The dog has disappointed me,” he repeated mournfully.</P> +<P>“I can only hope,” said the captain, “that if you had found anything, you +were going to kill it instantly.”</P> +<P>Benedict looked with mute astonishment into the captain’s face. In a moment +or two afterwards, he said,—</P> +<P>“I suppose, sir, you acknowledge that Sir John Franklin was an eminent member +of your profession?”</P> +<P>“Certainly; why?”</P> +<P>“Because Sir John would never take away the life of the most insignificant +insect; it is related of him that when he had once been incessantly tormented +all day by a mosquito, at last he found it on the back of his hand and blew it +off, saying, ‘Fly away, little creature, the world is large enough for both you +and me!’ ”</P> +<P>“That little anecdote of yours, Mr. Benedict,” said the captain, smiling, “is +a good deal older than Sir John Franklin. It is told, in nearly the same words, +about Uncle Toby, in Sterne’s ‘Tristram Shandy’; only there it was not a +mosquito, it was a common fly.”</P> +<P>“And was Uncle Toby an entomologist?” asked Benedict; “did he ever really +live?”</P> +<P>“No,” said the captain, “he was only a character in a novel.”</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict gave a look of utter contempt, and Captain Hull and Mrs +Weldon could not resist laughing.</P> +<P>Such is only one instance of the way in which Cousin Benedict invariably +brought it about that all conversation with him ultimately turned upon his +favourite pursuit, and all along, throughout the monotonous hours of smooth +sailing, while the “Pilgrim” was making her little headway to the east, he +showed his own devotion to his pet science, by seeking to enlist new disciples. +First of all, he tried his powers of persuasion upon Dick Sands, but soon +finding that the young apprentice had no taste for entomological mysteries, he +gave him up and turned his attention to the negroes. Nor was he much more +successful with them; one after another, Tom, Bat, Actæon, and Austin had all +withdrawn themselves from his instructions, and the class at last was reduced to +the single person of Hercules; but in him the enthusiastic naturalist thought he +had discovered a latent talent which could distinguish between a parasite and a +thysanura.</P> +<P>Hercules accordingly submitted to pass a considerable portion of his leisure +in the observation of every variety of coleoptera; he was encouraged to study +the extensive collection of stag-beetles, tiger-beetles and lady-birds; and +although at times the enthusiast trembled to see some of his most delicate and +fragile specimens in the huge grasp of his pupil, he soon learned that the man’s +gentle docility was a sufficient guarantee against his clumsiness.</P> +<P>While the science of entomology was thus occupying its two votaries, Mrs. +Weldon was giving her own best attention to the education of Master Jack. +Reading and writing she undertook to teach herself, while she entrusted the +instruction in arithmetic to the care of Dick Sands. Under the conviction that a +child of five years will make a much more rapid progress if something like +amusement be combined with his lessons, Mrs. Weldon would not teach her boy to +spell by the use of an ordinary school primer, but used a set of cubes, on the +sides of which the various letters were painted in red. After first making a +word and showing it to Jack, she set him to put it together without her help, +and it was astonishing how quickly the child advanced, and how many hours he +would spend in this way, both in the cabin and on deck. There were more than +fifty cubes, which, besides the alphabet, included all the digits; so that they +were of service for Dick Sands’ lessons as well as for her own. She was more +than satisfied with her device.</P> +<P>On the morning of the 9th an incident occurred which could not fail to be +observed as somewhat remarkable. Jack was half lying, half sitting on the deck, +amusing himself with his letters, and had just finished putting together a word +with which he intended to puzzle old Tom, who, with his hand sheltering his +eyes, was pretending not to see the difficulty which was being labouriously +prepared to bewilder him; all at once, Dingo, who had been gambolling round the +child, made a sudden pause, lifted his right paw, and wagged his tail +convulsively. Then darting down upon a capital S, he seized it in his mouth, and +carried it some paces away.</P> +<P>“Oh, Dingo, Dingo! you mustn’t eat my letters!” shouted the child.</P> +<P>But the dog had already dropped the block of wood, and coming back again, +picked up another, which he laid quietly by the side of the first. This time it +was a capital V. Jack uttered an exclamation of astonishment which brought to +his side not only his mother, but the captain and Dick, who were both on deck. +In answer to their inquiry as to what had occurred, Jack cried out in the +greatest excitement that Dingo knew how to read. At any rate he was sure that he +knew his letters.</P> +<P>Dick Sands smiled and stooped to take back the letters. Dingo snarled and +showed his teeth, but the apprentice was not frightened; he carried his point, +and replaced the two blocks among the rest. Dingo in an instant pounced upon +them again, and having drawn them to his side, laid a paw upon each of them, as +if to signify his intention of retaining them in his possession. Of the other +letters of the alphabet he took no notice at all.</P> +<P>“It is very strange,” said Mrs. Weldon; “he has picked out S V again.”</P> +<P>“S V!” repeated the captain thoughtfully; “are not those the letters that +form the initials on his collar?”</P> +<P>And turning to the old negro, he continued,—</P> +<P>“Tom didn’t you say that this dog did not always belong to the captain of the +‘Waldeck’?”</P> +<P>“To the best of my belief,” replied Tom, “the captain had only had him about +two years. I often heard him tell how he found him at the mouth of the +Congo.”</P> +<P>“Do you suppose that he never knew where the animal came from, or to whom he +had previously belonged?” asked Captain Hull.</P> +<P>“Never,” answered Tom, shaking his head; “a lost dog is worse to identify +than a lost child; you see, he can’t make himself understood any way.”</P> +<P>The captain made no answer, but stood musing; Mrs. Weldon interrupted +him.</P> +<P>“These letters, captain, seem to be recalling something to your +recollection.</P> +<P>“I can hardly go so far as to say that, Mrs. Weldon,” he replied; “but I +cannot help associating them with the fate of a brave explorer.”</P> +<P>“Whom do you mean? said the lady.</P> +<P>“In 1871, just two years ago,” the captain continued, “a French traveller, +under the auspices of the Geographical</P> +<P>[Illustration: Jack cried out in the greatest excitement that Dingo knew how +to read]</P> +<P>Society of Paris, set out for the purpose of crossing Africa from west to +east. His starting-point was the mouth of the Congo, and his exit was designed +to be as near as possible to Cape Deldago, at the mouth of the River Rovouma, of +which he was to ascertain the true course. The name of this man was Samuel +Vernon, and I confess it strikes me as somewhat a strange coincidence that the +letters engraved on Dingo’s collar should be Vernon’s initials.”</P> +<P>“Is nothing known about this traveller?” asked Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Nothing was ever heard of him after his first departure. It appears quite +certain that he failed to reach the east coast, and it can only be conjectured +either that he died upon his way, or that he was made prisoner by the natives; +and if so, and this dog ever belonged to him, the animal might have made his way +back to the sea-coast, where, just about the time that would be likely, the +captain of the ‘Waldeck’ picked him up.”</P> +<P>“But you have no reason to suppose, Captain Hull, that Vernon ever owned a +dog of this description?”</P> +<P>“I own I never heard of it,” said the captain; “but still the impression +fixes itself on my mind that the dog must have been his; how he came to know one +letter from another, it is not for me to pretend to say. Look at him now, madam! +he seems not only to be reading the letters for himself, but to be inviting us +to come and read them with him.”</P> +<P>Whilst Mrs. Weldon was watching the dog with much amusement, Dick Sands, who +had listened to the previous conversation, took the opportunity of asking the +captain whether the traveller Vernon had started on his expedition quite +alone.</P> +<P>“That is really more than I can tell you, my boy,” answered Captain Hull; +“but I should almost take it for granted that he would have a considerable +retinue of natives.”</P> +<P>The captain spoke without being aware that Negoro had meanwhile quietly +stolen on deck. At first his presence was quite unnoticed, and no one observed +the peculiar glance with which he looked at the two letters over which Dingo +still persisted in keeping guard. The dog, however, no sooner caught sight of +the cook than he began to bristle with rage, whereupon Negoro, with a +threatening gesture which seemed half involuntary, withdrew immediately to his +accustomed quarters.</P> +<P>The incident did not escape the captain’s observation.</P> +<P>“No doubt,” he said, “there is some mystery here;” and he was pondering the +matter over in his mind when Dick Sands spoke.</P> +<P>“Don’t you think it very singular, sir, that this dog should have such a +knowledge of the alphabet?”</P> +<P>Jack here put in his word.</P> +<P>“My mamma has told me about a dog whose name was Munito, who could read as +well as a schoolmaster, and could play dominoes.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon smiled.</P> +<P>“I am afraid, my child, that that dog was not quite so learned as you +imagine. I don’t suppose he knew one letter from another; but his master, who +was a clever American, having found out that the animal had a very keen sense of +hearing, taught him some curious tricks.”</P> +<P>“What sort of tricks?” asked Dick, who was almost as much interested as +little Jack.</P> +<P>“When he had to perform in public,” continued Mrs. Weldon, “a lot of letters +like yours, Jack, were spread out upon a table, and Munito would put together +any word that the company should propose, either aloud or in a whisper, to his +master. The creature would walk about until he stopped at the very letter which +was wanted. The secret of it all was that the dog’s owner gave him a signal when +he was to stop by rattling a little tooth-pick in his pocket, making a slight +noise that only the dog’s ears were acute enough to perceive.”</P> +<P>Dick was highly amused, and said,—</P> +<P>“But that was a dog who could do nothing wonderful without his master.”</P> +<P>“Just so,” answered Mrs. Weldon; “and it surprises me</P> +<P>[Illustration: Negoro, with a threatening gesture that seemed half +involuntary, withdrew immediately to his accustomed quarters.]</P> +<P>very much to see Dingo picking out these letters without a master to direct +him.”</P> +<P>“The more one thinks of it, the more strange it is,” said Captain Hull; “but, +after all, Dingo’s sagacity is not greater than that of the dog which rang the +convent bell in order to get at the dish that was reserved for passing beggars; +nor than that of the dog who had to turn a spit every other day, and never could +be induced to work when it was not his proper day. Dingo evidently has no +acquaintance with any other letters except the two S V; and some circumstance +which we can never guess has made him familiar with them.”</P> +<P>“What a pity he cannot talk!” exclaimed the apprentice; “we should know why +it is that he always shows his teeth at Negoro.”</P> +<P>“And tremendous teeth they are!” observed the captain, as Dingo at that +moment opened his mouth, and made a display of his formidable fangs.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VI.</H4> +<H4>A WHALE IN SIGHT.</H4> +<P>It was only what might be expected that the dog’s singular exhibition of +sagacity should repeatedly form a subject of conversation between Mrs. Weldon, +the captain, and Dick. The young apprentice in particular began to entertain a +lurking feeling of distrust towards Negoro, although it must be owned that the +man’s conduct in general afforded no tangible grounds for suspicion.</P> +<P>Nor as it only among the stern passengers that Dingo’s remarkable feat was +discussed; amongst the crew in the bow the dog not only soon gained the +reputation of being able to read, but was almost credited with being able to +write too, as well as any sailor among them; indeed the chief wonder was that he +did not speak.</P> +<P>“Perhaps he can,” suggested Bolton, the helmsman, “and likely enough some +fine day we shall have him coming to ask about our bearings, and to inquire +which way the wind lies.”</P> +<P>“Ah! why not?” assented another sailor; “parrots talk, and magpies talk; why +shouldn’t a dog? For my part, I should guess it must be easier to speak with a +mouth than with a beak.”</P> +<P>“Of course it is,” said Howick, the boatswain; “only a quadruped has never +yet been known to do it.”</P> +<P>Perhaps, however, the worthy fellow would have been amazed to hear that a +certain Danish <I>savant</I> once possesed a dog that could actually pronounce +quite distinctly nearly twenty different words, demonstrating that the +construction</P> +<P>[Illustration: “This Dingo is nothing out of the way.”]</P> +<P>of the glottis, the aperture at the top of the windpipe, was adapted for the +emission of regular sounds: of course the animal attached no meaning to the +words it uttered any more than a parrot or a jay can comprehend their own +chatterings.</P> +<P>Thus, unconsciously, Dingo had become the hero of the hour. On several +separate occasions Captain Hull repeated the experiment of spreading out the +blocks before him, but invariably with the same result; the dog never failed, +without the slightest hesitation, to pick out the two letters, leaving all the +rest of the alphabet quite unnoticed.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict alone, somewhat ostentatiously, professed to take no interest +in the circumstance.</P> +<P>“You cannot suppose,” he said to Captain Hull, after various repetitions of +the trick, “that dogs are to be reckoned the only animals endowed with +intelligence Rats, you know, will always leave a sinking ship, and beavers +invariably raise their dams before the approach of a flood. Did not the horses +of Nicomedes, Scanderberg and Oppian die of grief for the loss of their masters? +Have there not been instances of donkeys with wonderful memories? Birds, too, +have been trained to do the most remarkable things; they have been taught to +write word after word at their master’s dictation; there are cockatoos who can +count the people in a room as accurately as a mathematician; and haven’t you +heard of the old Cardinal’s parrot that he would not part with for a hundred +gold crowns because it could repeat the Apostles’ creed from beginning to end +without a blunder? And insects,” he continued, warming into enthusiasm, “how +marvellously they vindicate the axiom—</P> +<P style="TEXT-ALIGN: center">‘In minimis maximus Deus!’</P> +<P>Are not the structures of ants the very models for the architects of a city? +Has the diving-bell of the aquatic argyroneta ever been surpassed by the +invention of the most skilful student of mechanical art? And cannot fleas go +through a drill and fire a gun as well as the most accomplished artilleryman? +This Dingo is nothing out of the way. I suppose he belongs to some unclassed +species of mastiff. Perhaps one day or other he may come to be identified as the +‘canis alphabeticus’ of New Zealand.”</P> +<P>The worthy entomologist delivered this and various similar harangues; but +Dingo, nevertheless, retained his high place in the general estimation, and by +the occupants of the forecastle was regarded as little short of a phenomenon. +The feeling, otherwise universal, was not in any degree shared by Negoro, and it +is not improbable that the man would have been tempted to some foul play with +the dog if the open sympathies of the crew had not kept him in check. More than +ever he studiously avoided coming in contact in any way with the animal, and +Dick Sands in his own mind was quite convinced that since the incident of the +letters, the cook’s hatred of the dog had become still more intense.</P> +<P>After continual alternations with long and wearisome calms the north-east +wind perceptibly moderated, and on the both, Captain Hull really began to hope +that such a change would ensue as to allow the schooner to run straight before +the wind. Nineteen days had elapsed since the “Pilgrim” had left Auckland, a +period not so long but that with a favourable breeze it might be made up at +last. Some days however were yet to elapse before the wind veered round to the +anticipated quarter.</P> +<P>It has been already stated that this portion of the Pacific is almost always +deserted. It is out of the line of the American and Australian steam-packets, +and except a whaler had been brought into it by some such exceptional +circumstances as the “Pilgrim,” it was quite unusual to see one in this +latitude.</P> +<P>But, however void of traffic was the surface of the sea, to none but an +unintelligent mind could it appear monotonous or barren of interest. The poetry +of the ocean breathes forth in its minute and almost imperceptible changes. A +marine plant, a tuft of seaweed lightly furrowing the water, a drifting spar +with its unknown history, may afford unlimited scope—for the imagination; every +little drop passing, in its process of evaporation, backwards and</P> +<P>[Illustration: Occasionally Dick Sands would take a pistol, and now and then +a rifle.]</P> +<P>forwards from sea to sky, might perchance reveal its own special secret; and +happy are those minds which are capable of a due appreciation of the mysteries +of air and ocean.</P> +<P>Above the surface as well as below, the restless flood is ever teaming with +animal life; and the passengers on board the “Pilgrim” derived no little +amusement from watching great flocks of birds migrating northwards to escape the +rigour of the polar winter, and ever and again descending in rapid flight to +secure some tiny fish. Occasionally Dick Sands would take a pistol, and now and +then a rifle, and, thanks to Mr. Weldon’s former instructions, would bring down +various specimens of the feathered tribe.</P> +<P>Sometimes white petrels would congregate in considerable numbers near the +schooner; and sometimes petrels of another species, with brown borders on their +wings, would come in sight; now there would be flocks of damiers skimming the +water; and now groups of penguins, whose clumsy gait appears so ludicrous on +shore; but, as Captain Hull pointed out, when their stumpy wings were employed +as fins, they were a match for the most rapid of fish, so that sailors have +often mistaken them for bonitos.</P> +<P>High over head, huge albatrosses, their outspread wings measuring ten feet +from tip to tip, would soar aloft, thence to swoop down towards the deep, into +which they plunged their beaks in search of food. Such incidents and scenes as +these were infinite in their variety, and it was accordingly only for minds that +were obtuse to the charms of nature that the voyage could be monotonous.</P> +<P>On the day the wind shifted, Mrs. Weldon was walking up and down on the +“Pilgrim’s” stern, when her attention was attracted by what seemed to her a +strange phenomenon. All of a sudden, far as the eye could reach, the sea had +assumed a reddish hue, as if it were tinged with blood.</P> +<P>Both Dick and Jack were standing close behind her, and she cried,—</P> +<P>“Look, Dick, look! the sea is all red. Is it a sea-weed that is making the +water so strange a colour?</P> +<P>“No,” answered Dick, “it is not a weed; it is what the sailors call whales’ +food; it is formed, I believe, of innumerable myriads of minute crustacea.”</P> +<P>“Crustacea they may be,” replied Mrs. Weldon, “but they must be so small that +they are mere insects. Cousin Benedict no doubt will like to see them.”</P> +<P>She called aloud,—</P> +<P>“Benedict! Benedict! come here! we have a sight here to interest you.”</P> +<P>The amateur naturalist slowly emerged from his cabin followed by Captain +Hull.</P> +<P>“Ah! yes, I see!” said the captain; “whales’ food; just the opportunity for +you, Mr. Benedict; a chance not to be thrown away for studying one of the most +curious of the crustacea.”</P> +<P>“Nonsense!” ejaculated Benedict contemptuously; “utter nonsense!”</P> +<P>“Why? what do you mean, Mr. Benedict?” retorted the captain; “surely you, as +an entomologist, must know that I am right in my conviction that these crustacea +belong to one of the six classes of the articulata.”</P> +<P>The disdain of Cousin Benedict was expressed by a repeated sneer.</P> +<P>“Are you not aware, sir, that my researches as an entomologist are confined +entirely to the hexapoda?”</P> +<P>Captain Hull, unable to repress a smile, only answered good-humouredly,—</P> +<P>“I see, sir, your tastes do not lie in the same direction as those of the +whale.”</P> +<P>And turning to Mrs. Weldon, he continued,—</P> +<P>“To whalemen, madam, this is a sight that speaks for itself. It is a token +that we ought to lose no time in getting out our lines and looking to the state +of our harpoons. There is game not far away.”</P> +<P>Jack gave vent to his astonishment.</P> +<P>“Do you mean that great creatures like whales feed on such tiny things as +these?”</P> +<P>“Yes, my boy,” said the captain; “and I daresay they are as nice to them as +semolina and ground rice are to you.</P> +<P>When a whale gets into the middle of them he has nothing to do but to open +his jaws, and, in a minute, hundreds of thousands of these minute creatures are +inside the fringe or whalebone around his palate, and he is sure of a good +mouthful.”</P> +<P>“So you see, Jack,” said Dick, “the whale gets his shrimps without the +trouble of shelling them.”</P> +<P>“And when he has just closed his snappers is the very time to give him a good +taste of the harpoon,” added Captain Hull.</P> +<P>The words had hardly escaped the captain’s lips when a shout from one of the +sailors announced,—</P> +<P>“A whale to larboard!”</P> +<P>“There’s the whale!” repeated the captain. All his professional instincts +were aroused in an instant, and he hurried to the bow, followed in eager +curiosity by all the stern passengers.</P> +<P>Even Cousin Benedict loitered up in the rear, constrained, in spite of +himself, to take a share in the general interest.</P> +<P>There was no doubt about the matter. Four miles or so to windward an unusual +commotion in the water betokened to experienced eyes the presence of a whale; +but the distance was too great to permit a reasonable conjecture to be formed as +to which species of those mammifers the creature belonged.</P> +<P>Three distinct species are familiarly known. First there is the Right whale, +which is ordinarily sought for in the northern fisheries. The average length of +this cetacean is sixty feet, though it has been known to attain the length of +eighty feet. It has no dorsal fin, and beneath its skin is a thick layer of +blubber. One of these monsters alone will yield as much as a hundred barrels of +oil.</P> +<P>Then there is the Hump-back, a typical representative of the species +“balænoptera,” a definition which may at first sight appear to possess an +interest for an entomologist, but which really refers to two white dorsal fins, +each half as wide as the body, resembling a pair of wings, and in their +formation similar to those of the flying-fish. It must be owned, however, that a +flying whale would decidedly be a <I>rara avis</I>.</P> +<P>Lastly, there is the Jubarte, commonly known as the Finback. It is provided +with a dorsal fin, and in length not unfrequently is a match for the gigantic +Right whale.</P> +<P>While it was impossible to decide to which of the three species the whale in +the distance really belonged, the general impression inclined to the belief that +it was a jubarte.</P> +<P>With longing eyes Captain Hull and his crew gazed at the object of general +attraction. Just as irresistibly as it is said a clockmaker is drawn on to +examine the mechanism of every clock which chance may throw in his way, so is a +whaleman ever anxious to plunge his harpoon into any whale that he can get +within his reach. The larger the game the more keen the excitement; and no +elephant-hunter’s eagerness ever surpasses the zest of the whale-fisher when +once started in pursuit of the prey.</P> +<P>To the crew the sight of the whale was the opening of an unexpected +opportunity, and no wonder they were fired with the burning hope that even now +they might do something to supply the deficiency of their meagre haul throughout +the season.</P> +<P>Far away as the creature still was, the captain’s practised eye soon enabled +him to detect various indications that satisfied him as to its true species. +Amongst other things that arrested his attention, he observed a column of water +and vapour ejected from the nostrils. “It isn’t a right whale,” he said; “if so, +its spout would be smaller and it would rise higher in the air. And I do not +think it is a hump-back. I cannot hear the hump-back’s roar. Dick, tell me, what +do you think about it?”</P> +<P>With a critical eye Dick Sands looked long and steadily at the spout.</P> +<P>“It blows out water, sir,” said the apprentice, “water, as well as vapour. I +should think it is a finback. But it must be a rare large one.”</P> +<P>“Seventy feet, at least!” rejoined the captain, flushing with his +enthusiasm.</P> +<P>“What a big fellow!” said Jack, catching the excitement of his elders.</P> +<P>[Illustration: “What a big fellow!”]</P> +<P>“Ah, Jack, my boy,” chuckled the captain, “the whale little thinks who are +watching him enjoy his breakfast!”</P> +<P>“Yes,” said the boatswain; “a dozen such gentlemen as that would freight a +craft twice the size of ours; but this one, if only we can get him, will go a +good way towards filling our empty barrels.”</P> +<P>“Rather rough work, you know,” said Dick, “to attack a finback!”</P> +<P>“You are right, Dick,” answered the captain; “the boat has yet to be built +which is strong enough to resist the flap of a jubarte’s tail.”</P> +<P>“But the profit is worth the risk, captain, isn’t it?”</P> +<P>“You are right again, Dick,” replied Captain Hull, and as he spoke, he +clambered on to the bowsprit in order that he might get a better view of the +whale.</P> +<P>The crew were as eager as their captain. Mounted on the fore-shrouds, they +scanned the movements of their coveted prey in the distance, freely descanting +upon the profit to be made out of a good finback and declaring that it would be +a thousand pities if this chance of filling the casks below should be permitted +to be lost.</P> +<P>Captain Hull was perplexed. He bit his nails and knitted his brow.</P> +<P>“Mamma!” cried little Jack, “I should so much like to see a whale +close,—quite close, you know.”</P> +<P>“And so you shall, my boy,” replied the captain, who was standing by, and had +come to the resolve that if his men would back him, he would make an attempt to +capture the prize.</P> +<P>He turned to his crew,—</P> +<P>“My men! what do you think? shall we make the venture? Remember, we are all +alone; we have no whalemen to help us; we must rely upon ourselves; I have +thrown a harpoon before now; I can throw a harpoon again; what do you say?”</P> +<P>The crew responded with a ringing cheer,—</P> +<P>“Ay, ay, sir! Ay, ay!”</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VII.</H4> +<H4>PREPARATIONS FOR AN ATTACK.</H4> +<P>Great was the excitement that now prevailed, and the question of an attempt +to capture the sea-monster became the ruling theme of conversation. Mrs. Weldon +expressed considerable doubt as to the prudence of venturing upon so great a +risk with such a limited number of hands, but when Captain Hull assured her that +he had more than once successfully attacked a whale with a single boat, and that +for his part he had no fear of failure, she made no further remonstrance, and +appeared quite satisfied.</P> +<P>Having formed his resolve, the captain lost no time in setting about his +preliminary arrangements. He could not really conceal from his own mind that the +pursuit of a finback was always a matter of some peril, and he was anxious, +accordingly, to make every possible provision which forethought could devise +against all emergencies.</P> +<P>Besides her long-boat, which was kept between the two masts, the “Pilgrim” +had three whale-boats, two of them slung to the starboard and larboard davits, +and the third at the stern, outside the taffrail. During the fishing season, +when the crew was reinforced by a hired complement of New Zealand whalemen, all +three of these boats would be brought at once into requisition, but at present +the whole crew of the “Pilgrim” was barely sufficient to man one of the three +boats. Tom and his friends were ready to volunteer their assistance, but any +offers of service from them were necessarily declined; the manipulation of a +whale-boat can only be entrusted to those who are experienced in the work, as a +false turn of the tiller or a premature stroke of the oar may in a moment +compromise the safety of the whole party. Thus compelled to take all his trained +sailors with him on his venturous expedition, the captain had no alternative +than to leave his apprentice in charge of the schooner during his absence. +Dick’s choice would have been very much in favour of taking a share in the +whale-hunt, but he had the good sense to know that the developed strength of a +man would be of far greater service in the boat, and accordingly without a +murmur he resigned himself to remain behind.</P> +<P>Of the five sailors who were to man the boat, there were four to take the +oars, whilst Howick the boatswain was to manage the oar at the stern, which on +these occasions generally replaces an ordinary rudder as being quicker in action +in the event of any of the side oars being disabled. The post of harpooner was +of course assigned to Captain Hull, to whose lot it would consequently fall +first to hurl his weapon at the whale, then to manage the unwinding of the line +to which the harpoon was attached, and finally to kill the creature by +lance-wounds when it should emerge again from below the sea.</P> +<P>A method sometimes employed for commencing an attack is to place a sort of +small cannon on the bows or deck of the boat and to discharge from it either a +harpoon or some explosive bullets, which make frightful lacerations on the body +of the victim; but the “Pilgrim” was not provided with apparatus of this +description; not only are all the contrivances of this kind very costly and +difficult to manage, but the fishermen generally are averse to innovations, and +prefer the old-fashioned harpoons. It was with these alone that Captain Hull was +now about to encounter the finback that was lying some four miles distant from +his ship.</P> +<P>The weather promised as favourably as could be for the enterprise. The sea +was calm, and the wind moreover was still moderating, so that there was no +likelihood of the schooner drifting away during the captain’s absence.</P> +<P>When the starboard whale-boat had been lowered, and the four sailors had +entered it, Howick passed a couple of harpoons down to them, and some lances +which had been carefully sharpened; to these were added five coils of stout and +supple rope, each 600 feet long, for a whale when struck often dives so deeply +that even these lengths of line knotted together are found to be insufficient. +After these implements of attack had been properly stowed in the bows, the crew +had only to await the pleasure of their captain.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim,” before the sailors left her, had been made to heave to, and +the yards were braced so as to secure her remaining as stationary as possible. +As the time drew near for the captain to quit her, he gave a searching look all +round to satisfy himself that everything was in order; he saw that the halyards +were properly tightened, and the sails trimmed as they should be, and then +calling the young apprentice to his side, he said,—</P> +<P>“Now, Dick, I am going to leave you for a few hours: while I am away, I hope +that it will not be necessary for you to make any movement whatever. However, +you must be on the watch. It is not very likely, but it is possible that this +finback may carry us out to some distance. If so, you will have to follow; and +in that case, I am sure you may rely upon Tom and his friends for +assistance.”</P> +<P>One and all, the negroes assured the captain of their willingness to obey +Dick’s instructions, the sturdy Hercules rolling up his capacious shirt-sleeves +as if to show that he was ready for immediate action.</P> +<P>The captain went on,—</P> +<P>“The weather is beautifully fine, Dick, and I see no prospect of the wind +freshening; but come what may, I have one direction to give you which I strictly +enforce. You must not leave the ship. If I want you to follow us, I will hoist a +flag on the boat-hook.”</P> +<P>“You may trust me, sir,” answered Dick; “and I will keep a good +look-out.”</P> +<P>“All right, my lad; keep a cool head and a good heart. You are second captain +now, you know. I never heard of any one of your age being placed in such a post; +be a credit to your position!”</P> +<P>Dick blushed, and the bright flush that rose to his cheeks spoke more than +words.</P> +<P>“The lad may be trusted,” murmured the captain to himself; “he is as modest +as he is courageous. Yes; he may be trusted.”</P> +<P>It cannot be denied that the captain was not wholly without compunction at +the step he was taking; he was aware of the danger to which he was exposing +himself, but he beguiled himself with the persuasion that it was only for a few +hours; and his fisherman’s instinct was very keen. It was not only for himself; +the desire upon the part of the crew was almost irresistibly strong that every +opportunity ought to be employed for making the cargo of the schooner equal to +her owner’s expectations. And so he finally prepared to start.</P> +<P>“I wish you all success!” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Many thanks!” he replied.</P> +<P>Little Jack put in his word,—</P> +<P>“And you will try and catch the whale without hurting him much?”</P> +<P>“All right, young gentleman,” answered the captain; “he shall hardly feel the +tip of our fingers!”</P> +<P>“Sometimes,” said Cousin Benedict, as if he had been pondering the expedition +in relation to his pet science, “sometimes there are strange insects clinging to +the backs of these great mammifers; do you think you are likely to procure me +any specimens?”</P> +<P>“You shall soon have the opportunity of investigating for yourself,” was the +captain’s reply.</P> +<P>“And you, Tom; we shall be looking to you for help in cutting up our prize, +when we get it alongside,” continued he.</P> +<P>“We shall be quite ready, sir,” said the negro.</P> +<P>“One thing more, Dick,” added the captain; “you may as well be getting up the +empty barrels out of the hold; they will be all ready.”</P> +<P>“It shall be done, sir,” answered Dick promptly.</P> +<P>If everything went well it was the intention that the whale after it had been +killed should be towed to the side of the schooner, where it would be firmly +lashed. Then the sailors with their feet in spiked shoes would get upon its back +and proceed to cut the blubber, from head to tail, in long strips, which would +first be divided into lumps about a foot and a half square, the lumps being +subsequently chopped into smaller portions capable of being stored away in +casks. The ordinary rule would be for a ship, as soon as the flaying was +complete, to make its way to land where the blubber could be at once boiled +down, an operation by which it is reduced by about a third of its weight, and by +which it yields all its oil, the only portion of it which is of any value. Under +present circumstances, however, Captain Hull would not think of melting down the +blubber until his arrival at Valparaiso, and as he was sanguine that the wind +would soon set in a favourable direction, he calculated that he should reach +that port in less than three weeks, a period during which his cargo would not be +deteriorated.</P> +<P>The latest movement with regard to the “Pilgrim” had been to bring her +somewhat nearer the spot where the spouts of vapour indicated the presence of +the coveted prize. The creature continued to swim about in the reddened waters, +opening and shutting its huge jaws like an automaton, and absorbing at every +mouthful whole myriads of animalcula. No one entertained a fear that it would +try to make an escape; it was the unanimous verdict that it was “a fighting +whale,” and one that would resist all attacks to the very end.</P> +<P>As Captain Hull descended the rope-ladder and took his place in the front of +the boat, Mrs. Weldon and all on board renewed their good wishes.</P> +<P>Dingo stood with his fore paws upon the taffrail, and appeared as much as any +to be bidding the adventurous party farewell.</P> +<P>When the boat pushed off, those who were left on board the “Pilgrim” made +their way slowly to the bows, from which the most extensive view was to be +gained.</P> +<P>The captain’s voice came from the retreating boat,—</P> +<P>“A sharp look-out, Dick; a sharp look-out; one eye on us, one on the +ship!”</P> +<P>[Illustration: The Captain’s voice came from the retreating boat. <I>Page +72</I>]</P> +<P>[Illustration: “I must get you to keep your eye upon that man “ <I>Page +73.</I>]</P> +<P>“Ay, ay, sir,” replied the apprentice.</P> +<P>By his gestures the captain showed that he was under some emotion; he called +out again, but the boat had made such headway that it was too far off for any +words to be heard.</P> +<P>Dingo broke out into a piteous howl.</P> +<P>The dog was still standing erect, his eye upon the boat in the distance. To +the sailors, ever superstitious, the howling was not reassuring. Even Mrs. +Weldon was startled.</P> +<P>“Why, Dingo, Dingo,” she exclaimed, “this isn’t the way to encourage your +friends. Come here, sir; you must behave better than that!”</P> +<P>Sinking down on all fours the animal walked slowly up to Mrs. Weldon, and +began to lick her hand.</P> +<P>“Ah!” muttered old Tom, shaking his head solemnly, “he doesn’t wag his tail +at all. A bad omen.”</P> +<P>All at once the dog gave a savage growl.</P> +<P>As she turned her head, Mrs Weldon caught sight of Negoro making his way to +the forecastle, probably actuated by the general spirit of curiosity to follow +the maneuvers of the whale-boat. He stopped and seized a handspike as soon as he +saw the ferocious attitude of the dog.</P> +<P>The lady was quite unable to pacify the animal, which seemed about to fly +upon the throat of the cook, but Dick Sands called out loudly,—</P> +<P>“Down, Dingo, down!”</P> +<P>The dog obeyed; but it seemed to be with extreme reluctance that he returned +to Dick’s side; he continued to growl, as if still remembering his rage. Negoro +had turned very pale, and having put down the handspike, made his way cautiously +back to his own quarters.</P> +<P>“Hercules,” said Dick, “I must get you to keep your eye upon that man.”</P> +<P>“Yes, I will,” he answered, significantly clenching his fists.</P> +<P>Dick took his station at the helm, whence he kept an earnest watch upon the +whale-boat, which under the vigourous plying of the seamen’s oars had become +little more than a speck upon the water.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VIII.</H4> +<H4>A CATASTROPHE.</H4> +<P>Experienced whaleman as he was, Captain Hull knew the difficulty of the task +he had undertaken, he was alive to the importance of making his approach to the +whale from the leeward, so that there should be no sound to apprize the creature +of the proximity of the boat. He had perfect confidence in his boatswain, and +felt sure that he would take the proper course to insure a favourable result to +the enterprise.</P> +<P>“We mustn’t show ourselves too soon, Howick,” he said.</P> +<P>“Certainly not,” replied Howick, “I am going to skirt the edge of the +discoloured water, and I shall take good care to get well to leeward.”</P> +<P>“All right,” the captain answered, and turning to the crew said, “now, my +lads, as quietly as you can.”</P> +<P>Muffling the sound of their oars by placing straw in the rowlocks, and +avoiding the least unnecessary noise, the men skilfully propelled the boat along +the outline of the water tinged by the crustacea, so that while the starboard +oars still dipped in the green and limpid sea, the larboard were in the +deep-dyed waves, and seemed as though they were dripping with blood.</P> +<P>“Wine on this side, water on that,” said one of the sailors jocosely.</P> +<P>“But neither of them fit to drink,” rejoined the captain sharply, “so just +hold your tongue!”</P> +<P style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic">Under Howick’s guidance the +boat now glided stealthily</P> +<P>[Illustration: The whale seemed utterly unconscious of the attack that was +threatening it]</P> +<P>on to the greasy surface of the reddened waters, where she appeared to float +as on a pool of oil. The whale seemed utterly unconscious of the attack that was +threatening it, and allowed the boat to come nearer without exhibiting any sign +of alarm.</P> +<P>The wide circuit which the captain had thought it advisable to take had the +effect of considerably increasing the distance between his boat and the +“Pilgrim,” whilst the strange rapidity with which objects at sea become +diminished in apparent magnitude, as if viewed through the wrong end of a +telescope, made the ship look farther away than she actually was.</P> +<P>Another half-hour elapsed, and at the end of it the captain found himself so +exactly to leeward that the huge body of the whale was precisely intermediate +between his boat and the “Pilgrim.” A closer approach must now be made; every +precaution must be used; but the time had come to get sufficiently near for the +harpoon to be discharged.</P> +<P>“Slowly, my men,” said the captain, in a low voice; “slowly and softly!”</P> +<P>Howick muttered something that implied that the whale had ceased blowing so +hard, and that it was aware of their approach; the captain, upon this, enjoined +the most perfect silence, but urged his crew onwards, until, in five or six +minutes, they were within a cable’s length of the finback. Erect at the stern +the boatswain stood, and manoeuvred to get the boat as close as possible to the +whale’s left flank, while he made it an object of special care to keep beyond +the reach of its formidable tail, one stroke of which could involve them all in +instantaneous disaster.</P> +<P>The manipulation of the boat thus left to the boatswain, the captain made +ready for the arduous effort that was before him. At the extreme bow, harpoon in +hand, with his legs somewhat astride so as to insure his equilibrium, he stood +prepared to plunge his weapon into the mass that rose above the surface of the +sea. By his side, coiled in a pail, and with one end firmly attached to the +harpoon, was the first of the five lines which if the whale should dive to a +considerable depth, would have to be joined end to end, one after another .</P> +<P>“Are you ready, my lads?” said he, hardly above a whisper.</P> +<P>“Ay, ay, sir,” replied Howick, speaking as gently as his master, and giving a +firmer grip to the rudder-oar that he held in his hands.</P> +<P>“Then, alongside at once,” was the captain’s order, which was promptly +obeyed, so that in a few minutes the boat was only about ten feet from the body +of the whale. The animal did not move. Was it asleep? In that case there was +hope that the very first stroke might be fatal. But it was hardly likely. +Captain Hull felt only too sure that there was some different cause to be +assigned for its remaining so still and stationary; and the rapid glances of the +boatswain showed that he entertained the same suspicion. But it was no time for +speculation; the moment for action had arrived, and no attempt was made on +either hand to exchange ideas upon the subject.</P> +<P>Captain Hull seized his weapon tightly by the shaft, and having poised it +several times in the air, in order to make more sure of his aim, he gathered all +his strength and hurled it against the side of the finback.</P> +<P>“Backwater!” he shouted.</P> +<P>The sailors pushed back with all their might, and the boat in an instant was +beyond the range of the creature’s tail.</P> +<P>And now the immoveableness of the animal was at once accounted for.</P> +<P>“See; there’s a youngster!” exclaimed Howick.</P> +<P>And he was not mistaken. Startled by the blow of the harpoon the monster had +heeled over on to its side, and the movement revealed a young whale which the +mother had been disturbed in the act of suckling. It was a discovery which made +Captain Hull aware that the capture of the whale would be attended with double +difficulty; he knew; that she would defend “her little one” (if such a term can +be applied to a creature that was at least twenty feet long) with the most +determined fury; yet having made what he considered a successful commencement of +the attack, he would not be daunted, nor deterred from his endeavour to secure +so fine a prize.</P> +<P>The whale did not, as sometimes happens, make a precipitate dash upon the +boat, a proceeding which necessitates the instant cutting of the harpoon-line, +and an immediate retreat, but it took the far more usual course of diving +downwards almost perpendicularly. It was followed by its calf; very soon, +however, after rising once again to the surface with a sudden bound, it began +swimming along under water with great rapidity.</P> +<P>Before its first plunge Captain Hull and Howick had sufficient opportunity to +observe that it was an unusually large balaenoptera, measuring at least eighty +feet from head to tail, its colour being of a yellowish-brown, dappled with +numerous spots of a darker shade.</P> +<P>The pursuit, or what may be more aptly termed “the towing,” of the whale had +now fairly commenced. The sailors had shipped their oars, and the whale-boat +darted like an arrow along the surface of the waves. In spite of the +oscillation, which was very violent, Howick succeeded in maintaining +equilibrium, and did not need the repeated injunctions with which the agitated +captain urged his boatswain to be upon his guard.</P> +<P>But fast as the boat flew along, she could not keep pace with the whale, and +so rapidly did the line run out that except proper care had been taken to keep +the bucket in which it was coiled filled with water, the friction against the +edge of the boat would inevitably have caused it to take fire. The whale gave no +indication of moderating its speed, so that the first line was soon exhausted, +and the second had to be attached to its end, only to be run out with like +rapidity. In a few minutes more it was necessary to join on the third line; it +was evident that the whale had not been hit in a vital part, and so far from +rising to the surface, the oblique direction of the rope indicated that the +creature was seeking yet greater depths.</P> +<P>“Confound it!” exclaimed the captain; “it seems as if the brute is going to +run out all our line.”</P> +<P>“Yes; and see what a distance the animal is dragging us away from the +‘Pilgrim,’ ” answered Howick.</P> +<P>“Sooner or later, however,” said Captain Hull, “the thing must come to the +surface; she is not a fish, you know.”</P> +<P>“She is saving her breath for the sake of her speed,” said one of the sailors +with a grin.</P> +<P>But grin as he might, both he and his companions began to look serious when +the fourth line had to be added to the third, and more serious still when the +fifth was added to the fourth. The captain even began to mutter imprecations +upon the refractory brute that was putting their patience to so severe a +test.</P> +<P>The last line was nearly all uncoiled, and the general consternation was +growing very great, when there was observed to be a slight slackening in the +tension.</P> +<P>“Thank Heaven!” cried the captain; “the beast has tired herself out at +last.”</P> +<P>Casting his eye towards the “Pilgrim,” he saw at a glance that she could not +be less than five miles to leeward. It was a long distance, but when, according +to his arrangement, he had hoisted the flag on the boat-hook which was to be the +signal for the ship to approach, he had the satisfaction of seeing that Dick +Sands and the negroes at once began bracing the yards to get as near as possible +to the wind. The breeze, however, blew only in short, unsteady puffs, and it was +only too evident that the “Pilgrim” would have considerable difficulty in +working her way to the whale-boat, even if she succeeded at last.</P> +<P>Meantime, just as had been expected, the whale had risen to the surface of +the water, the harpoon still fixed firmly in her side. She remained motionless, +apparently waiting for her calf, which she had far out-distanced in her mad +career. Captain Hull ordered his men to pull towards her as rapidly as they +could, and on getting close up, two of the sailors, following the captain’s +example, shipped their oars and took up the long lances with which the whale was +now to be attacked. Howick held himself in readiness to sheer off quickly in the +event of the finback making a turn towards the boat.</P> +<P>“Now, my lads!” shouted the captain. “Look out! take a good aim! no false +shots! Are you ready, Howick?”</P> +<P>“Quite ready, captain,” answered the boatswain, adding, “but it perplexes me +altogether to see the brute so quiet all of a sudden.”</P> +<P>“It looks suspicious,” said the captain; “but never mind; go on! straight +ahead!”</P> +<P>Captain Hull was becoming more excited every moment.</P> +<P>During the time the boat was approaching, the whale had only turned round a +little in the water without changing its position. It was evidently still +looking for its calf, which was not to be seen by its side. All of a sudden it +gave a jerk with its tail which carried it some few yards away.</P> +<P>The men were all excited. Was the beast going to escape again? Was the +fatiguing pursuit all to come over a second time? Must not the chase be +abandoned? Would not the prize have to be given up?</P> +<P>But no: the whale was not starting on another flight; it had merely turned so +as to face the boat, and now rapidly beating the water with its enormous fins, +it commenced a frantic dash forwards.</P> +<P>“Look out, Howick, she’s coming!” shouted Captain Hull.</P> +<P>The skilful boatswain was all on the alert; the boat swerved, as if by +instinct, so as to avoid the blow, and as the whale passed furiously by, she +received three tremendous thrusts from the lances of the captain and the two +men, who all endeavoured to strike at some vital part. There was a sudden pause. +The whale spouted up two gigantic columns of blood and water, lashed its tail, +and, with bounds and plunges that were terrible to behold, renewed its angry +attack upon the boat.</P> +<P>None but the most determined of whalemen could fail to lose their head under +such an assault. Calm and collected, however, the crew remained. Once again did +Howick adroitly sheer aside, and once again did the three lances do their deadly +work upon the huge carcase as it rolled impetuously past; but this time, so +great was the wave that was caused by the infuriated animal, that the boat was +well-nigh full of water, and in imminent danger of being capsized.</P> +<P>“Bale away, men!” cried the captain.</P> +<P>Putting down their oars, the other sailors set to work baling with all their +might. Captain Hull cut the harpoon-line, now no longer required, because the +whale, maddened with pain and grief for the loss of its offspring, would +certainly make no further attempt to escape, but would fight desperately to the +very end.</P> +<P>The finback was obviously bent on a third onslaught upon the boat, which, +being in spite of all the men’s exertions still more than half full of water, no +longer answered readily to the rudder-oar.</P> +<P>No one thought of flight. The swiftest boat could be overtaken in a very few +bounds. There was no alternative but to face the encounter. It was not long in +coming. Their previous good fortune failed them. The whale in passing caught the +boat with such a violent blow from its dorsal fin, that the men lost their +footing and the lances missed their mark.</P> +<P>“Where’s Howick?” screamed the captain in alarm.</P> +<P>“Here I am, captain; all right!” replied the boatswain, who had scrambled to +his feet only to find that the oar with which he had been steering was snapped +in half.</P> +<P>“The rudder’s smashed,” he said.</P> +<P>“Take another, Howick; quick!” cried the captain.</P> +<P>But scarcely had he time to replace the broken oar, when a bubbling was heard +a few yards away from the boat, and the young whale made its appearance on the +surface of the sea. Catching sight of it instantly, the mother made a fresh dash +in its direction, the maternal instincts were aroused, and the contest must +become more deadly than ever.</P> +<P>Captain Hull looked towards the “Pilgrim,” and waved his signal frantically +above his head. It was, however, with</P> +<P>[Illustration: The boat was well nigh full of water, and in imminent danger +of being capsized]</P> +<P>no hope of succour; he was only too well aware that no human efforts could +effectually hasten the arrival of the ship. Dick Sands indeed had at once obeyed +the first summons: already the wind was filling the sails, but in default of +steam power her progress at best could not be otherwise than slow. Not only did +Dick feel convinced that it would be a useless waste of time to lower a boat and +come off with the negroes to the rescue, but he remembered the strict orders he +had received on no account to quit the ship. Captain Hull, however, could +perceive that the apprentice had had the aft-boat lowered, and was towing it +along, so that it should be in readiness for a refuge as soon as they should get +within reach.</P> +<P>But the whale, close at hand, demanded attention that could ill be spared for +the yet distant ship. Covering her young one with her body, she was manifestly +designing another charge full upon the boat.</P> +<P>“On your guard, Howick! sheer off!” bellowed the captain.</P> +<P>But the order was useless. The fresh oar that the boatswain had taken to +replace the broken one was considerably shorter, and consequently it failed in +lever-power. There was, in fact, no helm for the boat to answer. The sailors saw +the failure, and convinced that all was lost uttered one long, despairing cry +that might have been heard on board the “Pilgrim.” Another moment, and from +beneath there came a tremendous blow from the monster’s tail that sent the boat +flying in the air. In fragments it fell back again into a sea that was lashed +into fury by the angry flapping of the finback’s fins.</P> +<P>Was it not possible for the unfortunate men, bleeding and wounded as they +were, still to save themselves by clinging to some floating spar? Captain Hull +is indeed seen endeavouring to hoist the boatswain on to a drifting plank. But +all in vain. There is no hope. The whale, writhing in the convulsions of death, +returns yet once again to the attack; the waters around the struggling sailors +seethe and foam. A brief turmoil follows as if there were the bursting of some +vast waterspout.</P> +<P>In a quarter of an hour afterwards, Dick Sands, with the negroes, reaches the +scene of the catastrophe. All is still and desolate. Every living object has +vanished. Nothing is visible except a few fragments of the whale-boat floating +on the blood-stained water.</P> +<P>[Illustration: There is no hope.]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER IX.</H4> +<H4>DICK’S PROMOTION.</H4> +<P>The first feeling experienced by those on board the “Pilgrim,” after +witnessing the terrible disaster was one of grief and horror at the fearful +death that had befallen the victims. Captain Hull and his men had been swept +away before their very eyes, and they had been powerless to assist. Not one was +saved; the schooner had reached the spot too late to offer the least resistance +to the attacks of the formidable sea-monster.</P> +<P>When Dick and the negroes returned to the ship after their hopeless search, +with only the corroboration of their sad foreboding that captain and crew had +disappeared for ever, Mrs. Weldon sank upon her knees; little Jack knelt beside +her crying bitterly; and Dick, old Nan, and all the negroes stood reverently +around her whilst with great devoutness the lady offered up the prayer of +commendation for the souls of the departing. All sympathized heartily with her +supplications, nor was there any diminution of their fervour when she proceeded +to implore that the survivors might have strength and courage for their own hour +of need.</P> +<P>The situation was indeed very grave. Here was the “Pilgrim” in the middle of +the Pacific, hundreds of miles away from the nearest land, without captain, +without crew, at the mercy of the wind and waves. It was a strange fatality that +had brought the whale across their path; it was a fatality stranger still that +had induced her captain, a man of no ordinary prudence, to risk even his life +for the sake of making good a deficient cargo. It was an event almost unknown in +the annals of whale-fishing that not a single man in the whale-boat should +escape alive; nevertheless, it was all too true; and now, of all those left on +board, Dick Sands, the apprentice-boy of fifteen years of age, was the sole +individual who had the slightest knowledge of the management of a ship; the +negroes, brave and willing as they were, were perfectly ignorant of seamen’s +duties; and, to crown all, here was a lady with her child on board, for whose +safety the commander of the vessel would be held responsible.</P> +<P>Such were the facts which presented themselves to the mind of Dick as, with +folded arms, he stood gazing gloomily at the spot where Captain Hull, his +esteemed benefactor, had sunk to rise no more. The lad raised his eyes sadly; he +scanned the horizon with the vain hope that he might perchance descry some +passing vessel to which he could confide Mrs. Weldon and her son; for himself, +his mind was made up; he had already resolved that nothing should induce him to +quit the “Pilgrim” until he had exhausted every energy in trying to carry her +into port.</P> +<P>The ocean was all deserted. Since the disappearance of the whale nothing had +broken the monotonous surface either of sea or sky. The apprentice, short as his +experience was, knew enough to be aware that he was far out of the common track +alike of merchantmen or whalers; he would not buoy himself up with false +expectations; he would look his situation full and fairly in the face; he would +do his best, and trust hopefully in guidance from the Power above.</P> +<P>Thus absorbed in his meditations he did not observe that he was not alone. +Negoro, who had gone below immediately after the catastrophe, had again come +back upon deck. What this mysterious character had felt upon witnessing the +awful calamity it would be impossible to say. Although with his eye he had +keenly taken in every detail of the melancholy spectacle, every muscle of, his +face had remained unmoved; not a gesture, not a word betrayed the least emotion. +Even if he had heard, he had taken no part, nor evinced the faintest interest in +Mrs. Weldon’s outpouring of prayer.</P> +<P>He had made his way to the stern, where Dick Sands was pondering over the +responsibilities of his own position, and stood looking towards the apprentice +without interrupting his reverie.</P> +<P>Catching sight of him, Dick roused himself in an instant, and said,—</P> +<P>“You want to speak to me?”</P> +<P>“I must speak either to the captain or the boatswain,” answered the man.</P> +<P>“Negoro,” said Dick sharply, “you know as well as I do, that they are both +drowned.”</P> +<P>“Then where am I to get my orders from?” asked the fellow insolently.</P> +<P>“From me,” promptly rejoined the apprentice.</P> +<P>“From you! from a boy of fifteen?”</P> +<P>“Yes, from me,” repeated Dick, in a firm and resolute voice, looking at the +man until he recoiled under his gaze. “From <I>me</I>”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon had heard what passed.</P> +<P>“I wish every one on board to understand,” she interposed, “that Dick Sands +is captain now. Orders must be taken from him, and they must be obeyed.”</P> +<P>Negoro frowned, bit his lip, sneered, and having muttered something that was +unintelligible, made his way back to his cabin.</P> +<P>Meantime, the schooner under the freshening breeze had been carried beyond +the shoal of the crustaceans. Dick cast his eye first at the sails, then along +the deck, and seemed to become more and more alive to the weight of the +obligation that had fallen upon him; but his heart did not fail him; he was +conscious that the hopes of the passengers centred in himself, and he was +determined to let them see that he would do his best not to disappoint them.</P> +<P>Although he was satisfied of his capability, with the help of the negroes, to +manipulate the sails, he was conscious of a defect of the scientific knowledge +which was requisite for properly controlling the ship’s course. He felt the want +of a few more years’ experience. If only he had had longer practice he would, he +thought, have been as able as Captain Hull himself, to use the sextant, to take +the altitude of the stars, to read the time from his chronometer; sun, moon, and +planets, should have been his guides; from the firmament, as from a dial-plate, +he would have gathered the teachings of his true position; but all this was +beyond him as yet; his knowledge went no further than the use of the log and +compass, and by these alone he must be content to make his reckonings. But he +kept up his courage, and did not permit himself for one moment to despair of +ultimate success.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon needed little penetration to recognize the thoughts which were +passing in the mind of the resolute youth.</P> +<P>“I see you have come to your decision, Dick,” she said. “The command of the +ship is in your hands; no fear but that you will do your duty; and Tom, and the +rest of them, no doubt, will render you every assistance in their power.”</P> +<P>“Yes, Mrs. Weldon,” rejoined Dick brightly; “and before long I shall hope to +make them good seamen. If only the weather lasts fair, everything will go on +well enough; and if the weather turns out bad, we must not despond; we will get +safe ashore.”</P> +<P>He paused a moment and added reverently,—</P> +<P>“God helping us.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon proceeded to inquire whether he had any means of ascertaining the +“Pilgrim’s” present position. He replied that the ship’s chart would at once +settle that. Captain Hull had kept the reckoning accurately right up to the +preceding day.</P> +<P>“And what do you propose to do next?” she asked. “Of course you understand +that in our present circumstances we are not in the least bound to go to +Valparaiso if there is a nearer port which we could reach.”</P> +<P>“Certainly not,” replied Dick; “and therefore it is my intention to sail due +east, as by following that course we</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Oh, we shall soon he on shore!”]</P> +<P>are sure to come upon some part of the American coast.”</P> +<P>“Do your best, Dick, to let us get ashore somewhere.”</P> +<P>“Never fear, madam,” he answered; “as we get nearer land we shall be almost +sure to fall in with a cruiser which will put us into the right track. If the +wind does but remain in the north-west, and allow us to carry plenty of sail, we +shall get on famously.”</P> +<P>He spoke with the cheery confidence of a good sailor who knows the good ship +beneath his feet. He had moved off a few steps to go and take the helm, when +Mrs. Weldon, calling him back, reminded him that he had not yet ascertained the +true position of the schooner. Dick confessed that it ought to be done at once, +and going to the captain’s cabin brought out the chart upon which the ill-fated +commander had marked the bearings the evening before. According to this +dead-reckoning they were in lat. 43° 35’, S., and long. 164° 13’, W.; and as the +schooner had made next to no progress during the last twenty-four eventful +hours, the entry might fairly be accepted as representing approximately their +present position.</P> +<P>To the lady’s inexperienced eye, as she bent over the outspread chart, it +seemed that the land, as represented by the brown patch which depicted the +continent of South America extending like a barrier between two oceans from Cape +Horn to Columbia, was, after all, not so very far distant; the wide space of the +Pacific was not so broad but that it would be quickly traversed.</P> +<P>“Oh, we shall soon be on shore!” she said.</P> +<P>But Dick knew better. He had acquaintance enough with the scale upon which +the chart was constructed to be aware that the “Pilgrim” herself would have been +a speck like a microscopic infusoria on the vast surface of that sea, and that +hundreds and hundreds of weary miles separated her from the coast.</P> +<P>No time was to be lost. Contrary winds had ceased to blow; a fresh +north-westerly breeze had sprung up, and the <I>cirri</I>, or curl-cloud: +overhead indicated that for some time at least the direction of the wind would +be unchanged.</P> +<P>Dick appealed to the negroes, and tried to make them appreciate the +difficulty of the task that had fallen to his lot. Tom answered, in behalf of +himself and all the rest, that they were not only willing, but anxious, to do +all they could to assist him, saying that if their knowledge was small, yet +their arms were strong, and added that they should certainly be obedient to +every order he gave.</P> +<P>“My friends,” said Dick, addressing them in reply; “I shall make it a point +of myself taking the helm as much as possible. But you know I must have my +proper rest sometimes. No one can live without sleep. Now, Tom, I intend you to +stand by me for the remainder of the day. I will try and make you understand how +to steer by the aid of the compass. It is not difficult. You will soon learn. I +shall have to leave you when I go to my hammock for an hour or two.”</P> +<P>“Is there nothing,” said little Jack, “that I can learn to do?”</P> +<P>“Oh yes, Jack; you shall keep the wind in order,” answered Dick, smiling.</P> +<P>“That I will!” cried the child, clapping his hands, while the mother drew him +to her side.</P> +<P>“And now, my men,” was Dick’s first order to his crew, we must brace in the +yards to sail fair. I will show you how.”</P> +<P>“All right, Captain Sands; we are at your service,” said old Tom gravely.</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Oh yes, Jack; you shall keep the wind in order.”]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER X.</H4> +<H4>THE NEW CREW.</H4> +<P>Dick Sands, captain of the “Pilgrim,” would not lose a moment in getting his +ship under sail. His prime object was to land his passengers safely at +Valparaiso or some other American port, and to accomplish his purpose it was in +the first place necessary that he should ascertain the schooner’s rate of speed +and the direction that she was taking. This information was to be obtained +readily enough by means of the log and compass, and the result of each day’s +observations would be entered regularly on the chart.</P> +<P>The log on board was a patent log, with a dial-plate and screw, by means of +which the distance that is travelled can be measured accurately for any definite +time; it was an instrument so simple that the negroes were very soon taught its +use. The slight error in the reckoning caused by the action of the currents +could only be rectified by astronomical observations, which, as already has been +stated, were beyond Dick’s attainments to make.</P> +<P>The idea more than once crossed Dick’s mind whether he would not take the +“Pilgrim” back again to New Zealand; the distance was considerably less than it +was to America, and had the wind remained in the quarter whence it had been +blowing so long, it is more than likely he would have determined to retrace his +course. But as the wind had now veered to the north-west, and there was every +probability that it was settled for a time, he came to the conclusion that he +had better take advantage of it and persevere in making his way towards the +east. Accordingly he lost no time in putting his ship before the wind.</P> +<P>On a schooner the fore-mast usually carries four square sails; on the lower +mast a fore-sail; on the top-mast a top-sail; on the top-gallant a +top-gallant-sail and a royal. The main-mast carries only a main-sail and a +top-sail. Between the masts upon the fore-stays can be hoisted a triple tier of +triangular sails; while the bowsprit with its jib-boom will carry the three +jibs.</P> +<P>The jibs, the main-sail, the main-top-sail and the staysails are all managed +with comparative ease, because they can be hoisted from the deck without the +necessity of ascending the mast to let fly the robbins, by which they are +fastened to the yards. With the sails on the fore-mast it is altogether a more +difficult business. In order either to unfurl them, to take them in, or to reef +them, it is necessary for a man to clamber up by the shrouds, either to the +fore-top, or to the top-gallant cross-trees, and thence mounting by loose ropes, +extended below the yards, to hold on by one hand whilst he does his work with +the other. The operation requires alike the head and arm of an experienced +mariner; and when a fresh breeze has been blowing, it is a casualty far from +uncommon that a sailor, confused by the flapping of the canvas and the pitching +of the vessel, should be blown overboard in the act. For the unpractised negroes +the danger would necessarily be very great. However, the wind at present was +very moderate, and the ship ploughed her way over the waves without any violent +oscillations.</P> +<P>At the time when Dick Sands, in obedience to the signal he received from +Captain Hull, proceeded to make his way to the scene of the disaster, the +“Pilgrim,” as she lay to, was carrying only her jibs, main-sail, fore-sail, and +fore-top-sail. In order, therefore, to put her as near as possible to the wind, +it had been merely necessary to counter-brace the fore-sail yard, a manoeuvre in +which the negroes had rendered all the assistance that was necessary. It was +requisite now to do something more. To enable him to get straight before the +wind Dick wanted to increase his sail, and was desirous of hoisting the +top-gallant, the royal, the main-top-sail, and the stay-sails.</P> +<P>He was himself standing at the wheel.</P> +<P>“Now, my men,” he shouted to the negroes; “I want your help. Do exactly as I +tell you. Bear away, Tom!”</P> +<P>Tom looked puzzled.</P> +<P>“Bear away! unfasten that rope, I mean. And, Bat, come along; do the same as +Tom.”</P> +<P>The men did what they were bidden.</P> +<P>“That’s right!” continued Dick, and calling to Hercules, said,—</P> +<P>“Now, Hercules; a good strong pull!”</P> +<P>To give such a direction to Hercules was somewhat imprudent; the rigging +creaked again under his giant strength.</P> +<P>“Gently, gently, my good fellow!” said Dick, laughing; “you will have the +mast down.”</P> +<P>“I declare I hardly touched the rope,” answered Hercules.</P> +<P>“Well, next time, you must only pretend to touch it,” said Dick; and, +continuing his orders, shouted, “Now slacken! let fly! make fast! now brace in +the yards! all right! that’s capital!”</P> +<P>The yards were loosened, the foresails turned slowly round, and, catching the +breeze, gave a slight impetus to the ship. Dick’s next orders were for the +jib-sheets to be set free, and then he called the men to the stern.</P> +<P>“Now,” said he; “we must look to the main-mast; but take care, Hercules, not +to have it down.”</P> +<P>“I will be as careful as possible, Mr. Dick,” submissively replied Hercules, +as though he were afraid to commit himself to any rash promise.</P> +<P>The manoeuvre was simple enough. The main-sheet was gradually slackened, the +great sail took the wind and added its powerful action to that of the +fore-sails. The main-top-sail was next brought to bear; it was only clewed up, +so that there was nothing to do except to pull the halyards, haul it aboard the +tack, and unfurl it. But in pulling at the halyards the muscular energy of +Hercules, which was supplemented by that of Actæon, not to forget little Jack, +who had volunteered his assistance, proved to be overpowering, and the rope +snapped in two. All three of them, of course, fell flat upon the deck; but +fortunately neither of them was hurt, and Jack laughed heartily at his tumble as +an excellent joke.</P> +<P>“Up with you!” cried Captain Dick; “there’s no harm done; splice the rope, +and haul away more gently next time.”</P> +<P>It took but a few minutes to execute the order, and the “Pilgrim” was soon +sailing away rapidly with her head to the east.</P> +<P>“Well done, my friends!” said Dick, who had not left his post at the helm; +“you will be first-rate sailors before the end of the voyage.”</P> +<P>“We shall do our best, I promise you, Captain Sands,” replied Tom, making it +a point to give the young commander his proper title.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon also congratulated the new crew upon the success of their first +attempt.</P> +<P>“I believe it was Master Jack who broke that rope,” said Hercules, with a sly +twinkle in his eye; “he is very strong, I can tell you.”</P> +<P>Jack looked as though he thoroughly appreciated the compliment, and evidenced +his satisfaction by giving his huge friend a hearty shake of the hand.</P> +<P>There were still several sails that were not yet set. Running well before the +wind as the “Pilgrim” was, Dick nevertheless felt that the gallant, royal, and +stay-sails, if brought into service, would materially assist her progress, and +he determined not to dispense with their help. The stay-sails could be hoisted +from below, but to bring the gallant and royal into play demanded more +experience than any of his crew had had. Knowing that he could not entrust the +task to them, and yet resolved not to be baulked of his wish to set them, he +undertook the task himself. He first put Tom to the helm, showing him how</P> +<P>[Illustration: All three of them fell flat upon the deck.]</P> +<P>to keep the schooner’s head in the right direction, and having placed the +other four at the royal and top-gallant halyards, proceeded to mount the +foremast.</P> +<P>To clamber up the foreshrouds and the top-shrouds on to the cross-trees was +mere child’s play to the active apprentice. In a few minutes he had unfurled the +top-gallant-sail, mounted to the royal-yard, unfurled the royal, again reached +the cross-trees, and having caught hold of one of the starboard backstays, had +descended to the deck; there he gave the necessary directions, and the two sails +were made fast, and both yards braced.</P> +<P>Nor did this content him. The stay-sails were set between the masts, and thus +the “Pilgrim” was running along, crowded to the full, with all her canvas. The +only additional sails which Dick could possibly have employed would have been +some studding-sails to larboard, but as the setting of these was a matter of +some difficulty, and they were not always readily struck in the case of a sudden +squall, he contented himself without them.</P> +<P>Again he took his place at the helm. The breeze was manifestly freshening, +and the “Pilgrim,” almost imperceptibly heeling to starboard, glided rapidly +along the surface of the water, leaving behind her a wake, smooth and clean, +that bore plain witness to the true adjustment of her water-line.</P> +<P>“This is good progress, Mrs. Weldon,” he said; “may Heaven grant the wind and +weather may continue thus favourable!”</P> +<P>The lady, in silence, shook the boy’s hand; and then, worn-out with the +excitement of the past hours, went to her cabin, where she lay down and fell +into a troubled doze.</P> +<P>The new crew remained on watch. They were stationed on the forecastle, in +readiness to make any alteration which the sails might require, but the wind was +so steady and unshifting that no need arose for their services.</P> +<P>And Cousin Benedict? all this time, where was he? and what had he been +doing?</P> +<P>He was sitting in his cabin; he had a magnifying-glass in his hand and was +studying an articulata of the order orthoptera, an insect of the Blattidae +family; its characteristics are a roundish body, rather long wings, flat elytra, +and a head hidden by the prothorax. He had been on deck at the time of the +calamity; the ill-fated captain with the crew had been drowned before his very +eyes; but he said nothing; not that he was unmoved; to think that he was not +struck with horror would be to libel his kind and pitying nature. His sympathy +was aroused, especially for his cousin; he pressed her hand warmly as if he +would assure her of his truest commiseration; but he said nothing; he hurried +off towards his cabin; and who shall deny that it was to devise some wonderfully +energetic measures that he would take in consequence of this melancholy +event?</P> +<P>Passing the kitchen, however, he caught sight of Negoro in the act of +crushing a blatta, an American species of cockroach. He broke out into a storm +of invective, and in tones of indignation demanded the surrender of the insect, +which Negoro made with cool contempt. In a moment Captain Hull and his partners +in death were all forgotten; the enthusiast had secured a prize with which he +hastened to his own little compartment, where he was soon absorbed in proving to +his own satisfaction, in opposition to the opinion of other entomologists, that +the blattae of the phoraspous species, which are remarkable for their colours, +differ in their habits from blattae of the ordinary sort.</P> +<P>For the remainder of the day perfect order reigned on board the “Pilgrim.” +Though they were unable to shake off the sickening feeling of horror roused by +the frightful disaster, and felt that they had sustained a startling shock, all +the passengers seemed mechanically to fall into their usual routine. Dick Sands, +though avowedly at the wheel, seemed to be everywhere, with an eye for every +thing, and his amateur crew obeyed him readily, and with the promptness of a +willing activity.</P> +<P>Negoro made no further overt attempt to question the young captain’s +authority, but remained shut up in his kitchen. Dick made no secret of his +determination to place the cook in close confinement if he exhibited any</P> +<P>[Illustration: Jack evidenced his satisfaction by giving his huge friend a +hearty shake of the hand.]</P> +<P>future sign of insubordination. Hercules was ready to carry him off bodily to +the hold, and old Nan was equally ready to take his place in the cooking +department. Probably Negoro was aware of all this; at any rate he did not seem +disposed to give any further cause of offence at present.</P> +<P>As the day advanced the wind continued to freshen; but no shifting of the +sails seemed necessary. The “Pilgrim” was running well. There was no need to +diminish her spread of canvas. Masts as solid and rigging as strong as hers +could stand a far heavier breeze.</P> +<P>As a general rule, it is deemed prudent in case of a squall to shorten sail +at night, and especially to take in gallants and royal; but the weather +prospects now were all so promising and satisfactory that Dick persuaded himself +he was under no necessity to take this precaution; he rather felt himself bound +to take the strongest measures he could to expedite his reaching less +unfrequented waters. He made up his mind, however, not to leave the deck at all +that night.</P> +<P>The young captain made every effort to get an approximate reckoning of the +schooner’s progress. He heaved the log every half-hour and duly registered the +result of each successive examination. There were two compasses on board; one in +the binnacle, close under the eye of the helmsman, the other, an inverted +compass, being attached to the rafters of the captain’s cabin, so that without +leaving his berth he could see whether the man in charge of the wheel was +holding a proper course.</P> +<P>Every vessel that is duly furnished for a lengthened voyage has always not +only two compasses but two chronometers, one to correct the other. The “Pilgrim” +was not deficient in this respect, and Dick Sands made a strong point of +admonishing his crew that they should take especial care of the compasses, which +under their present circumstances were of such supreme importance.</P> +<P>A misfortune, however, was in store for them. On the night of the 12th, while +Dick was on watch, the compass in the cabin became detached from its fastening +and fell on the floor. The accident was not discovered until the following +morning. Whether the metal ferule that had attached the instrument to the +rafters had become rusty, or whether it had been worn away by additional +friction it seemed impossible to settle. All that could be said was that the +compass was broken beyond repair. Dick was extremely grieved at the loss; but he +did not consider that any one was to be blamed for the mishap, and could only +resolve for the future to take extra care of the compass in the binnacle.</P> +<P>With the exception of this <I>contretemps</I>, everything appeared to go on +satisfactorily on board. Mrs. Weldon, reassured by Dick’s confidence, had +regained much of her wonted calmness, and was besides ever supported by a +sincere religious spirit. She and Dick had many a long conversation together. +The ingenuous lad was always ready to take the kind and intelligent lady into +his counsel, and day by day would point out to her on the chart the registers he +made as the result of his dead reckoning; he would then try and satisfy her that +under the prevailing wind there could be no doubt they must arrive at the coast +of South America: moreover, he said that, unless he was much mistaken, they +should sight the land at no great distance from Valparaiso.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon had, in truth, no reason to question the correctness of Dick’s +representations; she owned that provided the wind remained in the same +favourable quarter, there was every prospect of their reaching land in safety; +nevertheless at times she could not resist the misgiving that would arise when +she contemplated what might be the result of a change of wind or a breaking of +the weather.</P> +<P>With the light-heartedness that belonged to his age, Jack soon fell back into +his accustomed pursuits, and was to be seen merrily running over the deck or +romping with Dingo. At times, it is true, he missed the companionship of Dick; +but his mother made him comprehend that now that Dick, was captain, his time was +too much occupied to allow him; any leisure for play, and the child quite +understood that he must not interrupt his old friend in his new duties.</P> +<P>[Illustration: A light shadow glided stealthily along the deck.]</P> +<P>The negroes performed their work with intelligence, and seemed to make rapid +progress in the art of seamanship. Tom had been unanimously appointed boatswain, +and took one watch with Bat and Austin, the alternate watch being discharged by +Dick himself with Hercules and Actæon. One of them steered so that the other two +were free to watch at the bows. As a general rule Dick Sands managed to remain +at the wheel all night; five or six hours’ sleep in the daytime sufficed for +him, and during the time when he was lying down he entrusted the wheel to Tom or +Bat, who under his instructions had become very fair helmsmen. Although in these +unfrequented waters there was little chance of running foul of any other vessel, +Dick invariably took the precaution of lighting his signals, carrying a green +light to starboard and a red light to port. His exertions, however, were a great +strain upon him, and sometimes during the night his fatigue would induce a heavy +drowsiness, and he steered, as it were, by instinct more than by attention.</P> +<P>On the night of the 13th, he was so utterly worn-out that he was obliged to +ask Tom to relieve him at the helm whilst he went down for a few hours’ rest. +Actæon and Hercules remained on watch on the forecastle.</P> +<P>The night was very dark; the sky was covered with heavy clouds that had +formed in the chill evening air, and the sails on the top-masts were lost in the +obscurity. At the stern, the lamps on either side of the binnacle cast a faint +reflection on the metal mountings of the wheel, leaving the deck generally in +complete darkness.</P> +<P>Towards three o’clock in the morning Tom was getting so heavy with sleepiness +that he was almost unconscious. His eye, long fixed steadily on the compass, +lost its power of vision, and he fell into a doze from which it would require +more than a slight disturbance to arouse him.</P> +<P>Meantime a light shadow glided stealthily along the deck. Creeping gradually +up to the binnacle, Negoro put down something heavy that he had brought in his +hand. He stole a keen and rapid glance at the dial of the compass, and made his +way back, unseen and unheard as he had come.</P> +<P>Almost immediately afterwards, Tom awakened from his slumber. His eye fell +instinctively on the compass, and he saw in a moment that the ship was out of +her proper course. By a turn of the helm he brought her head to what he supposed +to be the east. But he was mistaken. During his brief interval of +unconsciousness a piece of iron had been deposited beneath the magnetic needle, +which by this means had been diverted thirty degrees to the right, and, instead +of pointing due north, inclined far towards north-east.</P> +<P>Consequently it came to pass that the “Pilgrim,” supposed by her young +commander to be making good headway due east, was in reality, under the brisk +north-west breeze, speeding along towards the south-east.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XI.</H4> +<H4>ROUGH WEATHER.</H4> +<P>During the ensuing week nothing particular occurred on board. The breeze +still freshened, and the “Pilgrim” made on the average 160 miles every +twenty-four hours. The speed was as great as could be expected from a craft of +her size.</P> +<P>Dick grew more and more sanguine in his anticipations that it could not be +long before the schooner would cross the track of the mail-packets plying +between the eastern and western hemispheres. He had made up his mind to hail the +first passing vessel, and either to transfer his passengers, or what perhaps +would be better still, to borrow a few sailors, and, it might be, an officer to +work the “Pilgrim” to shore. He could not help, however, a growing sense of +astonishment, when day after day passed, and yet there was no ship to be +signalled. He kept the most vigourous look-out, but all to no purpose. Three +voyages before had he made to the whale-fisheries, and his experience made him +sure that he ought now to be sighting some English or American vessel on its way +between the Equator and Cape Horn.</P> +<P>Very different, however, was the true position of the “Pilgrim” from what +Dick supposed; not only had the ship been carried far out of her direct course +by currents, the force of which there were no means of estimating, but from the +moment when the compass had been tampered with by Negoro, the steering itself +had put the vessel all astray.</P> +<P>Unconscious of both these elements of disturbance, Dick Sands was convinced +that they were proceeding steadily eastwards, and was perpetually encouraging +Mrs. Weldon and himself by the assurance that they must very soon arrive within +view of the American coast; again and again asserting that his sole concern was +for his passengers, and that for his own safety he had no anxiety.</P> +<P>“But think, Dick,” said the lady, “what a position you would have been in, if +you had not had your passengers. You would have been alone with that terrible +Negoro; you would have been rather alarmed then.”</P> +<P>“I should have taken good care to put it out of Negoro’s power to do me any +mischief, and then I should have worked the ship by myself,” answered the lad +stoutly.</P> +<P>His very pluck gave Mrs. Weldon renewed confidence. She was a woman with +wonderful powers of endurance, and it was only when she thought of her little +son that she had any feeling of despair; yet even this she endeavoured to +conceal, and Dick’s undaunted courage helped her.</P> +<P>Although the youth of the apprentice did not allow him to pretend to any +advanced scientific knowledge, he had the proverbial “weather-eye” of the +sailor. He was not only very keen in noticing any change in the aspect of the +sky, but he had learnt from Captain Hull, who was a clever meteorologist, to +draw correct conclusions from the indications of the barometer; the captain, +indeed, having taken the trouble to make him learn by heart the general rules +which are laid down in Vorepierre’s <I>Dictionnaire Illustré</I>.</P> +<P>There are seven of these rules:—</P> +<P>1. If after a long period of fine weather the barometer falls suddenly and +continuously, although the mercury may be descending for two or three days +before there is an apparent change in the atmosphere, there will ultimately be +rain; and the longer has been the time between the first depression and the +commencement of the rain, the longer the rain may be expected to last.</P> +<P>2. <I>Vice versâ</I>, if after a long period of wet weather the barometer +begins to rise slowly and steadily, fine weather will ensue; and the longer the +time between the first rising of the mercury and the commencement of the fine +weather, the longer the fine weather may be expected to last.</P> +<P>3. If immediately after the fall or rise of the mercury a change of weather +ensues, the change will be of no long continuance.[1]</P> +<P>4. A gradual rise for two or three days during rain forecasts fine weather; +but if there be a fall immediately on the arrival of the fine weather, it will +not be for long. This rule holds also conversely.</P> +<P>5. In spring and autumn a sudden fall indicates rain; in the summer, if very +hot, it foretells a storm. In the winter, after a period of steady frost, a fall +prognosticates a change of wind with rain and hail; whilst a rise announces the +approach of snow.</P> +<P>6. Rapid oscillations of the mercury either way are not to be interpreted as +indicating either wet or dry weather of any duration; continuance of either fair +or foul weather is forecast only by a prolonged and steady rise or fall +beforehand.</P> +<P>7. At the end of autumn, after a period of wind and rain, a rise may be +expected to be followed by north wind and frost.</P> +<P>Not merely had Dick got these rules by rote, but he had tested them by his +own observations, and had become singularly trustworthy in his forecasts of the +weather. He made a point of consulting the barometer several times every day, +and although to all appearances the sky indicated that the fine weather was +settled, it did not escape his observation that on the 20th the mercury showed a +tendency to fall. Dick knew that rain, if it came, would be accompanied by wind; +an opinion in which he was very soon confirmed by the breeze freshening, till +the air was displaced at the rate of nearly sixty feet a second, or more</P> +<P>[Footnote 1: This and several of the other rules are concisely concentrated +in the couplet—</P> +<P>Long foretold, long last; Short notice, soon past. ]</P> +<P>than forty miles an hour; and he recognized the necessity of at once +shortening sail. He had already used the precaution to take in the royal, the +main-top-sail, and the flying jib, but he now at once resolved likewise to take +in the top-gallant, and to have a couple of reefs in the foretop-sail.</P> +<P>To an inexperienced crew, the last operation was far from easy; but there was +no symptom of shrinking from it. Followed by Bat and Austin, Dick mounted the +rigging of the foremast, and with little trouble got to the top-gallant. Had the +weather been less unpromising he would have been inclined to leave the two yards +as they were, but anticipating the ultimate necessity of being obliged to lower +the mast, he unrigged them, and let them down to the deck; he knew well enough +that in the event of the gale rising as he expected, the lowering of the mast as +well as the shortening of sail would contribute to diminish the strain and +stress upon the vessel.</P> +<P>It was the work of two hours to get this preliminary operation over. There +still remained the task of taking in the reefs in the top-sail.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” in one respect differed from most modern vessels. She did not +carry a double foretop, which would very much have diminished the difficulty +attending the reefing. It was consequently necessary to proceed as before; to +mount the rigging, by main force to haul in the flapping canvas, and to make the +fastening secure. But critical and dangerous as the task was, it was +successfully accomplished, and the three young men, having descended safely to +the deck, had the satisfaction of seeing the schooner run easily before the +wind, which had further increased till it was blowing a stiff gale.</P> +<P>For three days the gale continued brisk and hard, yet without any variation +in its direction. But all along the barometer was falling; the mercury sank to +28° without symptom of recovery. The sky was becoming overcast; clouds, thick +and lowering, obscured the sun, and it was difficult to make out where it rose +or where it set. Dick did his best to keep up his courage, but he could not +disguise</P> +<P>[Illustration: For half an hour Negoro stood motionless.]</P> +<P>from himself that there was cause for uneasiness. He took no more rest than +was absolutely necessary, and what repose he allowed himself he always took on +deck; he maintained a calm exterior, but he was really tortured with +anxiety.</P> +<P>Although the violence of the wind seemed to lull awhile, Dick did not suffer +himself to be betrayed into any false security; he knew only too well what to +expect, and after a brief interval of comparative quiet, the gale returned and +the waves began to run very high.</P> +<P>About four o’clock one afternoon, Negoro (a most unusual thing for him) +emerged from his kitchen, and skulked to the fore. Dingo was fast asleep, and +did not make his ordinary growl by way of greeting to his enemy. For half an +hour Negoro stood motionless, apparently surveying the horizon. The heavy waves +rolled past; they were higher than the condition of the wind warranted; their +magnitude witnessed to a storm passing in the west, and there was every reason +to suspect that the “Pilgrim” might be caught by its violence.</P> +<P>Negoro looked long at the water; he then raised his eyes and scanned the sky. +Above and below he might have read threatening signs. The upper stratum of cloud +was travelling far more rapidly than that beneath, an indication that ere long +the masses of vapour would descend, and, coming in contact with the inferior +current, would change the gale into a tempest, which probably would increase to +a hurricane.</P> +<P>It might be from ignorance or it might be from indifference, but there was no +indication of alarm on the face of Negoro; on the other hand there might be seen +a sort of smile curling on his lip. After thus gazing above him and around him, +he clambered on to the bowsprit, and made his way by degrees to the very +gammonings; again he rested and looked about him as if to explore the horizon; +after a while he clambered back on deck, and soon stealthily retreated to his +own quarters.</P> +<P>No doubt there was much to cause concern in the general aspect of the +weather; but there was one point on which they never failed to congratulate each +other;—that the direction of the wind had never changed, and consequently must +be carrying them in the desired course. Unless a storm should overtake them, +they could continue their present navigation without peril, and with every +prospect of finding a port upon the shore where they might put in. Such were +their mutual and acknowledged hopes; but Dick secretly felt the misgiving lest, +without a pilot, he might in his ignorance fail to find a harbour of refuge. +Nevertheless, he would not suffer himself to meet trouble half-way, and kept up +his spirits under the conviction that if difficulties came he should be +strengthened to grapple with them or make his escape.</P> +<P>Time passed on, and the 9th of March arrived without material change in the +condition of the atmosphere. The sky remained heavily burdened, and the wind, +which occasionally had abated for a few hours, had always returned with at least +its former violence. The occasional rising of the mercury never encouraged Dick +to anticipate a permanent improvement in the weather, and he discerned only too +plainly that brighter times at present were not to be looked for.</P> +<P>A startling alarm had more than once been caused by the sudden breaking of +storms in which thunderbolts had seemed to fall within a few cables’ lengths of +the schooner. On these occasions the torrents of rain had been so heavy that the +ship had appeared to be in the very midst of a whirlpool of vapour, and it was +impossible to see a yard ahead.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” pitched and rolled frightfully. Fortunately Mrs. Weldon could +bear the motion without much personal inconvenience, and consequently was able +to devote her attention to her little boy, who was a miserable sufferer. Cousin +Benedict was as undisturbed as the cockroaches he was investigating; he hardly +noticed the increasing madness of either wind or wave, but went on with his +studies as calmly as if he were in his own comfortable museum at San Francisco. +Moreover, it was fortunate that the negroes did not suffer to any great degree +from sea-sickness, and consequently were able to assist their captain in his +arduous task, Dick was far too experienced a sailor himself to be inconvenienced +by any oscillations of the vessel, however violent.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” still made good headway, and Dick, although he was aware that +ultimately it would probably be necessary again to shorten sail, was anxious to +postpone making any alteration before he was absolutely obliged. Surely, he +reasoned with himself, the land could not now be far away; he had calculated his +speed; he had kept a diligent reckoning on the chart; surely, the shore must be +almost in sight. He would not trust his crew to keep watch; he was aware how +easily their inexperienced eyes would be misled, and how they might mistake a +distant cloud-bank for the land they coveted to see; he kept watch for himself; +his own gaze was ever fixed upon the horizon; and in the eagerness of his +expectation he would repeatedly mount to the cross-trees to get a wider range of +vision.</P> +<P>But land was not to be seen.</P> +<P>Next day as Dick was standing at the bow, alternately considering the canvas +which his ship carried and the aspect presented by the sky, Mrs. Weldon +approached him without his noticing her. She caught some muttered expressions of +bewilderment that fell from his lips, and asked him whether he could see +anything.</P> +<P>He lowered the telescope which he had been holding in his hand, and +answered,—</P> +<P>“No, Mrs. Weldon, I cannot see anything; and it is this Hiat perplexes me so +sorely. I cannot understand why we have not already come in sight of land. It is +nearly a month since we lost our poor dear captain. There has been no delay in +our progress; no stoppage in our rate of speed. I cannot make it out.”</P> +<P>“How far were we from land when we lost the captain?”</P> +<P>“I am sure I am not far out in saying that we were scarcely more than 4500 +miles from the shores of America.”</P> +<P>“And at what rate have we been sailing?”</P> +<P>“Not much less than nine score knots a day.”</P> +<P>“How long, then, do you reckon, Dick, we ought to be in arriving at the +coast?”</P> +<P>“Under six-and-twenty days,” replied Dick.</P> +<P>He paused before he spoke again, then added,—</P> +<P>“But what mystifies me even more than our failing to sight the land is this: +we have not come across a single vessel; and yet vessels without number are +always traversing these seas.”</P> +<P>“But do you not think,” inquired Mrs. Weldon, “that you have made some error +in your reckoning? Is your speed really what you have supposed?”</P> +<P>“Impossible, madam,” replied Dick, with an air of dignity, “impossible that I +should have fallen into error. The log has been consulted, without fail, every +half-hour. I am about to have it lowered now, and I will undertake to show you +that we are at this present moment making ten miles an hour, which would give +considerably over 200 miles a day.”</P> +<P>He then called out to Tom,—</P> +<P>“Tom, lower the log!”</P> +<P>The old man was quite accustomed to the duty. The log was fastened to the +line and thrown overboard. It ran out regularly for about five-and-twenty +fathoms, when all at once the line slackened in Tom’s hand.</P> +<P>“It is broken!” cried Tom; “the cord is broken!”</P> +<P>“Broken?” exclaimed Dick: “good heavens! we have lost the log!”</P> +<P>It was too true. The log was gone.</P> +<P>Tom drew in the rope. Dick took it up and examined it. It had not broken at +its point of union with the log; it had given way in the middle, at a place +where the strands in some unaccountable way had worn strangely thin.</P> +<P>Dick’s agony of mind, in spite of his effort to be calm, was intensely great. +A suspicion of foul play involuntarily occurred to him. He knew that the rope +had been of first-rate make; he knew that it had been quite sound when used +before; but he could prove nothing; he could only mourn over the loss which +committed him to the sole remaining compass as his only guide.</P> +<P>That compass, too, although he knew it not, was misleading him entirely!</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon sighed as she witnessed the grief which the loss manifestly +caused poor Dick, but in purest sympathy she said nothing, and retired +thoughtfully to her cabin.</P> +<P>It was no longer possible to reckon the rate of progress, but there was no +doubt that the “Pilgrim” continued to maintain at least her previous speed.</P> +<P>Before another four-and-twenty hours had passed the barometer had fallen +still lower, and the wind was threatening to rise to a velocity of sixty miles. +Resolved to be on the safe side, Dick determined not only to strike the +top-gallant and the main-top-mast, but to take in all the lower sails. Indeed, +he began to be aware that no time was to be lost. The operation would not be +done in a moment, and the storm was approaching. Dick made Tom take the helm; he +ascended the shrouds with Bat, Austin, and Actæon, making Hercules stay on deck +to slacken the halyards as required.</P> +<P>By dint of arduous exertion, and at no little risk of being thrown overboard +by the rolling of the ship, they succeeded in lowering the two masts; the +fore-top-sail was then reefed, and the fore-sail entirely struck, so that the +only canvas that the schooner carried was the reefed fore-top and the one stay. +These, however, made her run with a terrific speed.</P> +<P>Early on the morning of the 12th, Dick noted with alarm that the barometer +had not ceased to fall, and now registered only 27.9°. The tempest had continued +to increase, till it was unsafe for the ship to carry any canvas at all. The +order was given for the top-sail to be taken in, but it was too late; a violent +gust carried the sail completely away, and Austin, who had made his way to the +fore-top-yard, was struck by the flying sheet; and although he was not seriously +hurt, he was obliged at once to return to deck.</P> +<P>Dick Sands became more uneasy than ever; he was tortured by apprehensions of +reefs outlying the shore, to which he imagined he must now be close; but he +could discern no rocks to justify his fears, and returned to take his place at +the helm.</P> +<P>The next moment Negoro appeared on deck; he pointed mysteriously to the +far-off horizon, as though he discerned some object, as a mountain, there; and +looking round with a malevolent smile, immediately left the deck, and went back +to his cabin.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Under bare poles]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XII.</H4> +<H4>HOPE REVIVED.</H4> +<P>The wind had now increased to a hurricane; it had veered to the south-west, +and had attained a velocity little short of ninety miles an hour. On land, the +most substantial of erections could with difficulty have withstood its violence, +and a vessel anchored in a roadstead must have been torn from its moorings and +cast ashore. The memorable storm that had devastated the Island of Guadaloupe on +the 25th of July, 1825, when heavy cannon were lifted from their carriages, +could scarcely have been more furious, and it was only her mobility before the +blast and the solidity of her structure that gave the “Pilgrim” a hope of +surviving the tempest.</P> +<P>A few minutes after the topsail had been lost, the small jib was carried +away. Dick Sands contemplated the possibility of throwing out a storm-jib, made +of extra strong canvas, as a means of bringing the ship a little more under his +control, but abandoned the idea as useless. It was, therefore, under bare poles +that the “Pilgrim” was driven along; but in spite of the lack of canvas, the +hull, masts, and rigging, gave sufficient purchase to the wind, and the progress +of the schooner was prodigiously rapid; sometimes, indeed, she seemed to be +literally lifted from the water, and scudded on, scarcely skimming its surface. +The rolling was fearful. Enormous waves followed in quick succession, and as +they travelled faster than the ship, there was the perpetual risk of one of them +catching her astern. Without sail, there were no means of escaping that peril by +increase of speed; the adroit management of the helm was the only chance of +avoiding the hazardous shocks, and even this repeatedly failed.</P> +<P>To prevent his being washed overboard Dick lashed himself to his place at the +wheel by a rope round his waist, and made Tom and Bat keep close at hand, ready +to give him assistance, in case of emergency. Hercules and Actæon, clinging to +the bitt, kept watch at the bow. Mrs. Weldon and her party, at Dick’s special +request, remained inside the stern cabin, although the lady, for her own part, +would much rather have stayed on deck; she had, however, yielded to the +representation that she would thus be exposing herself to unnecessary +danger.</P> +<P>The hatchways were hermetically closed, and it was to be hoped that they +would withstand the heavy sea that was dashing over them; only let one of them +give way to the pressure, and the vessel must inevitably fill and founder. It +was a matter of congratulation that the stowage had been done very carefully, so +that notwithstanding all the lurchings of the ship, the cargo did not shift in +the least.</P> +<P>The heroic young commander had still further curtailed his periods of rest, +and it was only at the urgent entreaty of Mrs. Weldon, who feared that he would +exhaust himself by his vigilance, that he was induced to lie down for a few +hours’ sleep on the night of the 13th.</P> +<P>After Tom and Bat had been left alone at the wheel they were, somewhat to +their surprise, joined by Negoro, who very rarely came aft. He seemed inclined +to enter into conversation, but found little encouragement to talk on the part +either of Tom or his son. All at once a violent roll of the ship threw him off +his feet, and he would have gone overboard if he had not been saved by falling +against the binnacle.</P> +<P>Old Tom was in a frantic state of alarm lest the compass should be broken. He +uttered a cry of consternation so loud that it roused Dick from the light +slumber into which he had fallen in the cabin, and he rushed to the deck. By the +time he had reached the stern, Negoro had not only regained his feet, but had +managed successfully to conceal</P> +<P>[Illustration: Quick as lightning, Dick Sands drew a revolver from his +pocket.]</P> +<P>the bit of iron which he had again extracted from beneath the binnacle where +he had himself laid it. Now that the wind had shifted to the south-west, it +suited his machinations that the magnetic needle should indicate its true +direction.</P> +<P>“How now?” asked Dick eagerly; “what is the meaning of all this noise?”</P> +<P>Tom explained how the cook had fallen against the binnacle, and how he had +been terrified lest the compass should be injured. Dick’s heart sank at the +thought of losing his sole remaining compass, and his anxiety betrayed itself in +his countenance as he knelt down to examine its condition; but he breathed +freely as he ascertained that the instrument had sustained no damage; by the dim +light he saw the needle resting on its two concentric circles, and felt his +fears at once relieved; of course, he was quite unconscious of the fact that the +removal of the bit of iron had made the magnet change its pointing. The +incident, however, excited his misgiving; although he felt that Negoro could not +be held responsible for an accidental fall, the very presence of the man in such +a place at such a time perplexed him.</P> +<P>“And what brings you here, this hour of the night?” he asked.</P> +<P>“That’s not your business,” retorted Negoro insolently.</P> +<P>“It is my business,” replied Dick resolutely; “and I mean to have an answer; +what brought you here?”</P> +<P>Negoro answered sullenly that he knew of no rule to prevent his going where +he liked and when he liked.</P> +<P>“No rule!” cried Dick; “then I make the rule now. From this time forward, I +make the rule that you shall never come astern. Do you understand?”</P> +<P>Roused from his accustomed doggedness, the man seemed to make a threatening +movement. Quick as lightning, Dick Sands drew a revolver from his pocket.</P> +<P>“Negoro, one act, one word of insubordination, and I blow out your +brains!”</P> +<P>Negoro had no time to reply; before he could speak he was bowed down towards +the deck by an irresistible weight. Hercules had grasped him by the +shoulder.</P> +<P>“Shall I put him overboard, captain? he will make a meal for the fishes; they +are not very particular what they eat,” said the negro, with a grin of +contempt.</P> +<P>“Not yet,” quietly answered Dick.</P> +<P>The giant removed his hand, and Negoro stood upright again, and began to +retreat to his own quarters, muttering, however, as he passed Hercules,—</P> +<P>“You cursed nigger! You shall pay for this!”</P> +<P>The discovery was now made that the wind apparently had taken a sudden shift +of no less than forty-five degrees; but what occasioned Dick the greatest +perplexity was that there was nothing in the condition of the sea to correspond +with the alteration in the current of the air; instead of being directly astern, +wind and waves were now beating on the larboard. Progress in this way must +necessarily be full of danger, and Dick was obliged to bring his ship up at +least four points before he got her straight before the tempest.</P> +<P>The young captain felt that he must be more than ever on the alert; he could +not shake off the suspicion that Negoro had been concerned in the loss of the +first compass, and had some further designs upon the second. Still he was +utterly at a loss to imagine what possible motive the man could have for so +criminal an act of malevolence, as there was no plausible reason to be assigned +why he should not be as anxious as all the rest to reach the coast of America. +The suspicion continued, however, to haunt him, and when he mentioned it to Mrs. +Weldon he found that a similar feeling of distrust had agitated her, although +she, like himself, was altogether unable to allege a likely motive why the cook +should contemplate so strange an act of mischief. It was determined that a +strict surveillance should be kept upon all the fellow’s movements.</P> +<P>Negoro, however, manifested no inclination to disobey the captain’s +peremptory order; he kept strictly to his own part of the ship; but as Dingo was +now regularly quartered on the stern, there was a tolerably sure guarantee that +the cook would not be found wandering much in that direction.</P> +<P>A week passed, and still the tempest showed no signs of abating; the +barometer continued to fall, and not once did a period of calmer weather afford +an opportunity of carrying sail. The “Pilgrim” still made her way northeast. Her +speed could not be less than two hundred miles in twenty-four hours. But no land +appeared. Vast as was the range of the American continent, extending for 120 +degrees between the Atlantic and the Pacific, it was nowhere to be discerned. +Was he dreaming? was he mad? Dick would perpetually ask himself: had he been +sailing in a wrong direction? had he failed to steer aright?</P> +<P>But no: he was convinced there was no error in his steering. Although he +could not actually see it for the mist, he knew that day after day the sun rose +before him, and that it set behind him. Yet he was constrained in bewilderment +to ask, what had become of those shores of America upon which, when they came in +sight, there was only too great a fear the ship should be dashed? what had +become of them? where were they? whither had this incessant hurricane driven +them? why did not the expected coast appear?</P> +<P>To all these bewildering inquiries Dick could find no answer except to +imagine that his compass had misled him. Yet he was powerless to put his own +misgivings to the test; he deplored more than ever the destruction of the +duplicate instrument which would have checked his registers. He studied his +chart; but all in vain; the position in which he found himself as the result of +Negoro’s treachery, seemed to baffle him the more, the more he tried to solve +the mystery.</P> +<P>The days were passing on in this chronic state of anxiety, when one morning +about eight o’clock, Hercules, who was on watch at the fore, suddenly +shouted,—</P> +<P>“Land!”</P> +<P>Dick Sands had little reliance upon the negro’s inexperienced eye, but +hurried forward to the bow.</P> +<P>“Where’s the land?” he cried; his voice being scarcely audible above the +howling of the tempest.</P> +<P>“There! look there!” said Hercules, nodding his head and pointing over the +larboard side, to the north-east.</P> +<P>Dick could see nothing.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon had heard the shout. Unable to restrain her interest, she had +left her cabin and was at Dick’s side. He uttered an expression of surprise at +seeing her, but could not hear anything she said, as her voice was unable to +rise above the roaring of the elements; she stood, her whole being as it were +concentrated in the power of vision, and scanned the horizon in the direction +indicated by Hercules. But all to no purpose.</P> +<P>Suddenly, however, after a while, Dick raised his hand.</P> +<P>“Yes!” he said; “yes; sure enough, yonder is land.”</P> +<P>He clung with excitement to the netting; and Mrs Weldon, supported by +Hercules, strained her eyes yet more vehemently to get a glimpse of a shore +which she had begun to despair of ever reaching.</P> +<P>Beyond a doubt an elevated peak was there. It must be about ten miles to +leeward. A break in the clouds soon left it more distinct. Some promontory it +must be upon the American coast. Without sails, of course, the “Pilgrim” had no +chance of bearing down direct upon it; but at least there was every reason to +believe that she would soon reach some other portion of the shore; perhaps +before noon, certainly in a few hours, they must be close to land.</P> +<P>The pitching of the ship made it impossible for Mrs. Weldon to keep safe +footing on the deck; accordingly, at a sign from Dick, Hercules led her back +again to her cabin.</P> +<P>Dick did not remain long at the bow, but went thoughtfully back to the +wheel.</P> +<P>He had, indeed, a tremendous responsibility before him. Here was the land, +the land for which they had longed so eagerly; and now that their anticipations +were on the point of being realized, what was there, with a hurricane driving +them on towards it, to prevent that land being their destruction? What measures +could he take to prevent the schooner being dashed to pieces against it?</P> +<P>[Illustration: “There! look there!”]</P> +<P>At the very moment when the promontory was just abreast of them, Negoro +appeared on deck; he nodded to the peak familiarly, as he might have saluted a +familiar friend, and retired as stealthily as he had come.</P> +<P>Two hours later, and the promontory was lying to the larboard wake. Dick +Sands had never relaxed his watchfulness, but he had failed to discover any +further indications of a coast-line. His perplexity could only increase; the +horizon was clear; the Andes ought to be distinct; they would be conspicuous +twenty miles or more away. Dick took up his telescope again and again; he +scrutinized the eastern horizon with minutest care; but there was nothing to be +seen; and as the afternoon waned away the last glimpse had been taken of the +promontory that had awakened their expectation; it had vanished utterly from +their gaze; no indication of shore could be seen from the “Pilgrim’s” deck.</P> +<P>Dick Sands uttered a sigh of mingled amazement and relief. He went into Mrs. +Weldon’s cabin, where she was standing with her party.</P> +<P>“It was only an island!” he said; “only an island!”</P> +<P>“How? why? what island? what do you mean?” cried Mrs. Weldon incredulously; +“what island can it be?”</P> +<P>“The chart perhaps will tell us,” replied Dick; and hurrying off to his own +cabin, he immediately returned with the chart in his hands.</P> +<P>After studying it attentively for a few minutes, he said,—</P> +<P>“There, Mrs. Weldon; the land we have just passed, I should suppose must be +that little speck in the midst of the Pacific. It must be Easter Island. At +least, there seems to be no other land which possibly it could be.”</P> +<P>“And do you say,” inquired Mrs. Weldon, “that we have left it quite behind +us?”</P> +<P>“Yes, entirely; almost to windward.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon commenced a searching scrutiny of the map that was outspread +before her.</P> +<P>“How far is this,” she said, after bending a considerable time over the +chart; “how far is this from the coast of America?”</P> +<P>“Thirty-five degrees,” answered Dick; “somewhere about 2500 miles.”</P> +<P>“What ever do you mean?” rejoined the lady astonished; “if the ‘Pilgrim’ is +still 2500 miles from shore, she has positively made no progress at all. +Impossible!”</P> +<P>In thoughtful perplexity, Dick passed his hand across his brow. He did not +know what to say. After an interval of silence, he said,—</P> +<P>“I have no account to give for the strange delay. It is inexplicable to +myself, except upon that one hypothesis, which I cannot resist, that the +readings of the compass, somehow or other, have been wrong.”</P> +<P>He relapsed into silence. Then, brightening up, he added,—</P> +<P>“But, thank God! at least we have now the satisfaction of knowing where we +really are; we are no longer lost upon the wide Pacific; if only this hurricane +will cease, long as the distance seems, we are on our proper course to the +shores of America.”</P> +<P>The tone of confidence with which the youthful captain spoke had the effect +of inspiring new hope into all who heard him; their spirits rose, and to their +sanguine mood it seemed as if they were approaching to the end of all their +troubles, and had hardly more to do than to await the turning of a tide to bring +them into a glad proximity to port.</P> +<P>Easter Island, of which the true name is Vai-Hoo, was discovered by David in +1686 and visited by Cook and Lapérouse. It lies in lat. 27° S., and long. 112 +E.; consequently, it was evident that during the raging of the hurricane the +schooner had been driven northwards no less than fifteen degrees. Far away, +however, as she was from shore, the wind could hardly fail within ten days to +carry her within sight of land; and then, if the storm had worn itself out, (as +probably it would,) the “Pilgrim” would again hoist sail, and make her way into +some port with safety. Anyhow, the discovery of his true position restored a +spirit of confidence to Dick Sands, and he anticipated the time when he should +no longer be drifting helplessly before the storm.</P> +<P>To say the truth, the “Pilgrim” had suffered very little from the prolonged +fury of the weather. The damage she had sustained was limited to the loss of the +topsail and the small jib, which could be easily replaced. The caulking of the +seams remained thoroughly sound, and no drop of water had found its way into the +hold. The pumps, too, were perfectly free. Dick Sands did not fear for the +stability of his ship; his only anxiety was lest the weather should not moderate +in time. Only let the wind subside, and the schooner once more would be under +his control; but he never forgot that the ordering of the winds and waves were +in the hands of the Great Disposer of all.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XIII.</H4> +<H4>LAND AT LAST.</H4> +<P>It was not long before Dick’s sanguine expectations were partially realized, +for on the very next day, which was the 27th, the barometer began to rise, not +rapidly, but steadily, indicating that its elevation would probably continue. +The sea remained exceedingly rough, but the violence of the wind, which had +veered slightly towards the west, had perceptibly diminished. The tempest had +passed its greatest fury, and was beginning to wear itself out.</P> +<P>Not a sail, however, could yet be hoisted; the smallest show of canvas would +have been carried away in an instant; nevertheless Dick hoped that before +another twenty-four hours were over, the “Pilgrim” might be able to carry a +storm-jib.</P> +<P>In the course of the night the wind moderated still more and the pitching of +the ship had so far diminished that the passengers began to reappear on deck. +Mrs. Weldon was the first to leave her enforced imprisonment. She was anxious to +speak to Dick, whom she might have expected to find looking pale and wan after +his almost superhuman exertions and loss of sleep. But she was mistaken; however +much the lad might suffer from the strain in after-years, at present he +exhibited no symptoms of failing energy.</P> +<P>“Well, Captain Dick, how are you?” she said, as she advanced towards him +holding out her hand.</P> +<P>Dick smiled.</P> +<P>“You call me captain, Mrs. Weldon,” he answered, “but you do not seem +disposed to submit implicitly to</P> +<P>[Illustration: “You have acquitted yourself like a man.”]</P> +<P>captain’s orders. Did I not direct you to keep to your cabin?”</P> +<P>“You did,” replied the lady; “but observing how much the storm had abated, I +could not resist the temptation to disobey you.”</P> +<P>“Yes, madam, the weather is far more promising; the barometer has not fallen +since yesterday morning, and I really trust the worst is over now.”</P> +<P>“Thank Heaven!” she replied, and after a few moments’ silence, she +added.—</P> +<P>“But now, Dick, you must really take some rest; you may perhaps not know how +much you require it; but it is absolutely necessary.”</P> +<P>“Rest!” the boy repeated; “rest! I want no rest. I have only done my duty, +and it will be time enough for me to concern myself about my own rest, when I +have seen my passengers in a place of safety.”</P> +<P>“You have acquitted yourself like a man,” said Mrs. Weldon; “and you may be +assured that my husband, like myself, will never forget the services you have +rendered me. I shall urge upon him the request which I am sure he will not +refuse, that you shall have your studies completed, so that you may be made a +captain for the firm.”</P> +<P>Tears of gratitude rose to Dick’s eyes. He deprecated the praise that was +lavished upon him, but rejoiced in the prospect that seemed opening upon his +future. Mrs. Weldon assured him that he was dear as a son to her, and pressed a +gentle kiss upon his forehead. The lad felt that he was animated, if need be, to +yet greater hardships in behalf of his benefactors, and resolved to prove +himself even more worthy of their confidence.</P> +<P>By the 29th, the wind had so far moderated that Dick thought he might +increase the “Pilgrim’s” speed by hoisting the foresail and topsail.</P> +<P>“Now, my men, I have some work for you to-day,” he said to the negroes when +he came on deck at daybreak.</P> +<P>“All right, captain,” answered Hercules, “we are growing rusty for want of +something to do.”</P> +<P>“Why didn’t you blow with your big mouth?” said little Jack; “you could have +beaten the wind all to nothing.”</P> +<P>Dick laughed, and said, “Not a bad idea, Jack; if ever we get becalmed, we +must get Hercules to blow into the sails.”</P> +<P>“I shall be most happy,” retorted the giant, and he inflated his huge checks +till he was the very impersonation of Boreas himself.</P> +<P>“But now to work!” cried Dick; “we have lost our topsail, and we must +contrive to hoist another. Not an easy matter, I can tell you.”</P> +<P>“I dare say we shall manage it,” replied Actæon.</P> +<P>“We must do our best,” said Tom.</P> +<P>“Can’t I help?” inquired Jack.</P> +<P>“Of course you can,” answered Dick; “run along to the wheel, and assist +Bat.”</P> +<P>Jack strutted off, proud enough of his commission.</P> +<P>Under Dick’s directions, the negroes commenced their somewhat difficult task. +The new topsail, rolled up, had first of all to be hoisted, and then to be made +fast to the yard; but so adroitly did the crew carry out their orders, that in +less than an hour the sail was properly set and flying with a couple of reefs. +The foresail and second jib, which had been taken down before the tempest, were +hoisted again, and before ten o’clock the “Pilgrim” was running along under the +three sails which Dick considered were as much as it was prudent to carry. Even +at her present speed, the schooner, he reckoned, would be within sight of the +American shore in about ten days. It was an immense relief to him to find that +she was no longer at the mercy of the waves, and when he saw the sails properly +set he returned in good spirits to his post at the helm, not forgetting to thank +the temporary helmsman for his services, nor omitting his acknowledgment to +Master Jack, who received the compliment with becoming gravity.</P> +<P>Although the clouds continued to travel all the next day with great rapidity +they were very much broken, and alternately the “Pilgrim” was bathed in sunlight +and enveloped in vapours, which rolled on towards the east. As the weather +cleared, the hatchways were opened in</P> +<P>[Illustration: They both examined the outspread chart.]</P> +<P>order to ventilate the ship, and the outer air was allowed again to penetrate +not only the hold, but the cabin and crew’s quarters The wet sails were hung out +to dry, the deck was washed down, for Dick Sands was anxious not to bring his +ship into port without having “finished her toilet,” and he found that his crew +could very well spare a few hours daily to get her into proper trim.</P> +<P>Notwithstanding the loss of the log, Dick had sufficient experience to be +able to make an approximate estimate of the schooner’s progress, and after +having pointed out to Mrs. Weldon what he imagined was the “Pilgrim’s” true +position, he told her that it was his firm impression that land would be sighted +in little more than a week.</P> +<P>“And upon what part of South America do you reckon we are likely to find +ourselves?” she asked.</P> +<P>“That is more than I dare venture to promise,” replied Dick; “but I should +think somewhere hereabouts.”</P> +<P>He was pointing on the chart to the long shore-line of Chili and Peru.</P> +<P>They both examined the outspread chart with still closer attention.</P> +<P>“Here, you see,” resumed Dick, “here is the island we have just left; we left +it in the west; the wind has not shifted; we must expect to come in sight of +land, pretty nearly due east of it. The coast has plenty of harbours. From any +one of them you will be able easily to get to San Francisco. You know, I dare +say, that the Pacific Navigation Company’s steamers touch at all the principal +ports. From any of them you will be sure to get direct passage to +California.”</P> +<P>“But do you mean,” asked Mrs. Weldon, “that you are not going yourself to +take the schooner to San Francisco?”</P> +<P>“Not direct,” replied the young captain; “I want to see you safe on shore and +satisfactorily on your homeward way. When that is done, I shall hope to get +competent officers to take the ship to Valparaiso, where she will discharge her +cargo, as Captain Hull intended; and afterwards I shall work our way back to San +Francisco.”</P> +<P>“Ah, well; we will see all about that in due time.” Mrs. Weldon said, +smiling; and, after a short pause, added, “At one time, Dick, you seemed to have +rather a dread of the shore.”</P> +<P>“Quite true,” answered Dick; “but now I am in hopes we may fall in with some +passing vessel; we want to have a confirmation as to our true position. I cannot +tell you how surprised I am that we have not come across a single vessel. But +when we near the land we shall be able to get a pilot.”</P> +<P>“But what will happen if we fail to get a pilot?” was Mrs. Weldon’s inquiry. +She was anxious to learn how far the lad was prepared to meet any emergency.</P> +<P>With unhesitating promptness Dick replied,—</P> +<P>“Why, then, unless the weather takes the control of the ship out of my hands, +I must patiently follow the coast until I come to a harbour of refuge. But if +the wind should freshen, I should have to adopt other measures.”</P> +<P>“What then, Dick, what then?” persisted Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>The boy’s brow knitted itself together in resolution, and he said +deliberately,—</P> +<P>“I should run the ship aground.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon started.</P> +<P>“However,” Dick continued, “there is no reason to apprehend this. The weather +has mended and is likely to mend. And why should we fear about finding a pilot? +Let us hope all will be well.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon at least had satisfied herself on one point. She had ascertained +that although Dick did not anticipate disaster, yet he was prepared in the case +of emergency to resort to measures from which any but the most experienced +seaman would shrink.</P> +<P>But although Dick’s equanimity had been successful in allaying any misgivings +on Mrs. Weldon’s part, it must be owned that the condition of the atmosphere +caused him very serious uneasiness.</P> +<P>The wind remained uncomfortably high, and the barometer gave very ominous +indications that it would ere long freshen still more. Dick dreaded that the +time was about to return in which once again he must reduce his vessel to a +state of bare poles; but so intense was his aversion to having his ship so +wrested as it were from his own management, that he determined to carry the +topsail till it was all but carried away by the force of the blast. Concerned, +moreover, for the safety of his masts, the loss of which he acknowledged must be +fatal, he had the shrouds well overhauled and the backstays considerably +tightened.</P> +<P>More than once another contingency occurred to his mind, and gave him some +anxiety. He could not overlook the possibility of the wind changing all round. +What should he do in such a case? He would of course endeavour by all means to +get the schooner on by incessant tacking; but was there not the certainty of a +most hazardous delay? and worse than this, was there not a likelihood of the +“Pilgrim” being once again driven far out to sea?</P> +<P>Happily these forebodings were not realized. The wind, after chopping about +for several days, at one time blowing from the north, and at another from the +south, finally settled down into a stiffish gale from the west, which did +nothing worse than severely strain the masts.</P> +<P>In this weary but hopeful endurance time passed on. The 5th of April had +arrived. It was more than two months since the “Pilgrim” had quitted New +Zealand; it was true that during the first three weeks of her voyage she had +been impeded by protracted calms and contrary winds; but since that time her +speed had been rapid, the very tempests had driven her forwards with unwonted +velocity; she had never failed to have her bow towards the land, and yet land +seemed as remote as ever; the coast line was retreating as they approached it. +What could be the solution of the mystery?</P> +<P>From the cross-trees one or other of the negroes was kept incessantly on the +watch. Dick Sands himself, telescope in hand, would repeatedly ascend in the +hope of beholding some lofty peak of the Andes emerging from the mists that hung +over the horizon. But all in vain.</P> +<P>False alarms were given more than once. Sometimes Tom, sometimes Hercules, or +one of the others would be sure that a distant speck they had descried was +assuredly a mountain ridge; but the vapours were continually gathering in such +fantastic forms that their unexperienced eyes were soon deceived, and they +seldom had to wait long before their fond delusion was all dispelled.</P> +<P>At last, the expected longing was fulfilled. At eight o’clock one morning the +mists seemed broken up with unusual rapidity, and the horizon was singularly +clear. Dick had hardly gone aloft when his voice rung out,—</P> +<P>“Land! Land ahead!”</P> +<P>As if summoned by a spell, every one was on deck in an instant: Mrs. Weldon, +sanguine of a speedy end to the general anxiety; little Jack, gratified at a new +object of curiosity; Cousin Benedict, already scenting a new field for +entomological investigation; old Nan; and the negroes, eager to set foot upon +American soil; all, with the exception of Negoro, all were on deck; but the cook +did not stir from his solitude, or betray any sympathy with the general +excitement.</P> +<P>Whatever hesitation there might be at first soon passed away; one after +another soon distinguished the shore they were approaching, and in half an hour +there was no room for the most sceptical to doubt that Dick was right. There was +land not far ahead.</P> +<P>A few miles to the east there was a long low-lying coast; the chain of the +Andes ought to be visible; but it was obscured, of course, by the intervening +clouds.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim” bore down rapidly towards the land, and in a short time its +configuration could be plainly made out. Towards the north-east the coast +terminated in a headland of moderate height sheltering a kind of roadstead; on +the south-east it stretched out in a long and narrow tongue. The Andes were +still wanting to the scene; they must be somewhere in the background; but at +present, strange to say, there was only a succession of low cliffs with some +trees standing out against the sky. No human habitation, no harbour, not even an +indication of a river-mouth, could anywhere be seen.</P> +<P>The wind remained brisk, and the schooner was driving directly towards the +land, with sails shortened as seemed desirable; but Dick realized to himself the +fact that he was utterly incapable of altering her course. With eager eyes he +scrutinized his situation. Straight ahead was a reef over which the waves were +curling, and around which the surf must be tremendous. It could hardly be more +than a mile away. The wind seemed brisker than before.</P> +<P>After gazing awhile, Dick seemed to have come to a sudden resolution. He went +quickly aft and took the helm. He had seen a little cove, and had made up his +mind that he would try and make his way into it. He did not speak a word; he +knew the difficulty of the task he had undertaken; he was aware from the white +foam, that there was shallow water on either hand; but he kept the secret of the +peril to himself, and sought no counsel in coming to his fixed resolve.</P> +<P>Dingo had been trotting up and down the deck. All at once he bounded to the +fore, and broke out into a piteous howl. It roused Dick from his anxious +cogitations. Was it possible that the animal recognized the coast? It almost +seemed as if it brought back some painful associations.</P> +<P>The howling of the dog had manifestly attracted Negoro’s attention; the man +emerged from his cabin, and, regardless of the dog, stood close to the netting; +but although he gazed at the surf, it did not seem to occasion him any alarm. +Mrs. Weldon, who was watching him, fancied she saw a flush rise to his face, +which involuntarily suggested the thought to her mind that Negoro had seen the +place before.</P> +<P>Either she had no time or no wish to express what had struck her, for she did +not mention it to Dick, who, at that moment, left the helm, and came and stood +beside her.</P> +<P>Dick looked as if he were taking a lingering farewell of the cove past which +they were being carried beyond his power to help.</P> +<P>In a few moments he turned round to Mrs. Weldon, and said quietly,—</P> +<P>“Mrs. Weldon, I am disappointed. I hoped to get the schooner into yonder +cove; but there is no chance now; if nothing is done, in half an hour she will +be upon that reef. I have but one alternative left. I must run her aground. It +will be utter destruction to the ship, but there is no choice. Your safety is +the first and paramount consideration.”</P> +<P>“Do you mean that there is no other course to be taken, Dick?”</P> +<P>“None whatever,” said Dick decidedly.</P> +<P>“It must be as you will,” she said.</P> +<P>Forthwith ensued the agitating preparations for stranding. Mrs. Weldon, Jack, +Cousin Benedict, and Nan were provided with life belts, while Dick and the +negroes made themselves ready for being dashed into the waves. Every precaution +that the emergency admitted was duly taken. Mrs. Weldon was entrusted to the +special charge of Hercules; Dick made himself responsible for doing all he could +for little Jack; Cousin Benedict, who was tolerably calm, was handed over to Bat +and Austin; while Actæon promised to look after Nan. Negoro’s nonchalance +implied that he was quite capable of shifting for himself.</P> +<P>Dick had the forethought also to order about a dozen barrels of their cargo +to be brought in front, so that when the “Pilgrim” struck, the oil escaping and +floating on the waves would temporarily lull their fury, and make smoother water +for the passage of the ship.</P> +<P>After satisfying himself that there was no other measure to be taken to +ameliorate the peril, Dick Sands returned to the helm. The schooner was all but +upon the reef, and only a few cables’ length from the shore; her starboard +quarter indeed was already bathed in the seething foam, and any instant the keel +might be expected to grate upon the under-lying rock. Presently a change of +colour in the water was observed; it revealed a passage between the rocks. Dick +gave the wheel a turn; he saw the chance of getting aground nearer to the shore +than he had dared to hope, and he made the most of it. He steered the schooner +right into the narrow channel; the sea was</P> +<P>[Illustration: The sea was furious, and dashed vehemently upon the crags on +either hand]</P> +<P>furious, and dashed vehemently upon the crags on either hand.</P> +<P>“Now, my lads!” he cried to his crew, “now’s your time; out with your oil! +let it run!”</P> +<P>Ready for the order, the negroes poured out the oil, and the raging waters +were stilled as if by magic. A few moments more and perchance they would rage +more vehemently than ever. But for the instant they were lulled.</P> +<P>The “Pilgrim,” meanwhile, had glided onwards, and made dead for the adjacent +shore. There was a sudden shock. Caught by an enormous wave the schooner had +been hurled aground; her masts had fallen, fortunately without injury to any one +on board. But the vessel had parted amidships, and was foundering; the water was +rushing irresistibly into the hold.</P> +<P>The shore, however, was not half a cable’s length away; there was a low, dark +ridge of rocks that was united to the beach; it afforded ample means of rescue, +and in less than ten minutes the “Pilgrim’s” captain, crew, and passengers were +all landed, with their lives, at the foot of the overhanging cliff.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XIV.</H4> +<H4>ASHORE.</H4> +<P>Thus, after a voyage of seventy-four days, the “Pilgrim” had stranded. Mrs. +Weldon and her fellow-voyagers joined in thanksgiving to the kind Providence +that had brought them ashore, not upon one of the solitary islands of Polynesia, +but upon a solid continent, from almost any part of which there would be no +difficulty in getting home.</P> +<P>The ship was totally lost. She was lying in the surf a hopeless wreck, and +few must be the hours that would elapse before she would be broken up in +scattered fragments; it was impossible to save her. Notwithstanding that Dick +Sands bewailed the loss of a valuable ship and her cargo to the owner, he had +the satisfaction of knowing that he had been instrumental in saving what was far +more precious, the lives of the owner’s wife and son.</P> +<P>It was impossible to do more than hazard a conjecture as to the part of the +South American coast on which the “Pilgrim” had been cast. Dick imagined that it +must be somewhere on the coast of Peru; after sighting Easter Island, he knew +that the united action of the equatorial current and the brisk wind must have +had the effect of driving the schooner far northward, and he formed his +conclusion accordingly. Be the true position, however, what it might, it was all +important that it should be accurately ascertained as soon as possible. If it +were really in Peru, he would not be long in finding his way to one of the +numerous ports and villages that lie along the coast.</P> +<P>But the shore here was quite a desert. A narrow strip of beach, strewn with +boulders, was enclosed by a cliff of no great height, in which, at irregular +intervals, deep funnels appeared as chasms in the rock. Here and there a gentle +slope led to the top.</P> +<P>About a quarter of a mile to the north was the mouth of a little river which +had not been visible from the sea. Its banks were overhung by a number of +“rhizophora,” a species of mangrove entirely distinct from that indigenous to +India. It was soon ascertained that the summit of the cliff was clothed by a +dense forest, extending far away in undulations of verdure to the mountains in +the background. Had Cousin Benedict been a botanist, he could not have failed to +find a new and interesting field for his researches; there were lofty baobabs +(to which an extraordinary longevity has often been erroneously ascribed), with +bark resembling Egyptian syenite; there were white pines, tamarinds, +pepper-plants of peculiar species, and numerous other plants unfamiliar to the +eye of a native of the North; but, strange to say, there was not a single +specimen of the extensive family of palms, of which more than a thousand +varieties are scattered in profusion in so many quarters of the globe.</P> +<P>Above the shore hovered a large number of screeching birds, mostly of the +swallow tribe, their black plumage shot with steelly blue, and shading off to a +light brown at the top of the head. Now and then a few partridges of a greyish +colour rose on wing, their necks entirely bare of feathers: the fearless manner +in which the various birds all allowed themselves to be approached made Mrs. +Weldon and Dick both wonder if the shores upon which they had been thrown were +not so deserted that the sound of fire-arms was not known.</P> +<P>On the edge of the reefs some pelicans (of the species known as <I>pelicanus +minor</I>) were busily filling their pouches with tiny fish, and some gulls +coming in from the open sea began to circle round the wreck: with these +exceptions not a living creature appeared in sight. Benedict, no doubt, could +have discovered many entomological novelties amongst the foliage, but these +could give no more information than the birds as to the name of their habitat. +Neither north, nor south, nor towards the forest, was there trace of rising +smoke, or any footprint or other sign to indicate the presence of a human +being.</P> +<P>Dick’s surprise was very great. He knew that the proximity of a native would +have made Dingo bark aloud; but the dog gave no warning; he was running +backwards and forwards, his tail lowered and his nose close to the ground; now +and again he uttered a deep growl.</P> +<P>“Look at Dingo!” said Mrs. Weldon; “how strange he is! he seems to be trying +to discover a lost scent.”</P> +<P>After watching the dog for a time, she spoke again:—</P> +<P>“Look, too, at Negoro! he and the dog seem to be on the same purpose!”</P> +<P>“As to Negoro,” said Dick, “I cannot concern myself with him now; he must do +as he pleases; I have no further control over him; his service expires with the +loss of the ship.”</P> +<P>Negoro was in fact walking to and fro, surveying the shore with the air of a +man who was trying to recall some past experience to his recollection. His +dogged taciturnity was too well known for any one to think of questioning him; +every one was accustomed to let him go his own way, and when Dick noticed that +he had gone towards the little river, and had disappeared behind the cliff, he +thought no more about him. Dingo likewise had quite forgotten his enemy, and +desisted from his growling.</P> +<P>The first necessity for the shipwrecked party was to find a temporary shelter +where they might take some refreshment. There was no lack of provisions; +independently of the resources of the land, the ebbing tide had left upon the +rocks the great bulk of the “Pilgrim’s” stores, and the negroes had already +collected several kegs of biscuit, and a number of cases of preserved meat, +besides a variety of other supplies. All that they rescued they carefully piled +up above high-water mark. As nothing appeared to be injured by the sea-water, +the victualling of the party all seemed to be satisfactorily secure for the +interval which must elapse (and they all believed it would not be long,)</P> +<P>[Illustration: Surveying the shore with the au of a man who was trying to +recall some past experience]</P> +<P>before they reached one of the villages which they presumed were close at +hand. Dick, moreover, took the precaution of sending Hercules to get a small +supply of fresh water from the river hard by, and the good-natured fellow +returned carrying a whole barrel-full on his shoulder.</P> +<P>Plenty of fuel was lying about, and whenever they wanted to light a fire they +were sure of having an abundance of dead wood and the roots of the old +mangroves. Old Tom, an inveterate smoker, always carried a tinder box in his +pocket; this had been too tightly fastened to be affected by the moisture, and +could always produce a spark upon occasion.</P> +<P>Still they must have a shelter. Without some rest it was impossible to start +upon a tour of exploration; accordingly, all interests were directed towards +ascertaining where the necessary repose could be obtained.</P> +<P>The honour of discovering where the desired retreat could be found fell to +the lot of little Jack. Trotting about at the foot of the cliff, he came upon +one of those grottoes which are constantly being found hollowed out in the rock +by the vehement action of the waves in times of tempest.</P> +<P>“Here, look here!” cried the child; “here’s a place!”</P> +<P>“Well done, Jack!” answered his mother; “your lucky discovery is just what we +wanted. If we were going to stay here any time we should have to do the same as +the Swiss Family Robinson, and name the spot after you!”</P> +<P>It was hardly more than twelve or fourteen feet square, and yet the grotto +seemed to Jack to be a gigantic cavern. But narrow as its limits were, it was +capacious enough to receive the entire party. It was a great satisfaction to +Mrs. Weldon to observe that it was perfectly dry, and as the moon was just about +her first quarter there was no likelihood of a tide rising to the foot of the +cliff. At any rate, it was resolved that they might take up their quarters there +for a few hours.</P> +<P>Shortly after one o’clock the whole party were seated upon a carpet of +seaweed round a repast consisting of preserved meat, biscuit, and water +flavoured with a few drops of rum, of which Bat had saved a quart bottle from +the wreck. Even Negoro had returned and joined the group; probably he had not +cared to venture alone along the bank of the stream into the forest. He sat +listening, as it seemed indifferently, to the various plans for the future that +were being discussed, and did not open his mouth either by way of remonstrance +or suggestion.</P> +<P>Dingo was not forgotten, and had his share of food duly given him outside the +grotto, where he was keeping guard.</P> +<P>When the meal was ended, Mrs. Weldon, passing her arms round Jack, who was +lounging half asleep with excitement and fatigue at her side, was the first to +speak.</P> +<P>“My dear Dick,” she said, “in the name of us all, let me thank you for the +services you have rendered us in our tedious time of difficulty. As you have +been our captain at sea, let me beg you to be our guide upon land. We shall have +perfect confidence in your judgment, and await your instructions as to what our +next proceedings shall be.”</P> +<P>All eyes were turned upon Dick. Even Negoro appeared to be roused to +curiosity, as if eager to know what he had to say.</P> +<P>Dick did not speak for some moments. He was manifestly pondering what step he +should advise. After a while he said,—</P> +<P>“My own impression, Mrs. Weldon, is that we have been cast ashore upon one of +the least-frequented parts of the coast of Peru, and that we are near the +borders of the Pampas. In that case I should conclude that we are at a +considerable distance from any village. Now, I should recommend that we stay +here altogether for the coming night. To-morrow morning, two of us can start off +on an exploring expedition. I entertain but little doubt that natives will be +met with within ten or a dozen miles.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon looked doubtful. Plainly she thought unfavourably of the project +of separating the party. She reflected for a considerable time, and then +asked,—</P> +<P>“And who is to undertake the task of exploring?”</P> +<P>Prompt was Dick’s answer:—</P> +<P>“Tom and I.”</P> +<P>“And leave us here?” suggested the lady.</P> +<P>“Yes; to take care of you, there will be Hercules, Bat, Actæon and Austin. +Negoro, too, I presume, means to remain here,” said Dick, glancing towards the +cook.</P> +<P>“Perhaps,” replied Negoro, sparing as ever of his words.</P> +<P>“We shall take Dingo,” added Dick; “likely enough he may be useful.”</P> +<P>At the sound of his name the dog had entered the grotto. A short bark seemed +to testify his approval of Dick’s proposal.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon was silent. She looked sad and thoughtful. It was hard to +reconcile herself to the division of the party. She was aware that the +separation would not be for long, but she could not suppress a certain feeling +of nervousness. Was it not possible that some natives, attracted by the wreck, +would assault them in hopes of plunder?</P> +<P>Every argument he could think of, Dick brought forward to reassure the lady. +He told her that the Indians were perfectly harmless, and entirely different to +the savage tribes of Africa and Polynesia; there was no reason to apprehend any +mischief, even if they should chance to encounter them, which was itself +extremely unlikely. No doubt the separation would have its inconveniences, but +they would be insignificant compared with the difficulty of traversing the +country <I>en masse</I>. Tom and he would have far greater freedom if they went +alone, and could make their investigations much more thoroughly. Finally he +promised that if within two days they failed to discover human habitation, they +would return to the grotto forthwith.</P> +<P>“I confess, however,” he added, “that I have little expectation of being able +to ascertain our true position, until I have penetrated some distance into the +country.”</P> +<P>There was nothing in Dick’s representations but what commanded Mrs. Weldon’s +assent as reasonable. It was simply her own nervousness, she acknowledged, that +made her hesitate; but it was only with extreme reluctance that she finally +yielded to the proposition.</P> +<P>“And what, Mr. Benedict, is your opinion of my proposal?” said Dick, turning +to the entomologist.</P> +<P>“I?” answered Cousin Benedict, looking somewhat bewildered, “Oh, I am +agreeable to anything. I dare say I shall find some specimens. I think I will go +and look at once.”</P> +<P>“Take my advice, and don’t go far away,” replied Dick.</P> +<P>“All right; I shall take care of myself.”</P> +<P>“And don’t be bringing back a lot of mosquitoes,” said old Tom +mischievously.</P> +<P>With his box under his arm, the naturalist left the grotto.</P> +<P>Negoro followed almost immediately. He did not take the same direction as +Benedict up the cliff, but for the second time bent his steps towards the river, +and proceeded along its bank till he was out of sight.</P> +<P>It was not long before Jack’s exertions told upon him, and he fell into a +sound sleep. Mrs. Weldon having gently laid him on Nan’s lap, wandered out and +made her way to the water’s edge. She was soon joined by Dick and the negroes, +who wanted to see whether it was possible to get to the “Pilgrim,” and secure +any articles that might be serviceable for future use. The reef on which the +schooner had stranded was now quite dry, and the carcase of the vessel which had +been partially covered at high water was lying in the midst of <I>debris</I> of +the most promiscuous character. The wide difference between high and low-water +mark caused Dick Sands no little surprise. He knew that the tides on the shores +of the Pacific were very inconsiderable; in his own mind, however, he came to +the conclusion that the phenomenon was to be explained by the unusually high +wind that had been blowing on the coast.</P> +<P>Not without emotion could Mrs. Weldon, or indeed any of them, behold the +unfortunate ship upon which they had spent so many eventful days, lying +dismasted on her side. But there was little time for sentiment. If they wished +to visit the hull before it finally went to pieces there must be no delay.</P> +<P>Hoisting themselves by some loose rigging that was hanging from the deck, +Dick and several of the negroes</P> +<P>[Illustration: Not without emotion could Mrs. Weldon, or indeed any of them, +behold the unfortunate ship.]</P> +<P>contrived to make their way into the interior of the hull. Dick left his men +to gather together all they could in the way of food and drink from the +store-room, and himself went straight to the stern cabin, into which the water +had not penetrated. Here he found four excellent Purday’s Remington rifles and a +hundred cartridges; with these he determined to arm his party, in case they +should be attacked by Indians. He also chose six of the strongest of the +cutlasses that are used for slicing up dead whales; and did not forget the +little toy gun which was Jack’s special property. Unexpectedly he found a +pocket-compass, which he was only too glad to appropriate. What a boon it would +have been had he discovered it earlier! The ship’s charts in the fore-cabin were +too much injured by water to be of any further service. Nearly everything was +either lost or spoiled, but the misfortune was not felt very acutely because +there was ample provision for a few days, and it seemed useless to burden +themselves with more than was necessary. Dick hardly needed Mrs. Weldon’s advice +to secure all the money that might be on board, but after the most diligent +search he failed to discover more than five hundred dollars. This was a subject +of perplexity. Mrs. Weldon herself had had a considerably larger sum than this, +and Captain Hull was known always to keep a good reserve in hand. There was but +one way to solve the mystery. Some one had been beforehand to the wreck. It +could not be any of the negroes, as not one of them had for a moment left the +grotto. Suspicion naturally fell upon Negoro, who had been out alone upon the +shore. Morose and cold-blooded as the man was, Dick hardly knew why he should +suspect him of the crime of theft; nevertheless, he determined to cross-examine +him, and, if need be, to have him searched, as soon as he came back.</P> +<P>The day wore onwards to its close. The sun was approaching the vernal +equinox, and sank almost perpendicularly on to the horizon. Twilight was very +short, and the rapidity with which darkness came on confirmed Dick in his belief +that they had got ashore at some spot lying between the tropic of Capricorn and +the equator.</P> +<P>They all assembled in the grotto again for the purpose of getting some +sleep.</P> +<P>“Another rough night coming on!” said Tom, pointing to the heavy clouds that +hung over the horizon.</P> +<P>“No doubt, Tom!” answered Dick, “and I think we may congratulate ourselves on +being safe out of our poor ship.”</P> +<P>As the night could not be otherwise than very dark, it was arranged that the +negroes should take their turns in keeping guard at the entrance of the grotto. +Dingo also would be upon the alert.</P> +<P>Benedict had not yet returned. Hercules shouted his name with the full +strength of his capacious lungs, and shortly afterwards the entomologist was +seen making his way down the face of the cliff at the imminent risk of breaking +his neck. He was in a great rage. He had not found a single insect worth having, +scorpions, scolopendra, and other myriapoda were in the forest in abundance; but +not one of these of course could be allowed a place in his collection.</P> +<P>“Have I come six thousand miles for this?” he cried: “have I endured storm +and shipwreck only to be cast where not a hexapod is to be seen? The country is +detestable! I shall not stay in it another hour!”</P> +<P>Ever gentle to his eccentricities, Mrs. Weldon soothed him as she would a +child, she told him that he had better take some rest now, and most likely he +would have better luck to-morrow.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict had hardly been pacified when Tom remarked that Negoro too +had not returned.</P> +<P>“Never mind!” said Bat, “his room is as good as his company.”</P> +<P>“I cannot say that I altogether think so. The man is no favourite of mine, +but I like him better under my own eye,” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Perhaps he has his own reasons for keeping away,” said Dick, and taking Mrs. +Weldon aside, he communicated to her his suspicions of the fellow’s +dishonesty.</P> +<P>He found that she coincided with him in her view of</P> +<P>[Illustration: The entomologist was seen making his way down the face of the +cliff at the imminent risk of breaking his neck.]</P> +<P>Negoro’s conduct; but she did not agree with him in his proposal to have him +searched at once. If he returned, she should be convinced that he had deposited +the money in some secret spot; and as there would be no proof of his guilt, it +would be better to leave him, at least for a time, uninterrogated.</P> +<P>Dick was convinced by her representations, and promised to act upon her +advice.</P> +<P>Before they resigned themselves to sleep, they had repeatedly summoned Negoro +back, but he either could not or would not hear. Mrs. Weldon and Dick scarcely +knew what to think; unless he had lost his way; it was unaccountable why he +should be wandering about alone on a dark night in a strange country.</P> +<P>Presently Dingo was heard barking furiously. He had left the opening of the +grotto, and was evidently down at the water’s edge. Imagining that Negoro must +be coming, Dick sent three of the negroes in the direction of the river to meet +him; but when they reached the bank not a soul could be seen, and as Dingo was +quiet again, they made their way back to the grotto.</P> +<P>Excepting the man left on watch, they now all lay down, hoping to get some +repose. Mrs. Weldon, however, could not sleep. The land for which she had sighed +so ardently had been reached, but it had failed to give either the security or +the comfort which she had anticipated!</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XV.</H4> +<H4>A STRANGER.</H4> +<P>At daybreak, next morning, Austin, who happened to be on guard, heard Dingo +bark, and noticed that he started up and ran towards the river. Arousing the +inmates of the grotto, he announced to them that some one was coming.</P> +<P>“It isn’t Negoro,” said Tom; “Dingo would bark louder than that if Negoro +were to be seen.”</P> +<P>“Who, then, can it be?” asked Mrs. Weldon, with an inquiring glance towards +Dick.</P> +<P>“We must wait and see, madam,” replied Dick quietly.</P> +<P>Bidding Bat, Austin, and Hercules follow his example, Dick Sands took up a +cutlass and a rifle, into the breach of which he slipped a cartridge. Thus +armed, the four young men made their way towards the river bank. Tom and Actæon +were left with Mrs. Weldon at the entrance of the grotto.</P> +<P>The sun was just rising. Its rays, intercepted by the lofty range of +mountains in the east, did not fall directly on the cliff; but the sea to its +western horizon was sparkling in the sunbeams as the party marched along the +shore. Dingo was motionless as a setter, but did not cease barking. It soon +proved not to be his old enemy who was disturbing him. A man, who was not +Negoro, appeared round the angle of the cliff, and advancing cautiously along +the bank of the stream, seemed by his gestures to be endeavouring to pacify the +dog, with which an encounter would certainly have been by no means +desirable.</P> +<P>“That’s not Negoro!” said Hercules.</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Good morning, my young friend.”]</P> +<P>“No loss for any of us,” muttered Bat.</P> +<P>“You are right,” replied Dick; “perhaps he is a native; let us hope he may be +able to tell us our whereabouts, and save us the trouble of exploring.”</P> +<P>With their rifles on their shoulders, they advanced steadily towards the new +arrival. The stranger, on becoming aware of their approach, manifested great +surprise; he was apparently puzzled as to how they had reached the shore, for +the “Pilgrim” had been entirely broken up during the night, and the spars that +were floating about had probably been too few and too scattered to attract his +attention. His first attitude seemed to betray something of fear; and raising to +his shoulder a gun that had been slung to his belt, he began to retrace his +steps; but conciliatory gestures on the part of Dick quickly reassured him, and +after a moment’s hesitation, he continued to advance.</P> +<P>He was a man of about forty years of age, strongly built, with a keen, bright +eye, grizzly hair and beard, and a complexion tanned as with constant exposure +to the forest air. He wore a broad-brimmed hat, a kind of leather jerkin, or +tunic, and long boots reaching nearly to his knees. To his high heels was +fastened a pair of wide-rowelled spurs, which clanked as he moved.</P> +<P>Dick Sands in an instant saw that he was not looking upon one of the roving +Indians of the pampas, but upon one of those adventurers, often of very doubtful +character, who are not unfrequently to be met with in the remotest quarters of +the earth. Clearly this was neither an Indian nor a Spaniard. His erect, not to +say rigid deportment, and the reddish hue with which his hair and beard were +streaked, betokened him to be of Anglo-Saxon origin, a conjecture which was at +once confirmed when upon Dick’s wishing him “good morning,” he replied in +unmistakable English, with hardly a trace of foreign accent,—</P> +<P>“Good morning, my young friend.”</P> +<P>He stepped forward, and having shaken hands with Dick, nodded to all his +companions.</P> +<P>“Are you English?” he asked.</P> +<P>“No; we are Americans,” replied Dick.</P> +<P>“North or South?” inquired the man.</P> +<P>“North,” Dick answered.</P> +<P>The information seemed to afford the stranger no little satisfaction, and he +again wrung Dick’s hand with all the enthusiasm of a fellow-countryman.</P> +<P>“And may I ask what brings you here?” he continued.</P> +<P>Before, however, Dick had time to reply, the stranger had courteously raised +his hat, and, looking round, Dick saw that his bow was intended for Mrs. Weldon, +who had just reached the river-bank. She proceeded to tell him the particulars +of how they had been shipwrecked, and how the vessel had gone to pieces on the +reefs.</P> +<P>A look of pity crossed the man’s face as he listened, and he cast his eye, as +it might be involuntarily, upon the sea, in order to discern some vestige of the +stranded ship.</P> +<P>“Ah! there is nothing to be seen of our poor schooner!” said Dick mournfully; +“the last of her was broken up in the storm last night.”</P> +<P>“And now,” interposed Mrs. Weldon, “can you tell us where we are?”</P> +<P>“Where?” exclaimed the man, with every indication of surprise at her +question; “why, on the coast of South America, of course!”</P> +<P>“But on what part? are we near Peru?” Dick inquired eagerly.</P> +<P>“No, my lad, no; you are more to the south; you are on the coast of Bolivia; +close to the borders of Chili.”</P> +<P>“A good distance, I suppose, from Lima?” asked Dick.</P> +<P>“From Lima? yes, a long way; Lima is far to the north.”</P> +<P>“And what is the name of that promontory?” Dick said, pointing to the +adjacent headland.</P> +<P>“That, I confess, is more than I am able to tell you,” replied the stranger; +“for although I have travelled a great deal in the interior of the country, I +have never before visited this part of the coast.”</P> +<P>Dick pondered in thoughtful silence over the information he had thus +received. He had no reason to doubt its accuracy; according to his own reckoning +he would have expected to come ashore somewhere between the latitudes of 27° and +30°; and by this stranger’s showing he had made the latitude 25°; the +discrepancy was not very great; it was not more than might be accounted for by +the action of the currents, which he knew he had been unable to estimate; +moreover, the deserted character of the whole shore inclined him to believe more +easily that he was in Lower Bolivia.</P> +<P>Whilst this conversation was going on, Mrs. Weldon, whose suspicions had been +excited by Negoro’s disappearance, had been scrutinizing the stranger with the +utmost attention; but she could detect nothing either in his manner or in his +words to give her any cause to doubt his good faith.</P> +<P>“Pardon me,” she said presently; “but you do not seem to me to be a native of +Peru?”</P> +<P>“No; like yourself, I am an American, Mrs. ——;” he paused, as if waiting to +be told her name.</P> +<P>The lady smiled, and gave her name; he thanked her, and continued,—</P> +<P>“My name is Harris. I was born in South Carolina; but it is now twenty years +since I left my home for the pampas of Bolivia; imagine, therefore, how much +pleasure it gives me to come across some countrymen of my own.”</P> +<P>“Do you live in this part of the province, Mr. Harris?” Mrs. Weldon +asked.</P> +<P>“No, indeed; far away; I live down to the south, close to the borders of +Chili. At present I am taking a journey north-eastwards to Atacama.”</P> +<P>“Atacama!” exclaimed Dick; “are we anywhere near the desert of Atacama?”</P> +<P>“Yes, my young friend,” rejoined Harris, “you are just on the edge of it. It +extends far beyond those mountains which you see on the horizon, and is one of +the most curious and least explored parts of the continent.”</P> +<P>“And are you travelling through it alone?” Mrs. Weldon inquired.</P> +<P>“Yes, quite alone; and it is not the first time I have performed the journey. +One of my brothers owns a large</P> +<P>[Illustration: “He is my little son.”]</P> +<P>farm, the hacienda of San Felice, about 200 miles from here, and I have +occasion now and then to pay him business visits.”</P> +<P>After a moment’s hesitation, as if he were weighing a sudden thought, he +continued,—</P> +<P>“I am on my way there now, and if you will accompany me I can promise you a +hearty welcome, and my brother will be most happy to do his best to provide you +with means of conveyance to San Francisco.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon had hardly begun to express her thanks for the proposal when he +said abruptly,—</P> +<P>“Are these negroes your slaves?”</P> +<P>“Slaves! sir,” replied Mrs. Weldon, drawing herself up proudly; “we have no +slaves in the United States. The south has now long followed the example of the +north. Slavery is abolished.”</P> +<P>“I beg your pardon, madam. I had forgotten that the war of 1862 had solved +that question. But seeing these fellows with you, I thought perhaps they might +be in your service,” he added, with a slight tone of irony.</P> +<P>“We are very proud to be of any service to Mrs. Weldon,” Tom interposed with +dignity, “but we are no man’s property. It is true I was sold for a slave when I +was six years old; but I have long since had my freedom; and so has my son. Bat +here, and all his friends, were born of free parents.”</P> +<P>“Ah! well then, I have to congratulate you,” replied Harris, in a manner that +jarred very sensibly upon Mrs. Weldon’s feelings; but she said nothing.</P> +<P>Harris added,—</P> +<P>“I can assure you that you are as safe here in Bolivia as you would be in New +England.”</P> +<P>He had not finished speaking, when Jack, followed by Nan, came out of the +grotto. The child was rubbing his eyes, having only just awakened from his +night’s sleep. Catching sight of his mother, he darted towards her.</P> +<P>“What a charming little boy!” exclaimed Harris.</P> +<P>“He is my little son,” said Mrs. Weldon, kissing the child by way of morning +greeting.</P> +<P>“Ah, madam, I am sure you must have suffered doubly on his account. Will the +little man let me kiss him too?”</P> +<P>But there was something in the stranger’s appearance that did not take Jack’s +fancy, and he shrank back timidly to his mother’s side.</P> +<P>“You must excuse him, sir; he is very shy.”</P> +<P>“Never mind,” said Harris; “we shall be better acquainted by-and-by. When we +get to my brother’s, he shall have a nice little pony to ride.”</P> +<P>But not even this tempting offer seemed to have any effect in coaxing Jack +into a more genial mood. He kept fast hold of his mother’s hand, and she, +somewhat vexed at his behaviour, and anxious that no offence should be given to +a man who appeared so friendly in his intentions, hastened to turn the +conversation to another topic.</P> +<P>Meantime Dick Sands had been considering Harris’s proposal. Upon the whole, +the plan of making their way to the hacienda of San Felice seemed to commend +itself to his judgment; but he could not conceal from himself that a journey of +200 miles across plains and forests, without any means of transport, would be +extremely fatiguing. On expressing his doubts on this point, he was met with the +reply,—</P> +<P>“Oh, that can be managed well enough, young man; just round the corner of the +cliff there I have a horse, which is quite at the disposal of the lady and her +son; and by easy stages of ten miles or so a day, it will do the rest of us no +harm to travel on foot. Besides,” he added, “when I spoke of the journey being +200 miles, I was thinking of following, as I usually do, the course of the +river; but by taking a short cut across the forest, we may reduce the distance +by nearly eighty miles.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon was about to say how grateful she was, but Harris anticipated +her.</P> +<P>“Not a word, madam, I beg you. You cannot thank me better than by accepting +my offer. I confess I have never crossed this forest, but I am so much +accustomed to the pampas that I have little fear of losing my way. The only +difficulty is in the matter of provisions, as I have only supplied myself with +enough to carry me on to San Felice.”</P> +<P>“As to provisions,” replied Mrs. Weldon, “we have enough and to spare; and we +shall be more than willing to share everything with you.”</P> +<P>“That is well,” answered Harris; “then there can be no reason why we should +not start at once.”</P> +<P>He was turning away with the intention of fetching his horse, when Dick Sands +detained him. True to his seaman’s instincts, the young sailor felt that he +should be much more at his ease on the sea-shore than traversing the heart of an +unknown forest.</P> +<P>“Pardon me, Mr. Harris,” he began, “but instead of taking so long a journey +across the desert of Atacama, would it not be far better for us to follow the +coast either northwards or southwards, until we reach the nearest seaport?”</P> +<P>A frown passed over Harris’s countenance.</P> +<P>“I know very little about the coast,” he answered; “but I know enough to +assure you that there is no town to the north within 300 or 400 miles.”</P> +<P>“Then why should we not go south?” persisted Dick.</P> +<P>“You would then have to travel to Chili, which is almost as far; and, under +your circumstances, I should not advise you to skirt the pampas of the Argentine +Republic. For my own part, I could not accompany you.”</P> +<P>“But do not the vessels which ply between Chili and Peru come within sight of +this coast?” interposed Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“No, madam; they keep out so far to sea that there would not be the faintest +chance of your hailing one.”</P> +<P>“You seem to have another question to ask Mr. Harris,” Mrs. Weldon continued, +addressing Dick, who still looked rather doubtful.</P> +<P>Dick replied that he was about to inquire at what port he would be likely to +find a ship to convey their party to San Francisco.</P> +<P>“That I really cannot tell you, my young friend,” rejoined Harris; “I can +only repeat my promise that we will furnish you with the means of conveyance +from San Felice to Atacama, where no doubt you will obtain all the information +you require.”</P> +<P>“I hope you will not think that Dick is insensible to your kindness, Mr. +Harris,” said Mrs. Weldon, apologetically.</P> +<P>“On the contrary,” promptly observed Dick; “I fully appreciate it; I only +wish we had been cast ashore upon a spot where we should have had no need to +intrude upon his generosity.”</P> +<P>“I assure you, madam, it gives me unbounded pleasure to serve you in any +way,” said Harris; “it is, as I have told you, not often that I come in contact +with any of my own countrymen.”</P> +<P>“Then we accept your offer as frankly as it is made,” replied the lady, +adding; “but I cannot consent to deprive you of your horse. I am a very good +walker.”</P> +<P>“So am I,” said Harris, with a bow, “and consequently I intend you and your +little son to ride. I am used to long tramps through the pampas. Besides, it is +not at all unlikely that we shall come across some of the workpeople belonging +to the hacienda; if so, they will be able to give us a mount.”</P> +<P>Convinced that it would only be thwarting Mrs. Weldon’s wishes to throw any +further impediment in the way, Dick Sands suppressed his desire to raise fresh +obstacles, and simply asked how soon they ought to start.</P> +<P>“This very day, at once,” said Harris quickly.</P> +<P>“So soon?” asked Dick.</P> +<P>“Yes. The rainy season begins in April, and the sooner we are at San Felice +the better. The way through the forest is the safest as well as the shortest, +for we shall be less likely to meet any of the nomad Indians, who are notorious +robbers.”</P> +<P>Without making any direct reply, Dick proceeded to instruct the negroes to +choose such of the provisions as were most easy of transport, and to make them +up into packages, that every one might carry a due share. Hercules with his +usual good nature professed himself willing to carry the entire load; a +proposal, however, to which Dick would not listen for a moment.</P> +<P>“You are a fine fellow, Hercules” said Harris, scrutinizing the giant with +the eye of a connoisseur; “you would be worth something in the African +market.”</P> +<P>“Those who want me now must catch me first,” retorted Hercules, with a +grin.</P> +<P>The services of all hands were enlisted, and in a comparatively short time +sufficient food was packed up to supply the party for about ten days’ march.</P> +<P>“You must allow us to show you what hospitality is in our power,” said Mrs. +Weldon, addressing her new acquaintance; “our breakfast will be ready in a +quarter of an hour, and we shall be happy if you will join us.”</P> +<P>“It will give me much pleasure,” answered Harris, gaily; “I will employ the +interval in fetching my horse, who has breakfasted already.”</P> +<P>“I will accompany you,” said Dick.</P> +<P>“By all means, my young friend; come with me, and I will show you the lower +part of the river.”</P> +<P>While they were gone, Hercules was sent in search of Cousin Benedict, who was +wandering on the top of the cliff in quest of some wonderful insect, which, of +course, was not to be found. Without asking his permission, Hercules +unceremoniously brought him back to Mrs. Weldon, who explained how they were +about to start upon a ten days’ march into the interior of the country. The +entomologist was quite satisfied with the arrangement, and declared himself +ready for a march across the entire continent, as long as he was free to be +adding to his collection on the way.</P> +<P>Thus assured of her cousin’s acquiescence in her plans; Mrs. Weldon proceeded +to prepare such a substantial meal as she hoped would invigorate them all for +the approaching journey.</P> +<P>Harris and Dick Sands, meantime, had turned the corner of the cliff, and +walked about 300 paces along the shore until they came to a tree to which a +horse was tethered. The creature neighed as it recognized its master. It was a +strong-built animal, of a kind that Dick had not seen</P> +<P>[Illustration: They came to a tree to which a horse was tethered.]</P> +<P>before, although its long neck and crupper, short loins, flat shoulders and +arched forehead indicated that it was of Arabian breed.</P> +<P>“Plenty of strength here,” Harris said, as after unfastening the horse, he +took it by the bridle and began to lead it along the shore.</P> +<P>Dick made no reply; he was casting a hasty glance at the forest which +enclosed them on either hand; it was an unattractive sight, but he observed +nothing to give him any particular ground for uneasiness.</P> +<P>Turning round, he said abruptly,—</P> +<P>“Did you meet a Portuguese last night, named Negoro?”</P> +<P>“Negoro? who is Negoro?” asked Harris, in a tone of surprise.</P> +<P>“He was our ship’s cook; but he has disappeared.”</P> +<P>“Drowned, probably,” said Harris indifferently.</P> +<P>“No, he was not drowned; he was with us during the evening, but left +afterwards; I thought perhaps you might have met him along the river-side, as +you came that way.”</P> +<P>“No,” said Harris, “I saw no one; if your cook ventured alone into the +forest, most likely he has lost his way; it is possible we may pick him up upon +our road.”</P> +<P>When they arrived at the grotto, they found breakfast duly prepared. Like the +supper of the previous evening it consisted mainly of corned beef and biscuit. +Harris did ample justice to the repast.</P> +<P>“There is no fear of our starving as we go,” he observed to Mrs. Weldon; “but +I can hardly say so much for the unfortunate Portuguese, your cook, of whom my +young friend here has been speaking.”</P> +<P>“Ah! has Dick been telling you about Negoro?” Mrs. Weldon said.</P> +<P>Dick explained that he had been inquiring whether Mr. Harris had happened to +meet him in the direction he had come.</P> +<P>“I saw nothing of him,” Harris repeated; “and as he has deserted you, you +need not give yourselves any concern about him.” And apparently glad to turn the +subject, he said, “Now, madam, I am at your service; shall we start at +once?”</P> +<P>It was agreed that there was no cause for delay. Each one took up the package +that had been assigned him. Mrs. Weldon, with Hercules’ help, mounted the horse, +and Jack, with his miniature gun slung across his shoulder, was placed astride +in front of her. Without a thought of acknowledging the kindness of the +good-natured stranger in providing him so enjoyable a ride, the heedless little +fellow declared himself quite capable of guiding the “gentleman’s horse,” and +when to indulge him the bridle was put into his hand, he looked as proud as +though he had been appointed leader of the whole caravan.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVI.</H4> +<H4>THROUGH THE FOREST.</H4> +<P>Although there was no obvious cause for apprehension, it cannot be denied +that it was with a certain degree of foreboding that Dick Sands first entered +that dense forest, through which for the next ten days they were all to wend +their toilsome way.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon, on the contrary, was full of confidence and hope. A woman and a +mother, she might have been expected to be conscious of anxiety at the peril to +which she might be exposing herself and her child; and doubtless she would have +been sensible of alarm if her mind had not been fully satisfied upon two points; +first, that the portion of the pampas they were about to traverse was little +infested either by natives or by dangerous beasts; and secondly, that she was +under the protection of a guide so trustworthy as she believed Harris to be.</P> +<P>The entrance to the forest was hardly more than three hundred paces up the +river. An order of march had been arranged which was to be observed as closely +as possible throughout the journey. At the head of the troop were Harris and +Dick Sands, one armed with his long gun, the other with his Remington; next came +Bat and Austin, each carrying a gun and a cutlass, then Mrs. Weldon and Jack, on +horseback, closely followed by Tom and old Nan, while Actæon with the fourth +Remington, and Hercules with a huge hatchet in his waist-belt, brought up the +rear. Dingo had no especial place in the procession, but wandered to and fro at +his pleasure. Ever since he had been cast ashore Dick had noticed a remarkable +change in the dog’s behaviour; the animal was in a constant state of agitation, +always apparently on the search for some lost scent, and repeatedly giving vent +to a low growl, which seemed to proceed from grief rather than from rage.</P> +<P>As for Cousin Benedict, his movements were permitted to be nearly as erratic +as Dingo’s; nothing but a leading-string could possibly have kept him in the +ranks. With his tin box under his arm, and his butterfly net in his hand, and +his huge magnifying-glass suspended from his neck, he would be sometimes far +ahead, sometimes a long way behind, and at the risk of being attacked by some +venomous snake, would make frantic dashes into the tall grass whenever he espied +some attractive orthoptera or other insect which he thought might be honoured by +a place in his collection.</P> +<P>In one hour after starting Mrs. Weldon had called to him a dozen times +without the slightest effect. At last she told him seriously that if he would +not give up chasing the insects at a distance, she should be obliged to take +possession of his tin box.</P> +<P>“Take away my box!” he cried, with as much horror as if she had threatened to +tear out his vitals.</P> +<P>“Yes, your box and your net too!”</P> +<P>“My box and my net! but surely not my spectacles!” almost shrieked the +excited entomologist.</P> +<P>“Yes, and your spectacles as well!” added Mrs. Weldon mercilessly; “I am glad +you have reminded me of another means of reducing you to obedience!”</P> +<P>The triple penalty of which he was thus warned had the effect of keeping him +from wandering away for the best part of the next hour, but he was soon once +more missing from the ranks; he was manifestly incorrigible; the deprivation of +box, net, and spectacles would, it was acknowledged, be utterly without avail to +prevent him from rambling. Accordingly it was thought better to let him have his +own way, especially as Hercules volunteered to keep his eye upon him, and to +endeavour to guard the worthy naturalist as carefully as he would himself +protect some precious</P> +<P>[Illustration: The way across the forest could scarcely be called a +path.]</P> +<P>specimen of a lepidoptera. Further anxiety on his account was thus put to +rest.</P> +<P>In spite of Harris’s confident assertion that they were little likely to be +molested by any of the nomad Indians, the whole company rejoiced in feeling that +they were well armed, and they resolved to keep in a compact body. The way +across the forest could scarcely be called a path; it was, in fact, little more +than the track of animals, and progress along it was necessarily very slow; +indeed it seemed impossible, at the rate they started, to accomplish more than +five or six miles in the course of twelve hours.</P> +<P>The weather was beautifully fine; the sun ascended nearly to the zenith, and +its rays, descending almost perpendicularly, caused a degree of heat which, as +Harris pointed out, would have been unendurable upon the open plain, but was +here pleasantly tempered by the shelter of the foliage.</P> +<P>Most of the trees were quite strange to them. To an experienced eye they were +such as were remarkable more for their character then for their size. Here, on +one side, was the bauhinia, or mountain ebony; there, on the other, the molompi +or pterocarpus, its trunk exuding large quantities of resin, and of which the +strong light wood makes excellent oars or paddles; further on were fustics +heavily charged with colouring matter, and guaiacums, twelve feet in diameter, +surpassing the ordinary kind in magnitude, yet far inferior in quality.</P> +<P>Dick Sands kept perpetually asking Harris to tell him the names of all these +trees and plants.</P> +<P>“Have you never been on the coast of South America before?” replied Harris, +without giving the explicit information that was sought.</P> +<P>“Never,” said Dick; “never before. Nor do I recollect ever having seen any +one who has.”</P> +<P>“But surely you have explored the coasts of Columbia or Patagonia,” Harris +continued.</P> +<P>Dick avowed that he had never had the chance.</P> +<P>“But has Mrs. Weldon never visited these parts? Our countrymen, I know, are +great travellers.”</P> +<P>“No,” answered Mrs. Weldon; “my husband’s business called him occasionally to +New Zealand, but I have accompanied him nowhere else. With this part of Lower +Bolivia we are totally unacquainted.”</P> +<P>“Then, madam, I can only assure you that you will see a most remarkable +country, in every way a very striking contrast to the regions of Peru, Brazil, +and the Argentine republic. Its animal and vegetable products would fill a +naturalist with unbounded wonder. May I not declare it a lucky chance that has +brought you here?”</P> +<P>“Do not say chance, Mr. Harris, if you please.”</P> +<P>“Well, then, madam; providence, if you prefer it,” said Harris, with the air +of a man incapable of recognizing the distinction.</P> +<P>After finding that there was no one amongst them who was acquainted in any +way with the country through which they were travelling, Harris seemed to +exhibit an evident pleasure in pointing out and describing by name the various +wonders of the forest. Had Cousin Benedict’s attainments included a knowledge of +botany he would have found himself in a fine field for researches, and might +perchance have discovered novelties to which his own name could be appended in +the catalogues of science. But he was no botanist; in fact, as a rule, he held +all blossoms in aversion, on the ground that they entrapped insects into their +corollæ, and poisoned them sometimes with venomous juices. New and rare insects, +however, seemed hereabouts to be wanting.</P> +<P>Occasionally the soil became marshy, and they all had to wend their way over +a perfect network of tiny rivulets that were affluents of the river from which +they had started. Sometimes these rivulets were so wide that they could not be +passed without a long search for some spot where they could be forded; their +banks were all very damp, and in many places abounded with a kind of reed, which +Harris called by its proper name of papyrus.</P> +<P>As soon as the marshy district had been passed, the forest resumed its +original aspect, the footway becoming narrow as ever. Harris pointed out some +very fine ebony-trees,</P> +<P>[Illustration: Occasionally the soil became marshy.]</P> +<P>larger than the common sort, and yielding a wood darker and more durable than +what is ordinarily seen in the market. There were also more mango-trees than +might have been expected at this distance from the sea; a beautiful white lichen +enveloped their trunks like a fur; but in spite of their luxuriant foliage and +delicious fruit, Harris said that there was not a native who would venture to +propagate the species, as the superstition of the country is that “whoever +plants a mango, dies!”</P> +<P>At noon a halt was made for the purpose of rest and refreshment. During the +afternoon they arrived at some gently rising ground, not the first slopes of +hills, but an insulated plateau which appeared to unite mountains and plains. +Notwithstanding that the trees were far less crowded and more inclined to grow +in detached groups, the numbers of herbaceous plants with which the soil was +covered rendered progress no less difficult than it was before. The general +aspect of the scene was not unlike an East Indian jungle. Less luxuriant indeed +than in the lower valley of the river, the vegetation was far more abundant than +that of the temperate zones either of the Old or New continents. Indigo grew in +great profusion, and, according to Harris’s representation, was the most +encroaching plant in the whole country; no sooner, he said, was a field left +untilled, than it was overrun by this parasite, which sprang up with the rank +growth of thistles or nettles.</P> +<P>One tree which might have been expected to be common in this part of the +continent seemed entirely wanting. This was the caoutchouc. Of the various trees +from which India-rubber is procured, such as the Ficus prinoides, the Castilioa +elastica, the Cecropia peltata, the Callophora utilis, the Cameraria latifolia, +and especially the Siphonia elastica, all of which abound in the provinces of +South America, not a single specimen was to be seen. Dick had promised to show +Jack an India-rubber-tree, and the child, who had conjured up visions of +squeaking dolls, balls, and other toys growing upon its branches, was loud and +constant in his expressions of disappointment.</P> +<P>“Never mind, my little man,” said Harris; “have patience, and you shall see +hundreds of India-rubber-trees when you get to the hacienda.”</P> +<P>“And will they be nice and elastic?” asked Jack, whose ideas upon the subject +were of the vaguest order.</P> +<P>“Oh, yes, they will stretch as long as you like,” Harris answered, laughing. +“But here is something to amuse you,” he added, and as he spoke, he gathered a +fruit that looked as tempting as a peach.</P> +<P>“You are quite sure that it is safe to give it him?” said Mrs. Weldon +anxiously.</P> +<P>“To satisfy you, madam, I will eat one first myself.”</P> +<P>The example he set was soon followed by all the rest. The fruit was a mango; +that which had been so opportunely discovered was of the sort that ripens in +March or April; there is a later kind which ripens in September. With his mouth +full of juice, Jack pronounced that it was very nice, but did not seem to be +altogether diverted from his sense of disappointment at not coming to an +India-rubber-tree. Evidently the little man thought himself rather injured.</P> +<P>“And Dick promised me some humming-birds too!” he murmured.</P> +<P>“Plenty of humming-birds for you, when you get to the farm; lots of them +where my brother lives,” said Harris.</P> +<P>And to say the truth, there was nothing extravagant in the way the child’s +anticipations had been raised, for in Bolivia humming-birds are found in great +abundance. The Indians, who weave their plumage into all kinds of artistic +designs, have bestowed the most poetical epithets upon these gems of the +feathered race. They call them “rays of the sun,” and “tresses of the day-star;” +at one time they will describe them as “king of flowers,” at another as +“blossoms of heaven kissing blossoms of earth,” or as “the jewel that reflects +the sunbeam.” In fact their imagination seems to have shaped a suitable +distinction for almost every one of the 150 known species of this dazzling +little beauty.</P> +<P>But however numerous humming-birds might be expected to be in the Bolivian +forest, they proved scarce enough at present, and Jack had to content himself +with Harris’s representations that they did not like solitude, but would be +found plentifully at San Felice, where they would be heard all day long humming +like a spinning-wheel. Already Jack said he longed to be there, a wish that was +so unanimously echoed by all the rest, that they resolved that no stoppage +should be allowed beyond what was absolutely indispensable.</P> +<P>After a time the forest began to alter its aspect. The trees were even less +crowded, opening now and then into wide glades. The soil, cropping up above its +carpet of verdure, exhibited veins of rose granite and syenite, like plates of +lapis lazuli; on some of the higher ground, the fleshy tubers of the +sarsaparilla plant, growing in a hopeless entanglement, made progress a matter +of still greater difficulty than in the narrow tracks of the dense forest.</P> +<P>At sunset the travellers found that they had accomplished about eight miles +from their starting-point. They could not prognosticate what hardships might be +in store for them on future days, but it was certain that the experiences of the +first day had been neither eventful nor very fatiguing. It was now unanimously +agreed that they should make a halt for the night, and as little was to be +apprehended from the attacks either of man or beast, it was considered +unnecessary to form anything like a regular encampment. One man on guard, to be +relieved every few hours, was presumed to be sufficient. Admirable shelter was +offered by an enormous mango, the spreading foliage of which formed a kind of +natural verandah, sweeping the ground so thoroughly that any one who chose could +find sleeping-quarters in its very branches.</P> +<P>Simultaneously with the halting of the party there was heard a deafening +tumult in the upper boughs. The mango was the roosting place of a colony of grey +parrots, a noisy, quarrelsome, and rapacious race, of whose true characteristics +the specimens seen in confinement in Europe give no true conception. Their +screeching and chattering were such a nuisance that Dick Sands wanted to fire a +shot into the middle of them, but Harris seriously dissuaded him, urging that +the report of firearms would only serve to reveal their own presence, whilst +their greatest safety lay in perfect silence.</P> +<P>Supper was prepared. There was little need of cooking. The meal, as before, +consisted of preserved meat and biscuit. Fresh water, which they flavoured with +a few drops of rum, was obtained from an adjacent stream which trickled through +the grass. By way of dessert they had an abundance of ripe mangoes, and the only +drawback to their general enjoyment was the discordant outcry which the parrots +kept up, as it were in protest against the invasion of what they held to be +their own rightful domain.</P> +<P>It was nearly dark when supper was ended. The evening shade crept slowly +upwards to the tops of the trees, which soon stood out in sharp relief against +the lighter background of the sky, while the stars, one by one, began to peep. +The wind dropped, and ceased to murmur through the foliage; to the general +relief, the parrots desisted from their clatter; and as Nature hushed herself to +rest, she seemed to be inviting all her children to follow her example.</P> +<P>“Had we not better light a good large fire?” asked Dick.</P> +<P>“By no means,” said Harris; “the nights are not cold, and under this +wide-spreading mango the ground is not likely to be damp. Besides, as I have +told you before, our best security consists in our taking care to attract no +attention whatever from without.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon interposed,—</P> +<P>“It may be true enough that we have nothing to dread from the Indians, but is +it certain that there are no dangerous quadrupeds against which we are bound to +be upon our guard?”</P> +<P>Harris answered,—</P> +<P>“I can positively assure you, madam, that there are no animals here but such +as would be infinitely more afraid of you than you would be of them.”</P> +<P>“Are there any woods without wild beasts?” asked Jack.</P> +<P>“All woods are not alike, my boy,” replied Harris;</P> +<P>“this wood is a great park. As the Indians say, ‘Es como el Pariso;’ it is +like Paradise.”</P> +<P>Jack persisted,—</P> +<P>“There must be snakes, and lions, and tigers.”</P> +<P>“Ask your mamma, my boy,” said Harris, “whether she ever heard of lions and +tigers in America?”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon was endeavouring to put her little boy at his ease on this point, +when Cousin Benedict interposed, saying that although there were no lions or +tigers, there were plenty of jaguars and panthers in the New World.</P> +<P>“And won’t they kill us?” demanded Jack eagerly, his apprehensions once more +aroused.</P> +<P>“Kill you?” laughed Harris; “why, your friend Hercules here could strangle +them, two at a time, one in each hand!”</P> +<P>“But, please, don’t let the panthers come near me!” pleaded Jack, evidently +alarmed.</P> +<P>“No, no, Master Jack, they shall not come near you. I will give them a good +grip first,” and the giant displayed his two rows of huge white teeth.</P> +<P>Dick Sands proposed that it should be the four younger negroes who should be +assigned the task of keeping watch during the night, in attendance upon himself; +but Actæon insisted so strongly upon the necessity of Dick’s having his full +share of rest, that the others were soon brought to the same conviction, and +Dick was obliged to yield.</P> +<P>Jack valiantly announced his intention of taking one watch, but his sleepy +eyelids made it only too plain that he did not know the extent of his own +fatigue.</P> +<P>“I am sure there are wolves here,” he said.</P> +<P>“Only such wolves as Dingo would swallow at a mouthful,” said Harris.</P> +<P>“But I am sure there are wolves,” he insisted, repeating the word “wolves” +again and again, until he tumbled off to sleep against the side of old Nan. Mrs. +Weldon gave her little son a silent kiss; it was her loving “good night.”</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict was missing. Some little time before, he had slipped away in +search of “cocuyos,” or fire-flies, which he had heard were common in South +America.</P> +<P>Those singular insects emit a bright bluish light from two spots on the side +of the thorax, and their colours are so brilliant that they are used as +ornaments for ladies’ headdresses. Hoping to secure some specimens for his box, +Benedict would have wandered to an unlimited distance; but Hercules, faithful to +his undertaking, soon discovered him, and heedless of the naturalist’s +protestations and vociferations, promptly escorted him back to the general +rendezvous.</P> +<P>Hercules himself was the first to keep watch, but with this exception, the +whole party, in another hour, were wrapped in peaceful slumber.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Hercules himself was the first to keep watch.]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVII</H4> +<H4>MISGIVINGS.</H4> +<P>Most travellers who have passed a night in a South American forest have been +roused from their slumbers by a <I>matinée musicale</I> more fantastic than +melodious, performed by monkeys, as their ordinary greeting of the dawn. The +yelling, chattering, screeching, howling, all unite to form a chorus almost +unearthly in its hideousness.</P> +<P>Amongst the various specimens of the numerous family of the quadrumana ought +to be recognized the little marikina; the sagouin, with its parti-coloured face; +the grey mora, the skin of which is used by the Indians for covering their +gun-locks; the sapajou, with its singular tuft over the forehead, and, most +remarkable of all, the guariba (<I>Simia Beelzebul</I>) with its prehensile tail +and diabolical countenance.</P> +<P>At the first streak of daylight the senior member, as choragus, will start +the key-note in a sonorous barytone, the younger monkeys join in tenor and alto, +and the concert begins. But this morning there was no concert at all. There was +nothing of the wonted serenade to break the silence of the forest. The shrill +notes resulting from the rapid vibration of the hyoid bones of the throat were +not to be heard. Indians would have been disappointed and perplexed; they are +very fond of the flesh of the guariba when smoked and dried, and they would +certainly have missed the chant of the monkey “paternosters;” but Dick Sands and +his companions were unfamiliar with any of these things, and accordingly the +singular quietude was to them a matter of no surprise.</P> +<P>They all awoke much refreshed by their night’s rest, which there had been +nothing to disturb. Jack was by no means the latest in opening his eyes, and his +first words were addressed to Hercules, asking him whether he had caught a wolf +with his teeth. Hercules had to acknowledge that he had tasted nothing all +night, and declared himself quite ready for breakfast. The whole party were +unanimous in this respect, and after a brief morning prayer, breakfast was +expeditiously served by old Nan. The meal was but a repetition of the last +evening’s supper, but with their appetites sharpened by the fresh forest air, +and anxious to fortify themselves for a good day’s march, they did not fail to +do ample justice to their simple fare. Even Cousin Benedict, for once in his +life at least, partook of his food as if it were not utterly a matter of +indifference to him; but he grumbled very much at the restraint to which he +considered himself subjected; he could not see the good of coming to such a +country as this, if he were to be obliged to walk about with his hands in his +pockets; and he protested that if Hercules did not leave him alone and permit +him to catch fire-flies, there would be a bone to pick between them. Hercules +did not look very much alarmed at the threat. Mrs. Weldon, however, took him +aside, and telling him that she did not wish to deprive the enthusiast entirely +of his favourite occupation, instructed him to allow her cousin as much liberty +as possible, provided he did not lose sight of him.</P> +<P>The morning meal was over, and it was only seven o’clock when the travellers +were once more on their way towards the east, preserving the same marching-order +as on the day before.</P> +<P>The path was still through luxuriant forest. The vegetable kingdom reigned +supreme. As the plateau was immediately adjacent to tropical latitudes, the +sun’s rays during the summer months descended perpendicularly upon the virgin +soil, and the vast amount of heat thus obtained combined with the abundant +moisture retained in the subsoil, caused vegetation to assume a character which +was truly magnificent.</P> +<P>Dick Sands could not overcome a certain sense of mystification. Here they +were, as Harris told them, in the region of the pampas, a word which he knew in +the Quichna dialect signifies “a plain;” but he had always read that these +plains were characterized by a deficiency alike of water, of trees, and rocks; +he had always understood that during the rainy season, thistles spring up in +great abundance and grow until they form thickets that are well-nigh +impenetrable; he had imagined that the few dwarf trees and prickly shrubs that +exist during the summer only stamp the general scene with an aspect of yet more +thorough bareness and desolation. But how different was everything to all this! +The forest never ceased to stretch away interminably to the horizon. There were +no tokens of the rough nakedness that he had expected. Dick seemed to be driven +to the conclusion that Harris was right in describing this plateau of Atacama, +which he had for his part most firmly believed to be a vast desert between the +Andes and the Pacific, as a region that was quite exceptional in its natural +features.</P> +<P>It was not in Dick’s character to keep his reflections to himself. In the +course of the morning he expressed his extreme surprise at finding the pampas +answer so little to his preconceived ideas.</P> +<P>“Have I not understood correctly,” he said, “that the pampas is similar to +the North American savannahs, only less marshy?”</P> +<P>Harris replied that such was indeed a correct description of the pampas of +Rio Colorado, and the Ilanos of Venezuela and the Orinoco.</P> +<P>“But,” he continued, “I own I am as much astonished as yourself at the +character of this region; I have never crossed the plateau before, and I must +confess it is altogether different to what you find beyond the Andes towards the +Atlantic.”</P> +<P>“You don’t mean that we are going to cross the Andes?” said Dick, in sudden +alarm.</P> +<P>Harris smiled.</P> +<P>“No, no, indeed. With our limited means of transport such an undertaking +would have been rash in the extreme. We had better have kept to the coast for +ever rather than incur such a risk. Our destination, San Felice, is on this side +of the range, and in order to reach it, we shall not have to leave the plateau, +of which the greatest elevation is but little over 1500 feet.”</P> +<P>“And you say,” Dick persisted, “that you have really no fear of losing your +way in a forest such as this, a forest into which you have never set foot +before?”</P> +<P>“No fear whatever,” Harris answered; “so accustomed am I to travelling of +this kind, that I can steer my way by a thousand signs revealing themselves in +the growth of the trees, and in the composition of the soil, which would never +present themselves to your notice. I assure you that I anticipate no +difficulties.”</P> +<P>This conversation was not heard by any of the rest of the party. Harris +seemed to speak as frankly as he did fearlessly, and Dick felt that there might +be, after all, no just grounds for any of his own misgivings.</P> +<P>Five days passed by, and the 12th of April arrived without any special +incident. Nine miles had been the average distance accomplished in a day; +regular periods of rest had been taken, and, except that Jack’s spirits had +somewhat flagged, the fatigue did not seem to have interfered with the general +good health of the travellers.</P> +<P>First disappointed of his India-rubber-tree, and then of his humming birds, +Jack had inquired about the beautiful parrots which he had been led to expect he +should see in this wonderful forest. Where were the bright green macaws? where +were the gaudy aras with their bare white cheeks and pointed tails, which seem +never to light upon the ground? and where, too, were all the brilliant +parroquets, with their feathered faces, and indeed the whole variety of those +forest chatterers of which the Indians affirm that they speak the language of +nations long extinct?</P> +<P>It is true that there was no lack of the common grey parrots with crimson +tails, but these were no novelty; Jack</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Don’t Fire!”]</P> +<P>had seen plenty of them before, for owing to their reputation of being the +most clever in mimickry of the Psittacidæ, they have been domesticated +everywhere in both the Old and New worlds.</P> +<P>But Jack’s dissatisfaction was nothing compared to Cousin Benedict’s. In +spite of being allowed to wander away from the rank, he had failed to discover a +single insect which was worth the pursuit; not even a fire-fly danced at night; +nature seemed to be mocking him, and his ill-humour increased accordingly.</P> +<P>In this way the journey was continued for four days longer, and on the 16th +it was estimated that they must have travelled between eighty and ninety miles +north-eastwards from the coast. Harris positively asserted that they could not +be much more than twenty miles from San Felice, and that by pushing forwards +they might expect in eight-and-forty hours to find themselves lodged in +comfortable quarters.</P> +<P>But although they had thus succeeded in traversing this vast table-land, they +had not seen one human inhabitant. Dick was more than ever perplexed, and it was +a subject of bitter regret to him that they had not stranded upon some more +frequented part of the shore, near some village or plantation where Mrs. Weldon +might long since have found a suitable refuge.</P> +<P>Deserted, however, as the country apparently was by man, it had latterly +shown itself much more abundantly tenanted by animals. Many a time a long, +plaintive cry was heard, which Harris attributed to the tardigrades or sloths +often found in wooded districts, and known by the name of “ais;” and in the +middle of the dinner-halt on this day, a loud hissing suddenly broke upon the +air which made Mrs. Weldon start to her feet in alarm.</P> +<P>“A serpent!” cried Dick, catching up his loaded gun.</P> +<P>The negroes, following Dick’s example, were in a moment on the alert.</P> +<P>“Don’t fire!” cried Harris.</P> +<P>There was indeed nothing improbable in the supposition that a “sucuru,” a +species of boa, sometimes measuring forty feet in length, had just moved itself +in the long grass at their side, but Harris affirmed that the “sucuru” never +hisses, and declared that the noise had really come from animals of an entirely +inoffensive character.</P> +<P>“What animals?” asked Dick, always eager for information, which it must be +granted Harris seemed always equally anxious to give.</P> +<P>“Antelopes,” replied Harris; “but, hush! not a sound, or you will frighten +them away.”</P> +<P>“Antelopes!” cried Dick; “I must see them; I must get close to them.”</P> +<P>“More easily said than done,” answered Harris, shaking his head; but Dick was +not to be diverted from his purpose, and, gun in hand, crept into the grass. He +had not advanced many yards before a herd of about a dozen gazelles, graceful in +body, with short, pointed horns, dashed past him like a glowing cloud, and +disappeared in the underwood without giving him time to take a shot.</P> +<P>“I told you beforehand what you would have to expect,” said Harris, as Dick, +with a considerable sense of disappointment, returned to the party.</P> +<P>Impossible, however, as it had been fairly to scrutinize the antelopes, such +was hardly the case with another herd of animals, the identification of which +led to a somewhat singular discussion between Harris and the rest.</P> +<P>About four o’clock on the afternoon of the same day, the travellers were +halting for a few moments near an opening in the forest, when three or four +large animals emerged from a thicket about a hundred paces ahead, and scampered +off at full speed. In spite of what Harris had urged, Dick put his gun to his +shoulder, and was on the very point of firing, when Harris knocked the rifle +quickly aside.</P> +<P>“They were giraffes!” shouted Dick.</P> +<P>The announcement awakened the curiosity of Jack, who quickly scrambled to his +feet upon the saddle on which he was lounging.</P> +<P>“My dear Dick,” said Mrs. Weldon, “there are no giraffes in America!”</P> +<P>[Illustration: A herd of gazelles dashed past him like a glowing cloud.]</P> +<P>“Certainly not,” cried Harris; “they were not giraffes, they were ostriches +which you saw!”</P> +<P>“Ostriches with four legs! that will never do! what do you say. Mrs. +Weldon?”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon replied that she had certainly taken the animals for quadrupeds, +and all the negroes were under the same impression.</P> +<P>Laughing heartily, Harris said it was far from an uncommon thing for an +inexperienced eye to mistake a large ostrich for a small giraffe; the shape of +both was so similar, that it often quite escaped observation as to whether the +long necks terminated in a beak or a muzzle; besides, what need of discussion +could there be when the fact was established that giraffes are unknown in the +New World? The reasoning was plausible enough, and Mrs Weldon and the negroes +were soon convinced. But Dick was far from satisfied.</P> +<P>“I did not know that there was an American ostrich!” he again objected.</P> +<P>“Oh, yes,” replied Harris promptly, “there is a species called the nandu, +which is very well known here; we shall probably see some more of them.”</P> +<P>The statement was correct; the nandu is common in the plains of South +America, and is distinguished from the African ostrich by having three toes, all +furnished with claws. It is a fine bird, sometimes exceeding six feet in height; +it has a short beak, and its wings are furnished with blue-grey plumes. Harris +appeared well acquainted with the bird, and proceeded to give a very precise +account of its habits. In concluding his remarks, he again pressed upon Dick his +most urgent request that he should abstain from firing upon any animal whatever. +It was of the utmost consequence.</P> +<P>Dick made no reply. He was silent and thoughtful. Grave doubts had arisen in +his mind, and he could neither explain nor dispel them.</P> +<P>When the march was resumed on the following day, Harris asserted his +conviction that another four-and-twenty hours would bring them to the +hacienda.</P> +<P>“And there, madam,” he said, addressing Mrs. Weldon, “we can offer you every +essential comfort, though you may not find the luxuries of your own home in San +Francisco.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon repeated her expression of gratitude for the proffered +hospitality, owning that she should now be exceedingly glad to reach the farm, +as she was anxious about her little son, who appeared to be threatened with the +symptoms of incipient fever.</P> +<P>Harris could not deny that although the climate was usually very healthy, it +nevertheless did occasionally produce a kind of intermittent fever during March +and April.</P> +<P>“But nature has provided the proper remedy,” said Dick; and perceiving that +Harris did not comprehend his meaning, he continued, “Are we not in the region +of the quinquinas, the bark of which is notoriously the medicine with which +attacks of fever are usually treated? for my part, I am amazed that we have not +seen numbers of them already.”</P> +<P>“Ah! yes, yes; I know what you mean,” answered Harris, after a moment’s +hesitation; “they are trees, however, not always easy to find; they rarely grow +in groups, and in spite of their large leaves and fragrant red blossom, the +Indians themselves often have a difficulty in recognizing them; the feature that +distinguishes them most is their evergreen foliage”</P> +<P>At Mrs. Weldon’s request, Harris promised to point out the tree if he should +see one, but added that when she reached the hacienda, she would be able to +obtain some sulphate of quinine, which was much more efficacious than the +unprepared bark.</P> +<P>[Footnote: This bark was formerly, reduced to powder, known as “Pulvis +Jesuiticus,” because in the year 1649 the Jesuits in Rome imported a large +quantity of it from their missionaries in South America.]</P> +<P>The day passed without further incident. No rain had fallen at present, +though the warm mist that rose from the soil betokened an approaching change of +weather; the rainy season was certainly not far distant, but to travellers</P> +<P>[Illustration: A halt was made for the night beneath a grove of lofty trees. +]</P> +<P>who indulged the expectation of being in a few hours in a place of shelter, +this was not a matter of great concern.</P> +<P>Evening came, and a halt was made for the night beneath a grove of lofty +trees. If Harris had not miscalculated, they could hardly be more than about six +miles from their destination; so confirmed, however, was Dick Sands in his +strange suspicions, that nothing could induce him to relax any of the usual +precautions, and he particularly insisted upon the negroes, turn by turn, +keeping up the accustomed watch.</P> +<P>Worn out by fatigue, the little party were glad to lie down, but they had +scarcely dropped off to sleep when they were aroused by a sharp cry.</P> +<P>“Who’s that? who’s there? what’s the matter?” exclaimed Dick, the first to +rise to his feet.</P> +<P>“It is I,” answered Benedict’s voice; “I am bitten. Something has bitten +me.”</P> +<P>“A snake!” exclaimed Mrs. Weldon in alarm.</P> +<P>“No, no, cousin, better than that! it was not a snake; I believe it was an +orthoptera; I have it all right,” he shouted triumphantly.</P> +<P>“Then kill it quickly, sir; and let us go to sleep again in peace,” said +Harris.</P> +<P>“Kill it! not for the world! I must have a light, and look at it!”</P> +<P>Dick Sands indulged him, for reasons of his own, in getting a light. The +entomologist carefully opened his hand and displayed an insect somewhat smaller +than a bee, of a dull colour, streaked with yellow on the under portion of the +body. He looked radiant with delight.</P> +<P>“A diptera!” he exclaimed, half beside himself with joy, “a most famous +diptera!”</P> +<P>“Is it venomous?” asked Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Not at all to men; it only hurts elephants and buffaloes.”</P> +<P>“But tell us its name! what is it?” cried Dick impetuously.</P> +<P>The naturalist began to speak in a slow, oracular tone.</P> +<P>“This insect is here a prodigy; it is an insect totally unknown in this +country,—in America.”</P> +<P>“Tell us its name!” roared Dick.</P> +<P>“It is a tzetzy, sir, a true tzetzy.”</P> +<P>Dick’s heart sank like a stone. He was speechless. He did not, dared not, ask +more. Only too well he knew where the tzetzy could alone be found. He did not +close his eyes again that night.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVIII.</H4> +<H4>A TERRIBLE DISCOVERY.</H4> +<P>The morning of the 18th dawned, the day on which, according to Harris’s +prediction, the travellers were to be safely housed at San Felice. Mrs. Weldon +was really much relieved at the prospect, for she was aware that her strength +must prove inadequate to the strain of a more protracted journey. The condition +of her little boy, who was alternately flushed with fever, and pale with +exhaustion, had begun to cause her great anxiety, and unwilling to resign the +care of the child even to Nan his faithful nurse, she insisted upon carrying him +in her own arms. Twelve days and nights, passed in the open air, had done much +to try her powers of endurance, and the charge of a sick child in addition would +soon break down her strength entirely.</P> +<P>Dick Sands, Nan, and the negroes had all borne the march very fairly. Their +stock of provisions, though of course considerably diminished, was still far +from small. As for Harris, he had shown himself pre-eminently adapted for +forest-life, and capable of bearing any amount of fatigue. Yet, strange to say, +as he approached the end of the journey, his manner underwent a remarkable +change; instead of conversing in his ordinary frank and easy way, he became +silent and preoccupied, as if engrossed in his own thoughts. Perhaps he had an +instinctive consciousness that “his young friend,” as he was in the habit of +addressing Dick, was entertaining hard suspicions about him.</P> +<P>The march was resumed. The trees once again ceased to be crowded in +impenetrable masses, but stood in clusters at considerable distances apart. Now, +Dick tried to argue with himself, they must be coming to the true pampas, or the +man must be designedly misleading them; and yet what motive could he have?</P> +<P>Although during the earlier part of the day there occurred nothing that could +be said absolutely to justify Dick’s increasing uneasiness, two circumstances +transpired which did not escape his observation, and which, he felt, might be +significant. The first of these was a sudden change in Dingo’s behaviour. The +dog, throughout the march, had uniformly run along with his nose upon the +ground, smelling the grass and shrubs, and occasionally uttering a sad low +whine; but to-day he seemed all agitation; he scampered about with bristling +coat, with his head erect, and ever and again burst into one of those furious +fits of barking, with which he had formerly been accustomed to greet Negoro’s +appearance upon the deck of the “Pilgrim.”</P> +<P>The idea that flitted across Dick’s mind was shared by Tom.</P> +<P>“Look, Mr. Dick, look at Dingo; he is at his old ways again,” said he; “it is +just as if Negoro....”</P> +<P>“Hush!” said Dick to the old man, who continued in a lower voice,—</P> +<P>“It is just as if Negoro had followed us; do you think it is likely?”</P> +<P>“It might perhaps be to his advantage to follow us, if he doesn’t know the +country; but if he does know the country, why then....”</P> +<P>Dick did not finish his sentence, but whistled to Dingo. The dog reluctantly +obeyed the call.</P> +<P>As soon as the dog was at his side, Dick patted him, repeating,—</P> +<P>“Good dog! good Dingo! where’s Negoro?”</P> +<P>The sound of Negoro’s name had its usual effect; it seemed to irritate the +animal exceedingly, and he barked furiously, and apparently wanted to dash into +the thicket.</P> +<P>Harris had been an interested spectator of the scene, and now approached with +a peculiar expression on his countenance, and inquired what they were saying to +Dingo.</P> +<P>“Oh, nothing much,” replied Tom; “we were only asking him for news of a lost +acquaintance.”</P> +<P>“Ah, I suppose you mean that Portuguese cook of yours.”</P> +<P>“Yes,” answered Tom; “we fancied from Dingo’s behaviour, that Negoro must be +somewhere close at hand.”</P> +<P>“Why don’t you send and search the underwood? perhaps the poor wretch is in +distress.”</P> +<P>“No need of that, Mr. Harris; Negoro, I have no doubt, is quite capable of +taking care of himself.”</P> +<P>“Well, just as you please, my young friend,” said Harris, with an air of +indifference.</P> +<P>Dick turned away; he continued his endeavours to pacify Dingo, and the +conversation dropped.</P> +<P>The other thing that had arrested Dick’s attention was the behaviour of the +horse. If they had been as near the hacienda as Harris described, would not the +animal have pricked up its ears, sniffed the air, and with dilated nostril, +exhibited some sign of satisfaction, as being upon familiar ground?</P> +<P>But nothing of the kind was to be observed; the horse plodded along as +unconcernedly as if a stable were as far away as ever.</P> +<P>Even Mrs. Weldon was not so engrossed with her child, but what she was fain +to express her wonder at the deserted aspect of the country. No trace of a +farm-labourer was anywhere to be seen! She cast her eye at Harris, who was in +his usual place in front, and observing how he was looking first to the left, +and then to the right, with the air of a man who was uncertain of his path, she +asked herself whether it was possible their guide might have lost his way. She +dared not entertain the idea, and averted her eyes, that she might not be +harassed by his movements.</P> +<P>After crossing an open plain about a mile in width, the travellers once again +entered the forest, which resumed something of the same denseness that had +characterized it farther to the west. In the course of the afternoon, they came +to a spot which was marked very distinctly by the vestiges of some enormous +animals, which must have passed quite recently. As Dick looked carefully about +him, he observed that the branches were all torn off or broken to a considerable +height, and that the foot-tracks in the trampled grass were much too large to be +those either of jaguars or panthers. Even if it were possible that the prints on +the ground had been made by ais or other taidigrades, this would fail to account +in the least for the trees being broken to such a height. Elephants alone were +capable of working such destruction in the underwood, but elephants were unknown +in America. Dick was puzzled, but controlled himself so that he would not apply +to Harris for any enlightenment; his intuition made him aware that a man who had +once tried to make him believe that giraffes were ostriches, would not hesitate +a second time to impose upon his credulity.</P> +<P>More than ever was Dick becoming convinced that Harris was a traitor, and he +was secretly prompted to tax him with his treachery. Still he was obliged to own +that he could not assign any motive for the man acting in such a manner with the +survivors of the “Pilgrim,” and consequently hesitated before he actually +condemned him for conduct so base and heartless. What could be done? he +repeatedly asked himself. On board ship the boy captain might perchance have +been able to devise some plan for the safety of those so strangely committed to +his charge, but here on an unknown shore, he could only suffer from the burden +of this responsibility the more, because he was so utterly powerless to act.</P> +<P>He made up his mind on one point. He determined not to alarm the poor anxious +mother a moment before he was actually compelled. It was his carrying out this +determination that explained why on subsequently arriving at a considerable +stream, where he saw some huge heads, swollen muzzles, long tusks and unwieldy +bodies rising from amidst the rank wet grass, he uttered no word and gave no +gesture of surprise; but only too well he knew, at a glance, that he must be +looking at a herd of hippopotamuses.</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Look here! here are hands, men’s hands.”]</P> +<P>It was a weary march that day; a general feeling of depression spread +involuntarily from one to another; hardly conscious to herself of her weariness, +Mrs. Weldon was exhibiting manifest symptoms of lassitude; and it was only +Dick’s moral energy and sense of duty that kept him from succumbing to the +prevailing dejection.</P> +<P>About four o’clock, Tom noticed something lying in the grass, and stooping +down he picked up a kind of knife; it was of peculiar shape, being very wide and +flat in the blade, while its handle, which was of ivory, was ornamented with a +good deal of clumsy carving. He carried it at once to Dick, who, when he had +scrutinized it, held it up to Harris, with the remark,—</P> +<P>“There must be natives not far off.”</P> +<P>“Quite right, my young friend; the hacienda must be a very few miles +away,—but yet, but yet....”</P> +<P>He hesitated.</P> +<P>“You don’t mean that you are not sure of your way,” said Dick sharply.”</P> +<P>“Not exactly that,” replied Harris; “yet in taking this short cut across the +forest, I am inclined to think I am a mile or so out of the way. Perhaps I had +better walk on a little way, and look about me.”</P> +<P>“No; you do not leave us here,” cried Dick firmly.</P> +<P>“Not against your will; but remember, I do not undertake to guide you in the +dark.”</P> +<P>“We must spare you the necessity for that. I can answer for it that Mrs. +Weldon will raise no objection to spending another night in the open air. We can +start off to-morrow morning as early as we like, and if the distance be only +what you represent, a few hours will easily accomplish it.”</P> +<P>“As you please,” answered Harris with cold civility.</P> +<P>Just then, Dingo again burst out into a vehement fit of barking, and it +required no small amount of coaxing on Dick’s part to make him cease from his +noise.</P> +<P>It was decided that the halt should be made at once. Mrs. Weldon, as it had +been anticipated, urged nothing against it, being preoccupied by her immediate +attentions to Jack, who was lying in her arms, suffering from a decided attack +of fever. The shelter of a large thicket had just been selected by Dick as a +suitable resting-place for the night, when Tom, who was assisting in the +necessary preparations, suddenly gave a cry of horror.</P> +<P>“What is it, Tom?” asked Dick very calmly.</P> +<P>“Look! look at these trees! they are spattered with blood! and look here! +here are hands, men’s hands, cut off and lying on the ground!”</P> +<P>“What?” cried Dick, and in an instant was at his side.</P> +<P>His presence of mind did not fail him; he whispered,—</P> +<P>“Hush! Tom! hush! not a word!”</P> +<P>But it was with a shudder that ran through his veins that he witnessed for +himself the mutilated fragments of several human bodies, and saw, lying beside +them, some broken forks, and some bits of iron chain.</P> +<P>The sight of the gory remains made Dingo bark ferociously, and Dick, who was +most anxious that Mrs. Weldon’s attention should not be called to the discovery, +had the greatest difficulty in driving him back; but fortunately the lady’s mind +was so engrossed with her patient, that she did not observe the commotion. +Harris stood aloof; there was no one to notice the change that passed over his +countenance, but the expression was almost diabolical in its malignity.</P> +<P>Poor old Tom himself seemed perfectly spell-bound. With his hands clenched, +his eyes dilated, and his breast heaving with emotion, he kept repeating without +anything like coherence, the words,—</P> +<P>“Forks! chains! forks! ... long ago ... remember ... too well ... +chains!”</P> +<P>“For Mrs. Weldon’s sake, Tom, hold your tongue!” Dick implored him.</P> +<P>Tom, however, was full with some remembrance of the past; he continued to +repeat,—</P> +<P>“Long ago ... forks ... chains!” until Dick led him out of hearing.</P> +<P>A fresh halting-place was chosen a short distance further on, and supper was +prepared. But the meal was left almost untasted; not so much that hunger had +been overcome by</P> +<P>[Illustration: The man was gone, and his horse with him.]</P> +<P>fatigue, but because the indefinable feeling of uneasiness, that had taken +possession of them all, had entirely destroyed all appetite.</P> +<P>Gradually the night became very dark. The sky was covered with heavy +storm-clouds, and on the western horizon flashes of summer lightning now and +then glimmered through the trees. The air was perfectly still; not a leaf +stirred, and the atmosphere seemed so charged with electricity as to be +incapable of transmitting sound of any kind.</P> +<P>Dick, himself, with Austin and Bat in attendance, remained on guard, all of +them eagerly straining both eye and ear to catch any light or sound that might +disturb the silence and obscurity. Old Tom, with his head sunk upon his breast, +sat motionless, as in a trance; he was gloomily revolving the awakened memories +of the past. Mrs. Weldon was engaged with her sick child. Scarcely one of the +party was really asleep, except indeed it might be Cousin Benedict, whose +reasoning faculties were not of an order to carry him forwards into any future +contingencies.</P> +<P>Midnight was still an hour in advance, when the dull air seemed filled with a +deep and prolonged roar, mingled with a peculiar kind of vibration.</P> +<P>Tom started to his feet. A fresh recollection of his early days had struck +him.</P> +<P>“A lion! a lion!” he shouted.</P> +<P>In vain Dick tried to repress him; but he repeated,—</P> +<P>“A lion! a lion!”</P> +<P>Dick Sands seized his cutlass, and, unable any longer to control his wrath, +he rushed to the spot where he had left Harris lying.</P> +<P>The man was gone, and his horse with him!</P> +<P>All the suspicions that had been so long pent up within Dick’s mind now +shaped themselves into actual reality. A flood of light had broken in upon him. +Now he was convinced, only too certainly, that it was not the coast of America +at all upon which the schooner had been cast ashore! it was not Easter Island +that had been sighted far away in the west! the compass had completely deceived +him; he was satisfied now that the strong currents had carried them quite round +Cape Horn, and that they had really entered the Atlantic. No wonder that +quinquinas, caoutchouc, and other South American products, had failed to be +seen. This was neither the Bolivian pampas nor the plateau of Atacama. They were +giraffes, not ostriches, that had vanished down the glade; they were elephants +that had trodden down the underwood; they were hippopotamuses that were lurking +by the river; it was indeed the dreaded tzetsy that Cousin Benedict had so +triumphantly discovered; and, last of all, it was a lion’s roar that had +disturbed the silence of the forest. That chain, that knife, those forks, were +unquestionably the instruments of slave-dealers; and what could those mutilated +hands be, except the relics of their ill-fated victims?</P> +<P>Harris and Negoro must be in a conspiracy!</P> +<P>It was with terrible anguish that Dick gnashed his teeth and muttered,—</P> +<P>“Yes, it is too true; we are in Africa! in equatorial Africa! in the land of +slavery! in the very haunt of slave-drivers!”</P> +<H4>END OF FIRST PART.</H4> +<HR> + +<H4>PART THE SECOND.</H4> +<P>[Illustration: WEST COAST OF CENTRAL AFRICA.]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER I.</H4> +<H4>THE DARK CONTINENT.</H4> +<P>The “slave-trade” is an expression that ought never to have found its way +into any human language. After being long practised at a large profit by such +European nations as had possessions beyond the seas, this abominable traffic has +now for many years been ostensibly forbidden; yet even in the enlightenment of +this nineteenth century, it is still largely carried on, especially in Central +Africa, inasmuch as there are several states, professedly Christian, whose +signatures have never been affixed to the deed of abolition.</P> +<P>Incredible as it should seem, this barter of human beings still exists, and +for the due comprehension of the second part of Dick Sands’ story it must be +borne in mind, that for the purpose of supplying certain colonies with slaves, +there continue to be prosecuted such barbarous “man-hunts” as threaten almost to +lay waste an entire continent with blood, fire, and pillage.</P> +<P>The nefarious traffic as far as regards negroes does not appear to have +arisen until the fifteenth century. The following are said to be the +circumstances under which it had its origin. After being banished from Spain, +the Mussulmans crossed the straits of Gibraltar and took refuge upon the shores +of Africa, but the Portuguese who then occupied that portion of the coast +persecuted the fugitives with the utmost severity, and having captured them in +large numbers, sent them as prisoners into Portugal. They were thus the first +nucleus of any African slaves that entered Western Europe since the commencement +of the Christian era. The majority, however, of these Mussulmans were members of +wealthy families, who were prepared to pay almost any amount of money for their +release; but no ransom was exorbitant enough to tempt the Portuguese to +surrender them; more precious than gold were the strong arms that should work +the resources of their young and rising colonies. Thus baulked in their purpose +of effecting a direct ransom of their captured relatives, the Mussulman families +next submitted a proposition for exchanging them for a larger number of African +negroes, whom it would be quite easy to procure. The Portuguese, to whom the +proposal was in every way advantageous, eagerly accepted the offer; and in this +way the slave-trade was originated in Europe.</P> +<P>By the end of the sixteenth century this odious traffic had become +permanently established; in principle it contained nothing repugnant to the +semi-barbarous thought and customs then existing; all the great states +recognized it as the most effectual means of colonizing the islands of the New +World, especially as slaves of negro blood, well acclimatized to tropical heat, +were able to survive where white men must have perished by thousands. The +transport of slaves to the American colonies was consequently regularly effected +by vessels specially built for that purpose, and large dépôts for this branch of +commerce were established at various points of the African coast. The “goods” +cost comparatively little in production, and the profits were enormous.</P> +<P>Yet, after all, however indispensable it might be to complete the foundation +of the trans-atlantic colonies, there was nothing to justify this shameful +barter of human flesh and blood, and the voice of philanthropy began to be heard +in protestation, calling upon all European governments, in the name of mercy and +common humanity, to decree the abolition of the trade at once.</P> +<P>In 1751, the Quakers put themselves at the head of the abolitionist movement +in North America, that very land where, a hundred years later, the war of +secession burst forth, in which the question of slavery bore the most +conspicuous part. Several of the Northern States, Virginia, Connecticut, +Massachusetts, and Pennsylvania prohibited the trade, liberating the slaves, in +spite of the cost, who had been imported into their territories.</P> +<P>The campaign, thus commenced, was not limited to a few provinces of the New +World; on this side of the Atlantic, too, the partisans of slavery were subject +to a vigourous attack. England and France led the van, and energetically beat up +recruits to serve the righteous cause. “Let us lose our colonies rather than +sacrifice our principles,” was the magnanimous watchword that resounded +throughout Europe, and notwithstanding the vast political and commercial +interests involved in the question, it did not go forth in vain. A living +impulse had been communicated to the liberation-movement. In 1807, England +formally prohibited the slave-trade in her colonies; France following her +example in 1814. The two great nations then entered upon a treaty on the +subject, which was confirmed by Napoleon during the Hundred Days.</P> +<P>Hitherto, however, the declaration was purely theoretical. Slave-ships +continued to ply their illicit trade, discharging their living cargo at many a +colonial port. It was evident that more resolute and practical measures must be +taken to impress the enormity. Accordingly the United States in 1820, and Great +Britain in 1824, declared the slave-trade to be an act of piracy and its +perpetrators to be punishable with death. France soon gave in her adherence to +the new treaty, but the Southern States of America, and the Spanish and +Portuguese, not having signed the act of abolition, continued the importation of +slaves at a great profit, and this in defiance of the recognized reciprocal +right of visitation to verify the flags of suspected ships.</P> +<P>But although the slave-trade by these measures was in a considerable measure +reduced, it continued to exist; new slaves were not allowed, but the old ones +did not recover their liberty. England was now the first to set a noble example. +On the 14th of May, 1833, an Act of Parliament, by a munificent vote of millions +of pounds, emancipated all the negroes in the British Colonies, and in August, +1838, 670,000 slaves were declared free men. Ten years later, in 1848, the +French Republic liberated the slaves in her colonies to the number of 260,000, +and in 1859 the war which broke out between the Federals and Confederates in the +United States finished the work of emancipation by extending it to the whole of +North America.</P> +<P>Thus, three great powers have accomplished their task of humanity, and at the +present time the slave-trade is carried on only for the advantage of the Spanish +and Portuguese colonies, or to supply the requirements of the Turkish or Arab +populations of the East. Brazil, although she has not emancipated her former +slaves, does not receive any new, and all negro children are pronounced +free-born.</P> +<P>In contrast, however, to all this, it is not to be concealed that, in the +interior of Africa, as the result of wars between chieftains waged for the sole +object of making captives, entire tribes are often reduced to slavery, and are +carried off in caravans in two opposite directions, some westwards to the +Portuguese colony of Angola, others eastwards to Mozambique. Of these miserable +creatures, of whom a very small proportion ever reach their destination, some +are despatched to Cuba or Madagascar, others to the Arab or Turkish provinces of +Asia, to Mecca or Muscat. The French and English cruisers have practically very +little power to control the iniquitous proceedings, because the extent of coast +to be watched is so large that a strict and adequate surveillance cannot be +maintained. The extent of the odious export is very considerable; no less than +24,000 slaves annually reach the coast, a number that hardly represents a tenth +part of those who are massacred or otherwise perish by a deplorable end. After +the frightful butcheries, the fields lie devastated, the smouldering villages +are void of inhabitants, the rivers reek with bleeding corpses, and wild beasts +take undisputed possession of the soil. Livingstone, upon returning to a +district, immediately after one of these ruthless raids, said that he could +never have recognized it for the same that he had visited only a few months +previously; and all other travellers, Grant, Speke, Burton, Cameron, Stanley, +describe the wooded plateau of Central Africa as the principal theatre of the +barbarous warfare between chief and chief. In the region of the great lakes, +throughout the vast district which feeds the market of Zanzibar, in Bornu and +Fezzan, further south on the banks of the Nyassa and Zambesi, further west in +the districts of the Upper Zaire, just traversed by the intrepid Stanley, +everywhere there is the recurrence of the same scenes of ruin, slaughter, and +devastation. Ever and again the question seems to be forced upon the mind +whether slavery is not to end in the entire annihilation of the negro race, so +that, like the Australian tribes of South Holland, it will become extinct. Who +can doubt that the day must dawn which will herald the closing of the markets in +the Spanish and Portuguese colonies, a day when civilized nations shall no +longer tolerate the perpetration of this barbarous wrong?</P> +<P>It is hardly too much to say that another year ought to witness the +emancipation of every slave in the possession of Christian states. It seems only +too likely that for years to come the Mussulman nations will continue to +depopulate the continent of Africa; to them is due the chief emigration of the +natives, who, torn from their provinces, are sent to the eastern coast in +numbers that exceed 40,000 annually. Long before the Egyptian expedition the +natives of Sennaar were sold to the natives of Darfur and <I>vice versa</I>; and +even Napoleon Buonaparte purchased a considerable number of negroes, whom he +organized into regiments after the fashion of the mamelukes. Altogether it may +be affirmed, that although four-fifths of the present century have passed away, +slave-traffic in Africa has been increased rather than diminished.</P> +<P>The truth is that Islamism really nurtures the slave-trade. In Mussulman +provinces, the black slave has taken the place of the white slave of former +times; dealers of the most questionable character bear their part in the +execrable business, bringing a supplementary population to races which, +unregenerated by their own labour, would otherwise diminish and ultimately +disappear.</P> +<P>As in the time of Buonaparte, these slaves often become soldiers; on the +Upper Niger, for instance, they still form half the army of certain chieftains, +under circumstances in which their lot is hardly, if at all, inferior to that of +free men. Elsewhere, where the slave is not a soldier, he counts merely as +current coin; and in Bornu and even in Egypt, we are told by William Lejean, an +eye-witness, that officers and other functionaries have received their pay in +this form.</P> +<P>Such, then, appears to be the present actual condition of the slave-trade; +and it is stern justice that compels the additional statement that there are +representatives of certain great European powers who still favour the unholy +traffic with an indulgent connivance, and whilst cruisers are watching the +coasts of the Atlantic and of the Indian Ocean, kidnapping goes on regularly in +the interior, caravans pass along under the very eyes of certain officials, and +massacres are perpetrated in which frequently ten negroes are sacrificed in the +capture of a single slave.</P> +<P>It was the knowledge, more or less complete, of all this, that wrung from +Dick Sands his bitter and heart-rending cry:—</P> +<P>“We are in Africa! in the very haunt of slave-drivers!”</P> +<P>Too true it was that he found himself and his companions in a land fraught +with such frightful peril. He could only tremble when he wondered on what part +of the fatal continent the “Pilgrim” had stranded. Evidently it was at some +point of the west coast, and he had every reason to fear that it was on the +shores of Angola, the rendezvous for all the caravans that journey in that +portion of Africa.</P> +<P>His conjecture was correct; he really was in the very country that a few +years later and with gigantic effort was to be traversed by Cameron in the south +and Stanley in the north. Of the vast territory, with its three provinces, +Congo, Angola, and Benguela, little was then known except the coast. It extends +from the Zaire on the north to the Nourse on the south, and its chief towns are +the ports of Benguela and of St. Paul de Loanda, the capital of the colony, +which is a dependency of the kingdom of Portugal. The interior of the country +had been almost entirely unexplored. Very few were the travellers who had cared +to venture far inland, for an unhealthy climate, a hot, damp soil conducive to +fever, a permanent warfare between the native tribes, some of which are +cannibals, and the ill-feeling of the slave-dealers against any stranger who +might endeavour to discover the secrets of their infamous craft, all combine to +render the region one of the most hazardous in the whole of Equatorial +Africa.</P> +<P>It was in 1816 that Tuckey ascended the Congo as far as the Yellala Falls, a +distance not exceeding 203 miles; but the journey was too short to give an +accurate idea of the interior of the country, and moreover cost the lives of +nearly all the officers and scientific men connected with the expedition.</P> +<P>Thirty-seven years afterwards, Dr. Livingstone had advanced from the Cape of +Good Hope to the Upper Zambesi; thence, with a fearlessness hitherto unrivalled, +he crossed the Coango, an affluent of the Congo, and after having traversed the +continent from the extreme south to the east he reached St. Paul de Loanda on +the 31st of May, 1854, the first explorer of the unknown portions of the great +Portuguese colony.</P> +<P>Eighteen years elapsed, and two other bold travellers crossed the entire +continent from east to west, and after encountering unparalleled difficulties, +emerged, the one to the south, the other to the north of Angola.</P> +<P>The first of these was Verney Lovett Cameron, a lieutenant in the British +navy. In 1872, when serious doubts were entertained as to the safety of the +expedition sent out under Stanley to the relief of Livingstone in the great lake +district, Lieutenant Cameron volunteered to go out in search of the noble +missionary explorer. His offer was accepted, and accompanied by Dr. Dillon, +Lieutenant Cecil Murphy, and Robert Moffat, a nephew of Livingstone, he started +from Zanzibar. Having passed through Ugogo, he met Livingstone’s corpse, which +was being borne to the eastern coast by his faithful followers. Unshaken in his +resolve to make his way right across the continent, Cameron still pushed onwards +to the west. He passed through Unyanyembe and Uganda, and reached Kawele, where +he secured all Livingstone’s papers. After exploring Lake Tanganyika he crossed +the mountains of Bambarre, and finding himself unable to descend the course of +the Lualaba, he traversed the provinces devastated and depopulated by war and +the slave-trade, Kilemba, Urua, the sources of the Lomami, Ulanda, and Lovalé, +and having crossed the Coanza, he sighted the Atlantic and reached the port of +St. Philip de Benguela, after a journey that had occupied three years and five +months. Cameron’s two companions, Dr. Dillon and Robert Moffat, both succumbed +to the hardships of the expedition.</P> +<P>The intrepid Englishman was soon to be followed into the field by an +American, Mr. Henry Moreland Stanley. It is universally known how the undaunted +correspondent of the <I>New York Herald</I>, having been despatched in search of +Livingstone, found the veteran missionary at Ujiji, on the borders of Lake +Tanganyika, on the 31st of October, 1871. But what he had undertaken in the +course of humanity Stanley longed to continue in the interests of science, his +prime object being to make a thorough investigation of the Lualaba, of which, in +his first expedition, he had only been able to get a partial and imperfect +survey. Accordingly, whilst Cameron was still deep in the provinces of Central +Africa, Stanley started from Bagamoyo in November, 1874. Twenty-one months later +he quitted Ujiji, which had been decimated by small-pox, and in seventy-four +days accomplished the passage of the lake and reached Nyangwe, a great +slave-market previously visited both by Livingstone and Cameron. He was also +present at some of the horrible razzias, perpetrated by the officers of the +Sultan of Zanzibar in the districts of the Marunzu and Manyuema.</P> +<P>In order to be in a position to descend the Lualaba to its very mouth, +Stanley engaged at Nyangwe 140 porters and nineteen boats. Difficulties arose +from the very outset, and not only had he to contend with the cannibals of +Ugusu, but, in order to avoid many unnavigable cataracts, he had to convey his +boats many miles by land. Near the equator, just at the point where the Lualaba +turns north-north-west, Stanley’s little convoy was attacked by a fleet of +boats, manned by several hundred natives, whom, however, he succeeded in putting +to flight. Nothing daunted, the resolute American pushed on to lat. 20° N. and +ascertained, beyond room for doubt, that the Lualaba was really the Upper Zaire +or Congo, and that, by following its course, he should come directly to the +sea.</P> +<P>Beset with many perils was the way. Stanley was in almost daily collision +with the various tribes upon the river-banks; on the 3rd of June, 1877, he lost +one of his companions, Frank Pocock, at the passage of the cataracts of +Massassa, and on the 18th of July he was himself carried in his boat into the +Mbelo Falls, and escaped by little short of a miracle.</P> +<P>On the 6th of August the daring adventurer arrived at the village of Ni +Sanda, only four days from the sea; two days later he received a supply of +provisions that had been sent by two Emboma merchants to Banza M’buko, the +little coast-town where, after a journey of two years and nine months, fraught +with every kind of hardship and privation, he completed his transit of the +mighty continent. His toil told, at least temporarily, upon his years, but he +had the grand satisfaction of knowing that he had traced the whole course of the +Lualaba, and had ascertained, beyond reach of question, that as the Nile is the +great artery of the north, and the Zambesi of the east, so Africa possesses in +the west a third great river, which in a course of no less than 2900 miles, +under the names of the Lualaba, Zaire, and Congo, unites the lake district with +the Atlantic Ocean.</P> +<P>In 1873, however, the date at which the “Pilgrim” foundered upon the coast, +very little was known of the province of Angola, except that it was the scene of +the western slave-trade, of which the markets of Bihé, Cassanga, and Kazunde +were the chief centres. This was the country in which Dick Sands now found +himself, a hundred miles from shore, in charge of a lady exhausted with fatigue +and anxiety, a half-dying child, and a band of negroes who would be a most +tempting bait to the slave-driver.</P> +<P>His last illusion was completely dispelled. He had no longer the faintest +hope that he was in America, that land where little was to be dreaded from +either native, wild beast, or climate; he could no more cherish the fond +impression that he might be in the pleasant region between the Cordilleras and +the coast, where villages are numerous and missions afford hospitable shelter to +every traveller. Far, far away were those provinces of Bolivia and Peru, to +which (unless a criminal hand had interposed) the “Pilgrim” would certainly have +sped her way. No: too truly this was the terrible province of Angola; and worse +than all, not the district near the coast, under the surveillance of the +Portuguese authorities, but the interior of the country, traversed only by slave +caravans, driven under the lash of the havildars.</P> +<P>Limited, in one sense, was the knowledge that Dick Sands possessed of this +land of horrors; but he had read the accounts that had been given by the +missionaries of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, by the Portuguese +traders who frequented the route from St. Paul de Loanda, by San Salvador to the +Zaire, as well as by Dr. Livingstone in his travels in 1853, and consequently he +knew enough to awaken immediate and complete despair in any spirit less +indomitable than his own.</P> +<P>Anyhow, his position was truly appalling.</P> +<P>[Illustration: They were seated at the foot of an enormous banyan-tree.]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER II.</H4> +<H4>ACCOMPLICES.</H4> +<P>On the day following that on which Dick Sands and his party had made their +last halt in the forest, two men met by appointment at a spot about three miles +distant.</P> +<P>The two men were Harris and Negoro, the one lately landed from New Zealand, +the other pursuing his wonted occupation of slave-dealer in the province of +Angola. They were seated at the foot of an enormous banyan-tree, on the banks of +a rushing torrent that streamed between tall borders of papyrus.</P> +<P>After the conversation had turned awhile upon the events of the last few +hours, Negoro said abruptly,—</P> +<P>“Couldn’t you manage to get that young fifteen-year-old any farther into the +interior?”</P> +<P>“No, indeed; it was a hard matter enough to bring him thus far; for the last +few days his suspicions have been wide awake.”</P> +<P>“But just another hundred miles, you know,” continued Negoro, “would have +finished the business off well, and those black fellows would have been ours to +a dead certainty.”</P> +<P>“Don’t I tell you, my dear fellow, that it was more than time for me to give +them the slip?” replied Harris, shrugging his shoulders. “Only too well I knew +that our young friend was longing to put a shot into my body, and that was a +sugar-plum I might not be able to digest.”</P> +<P>The Portuguese gave a grunt of assent, and Harris went on,—</P> +<P>“For several days I succeeded well enough. I managed to palm off the country +as the forest of Atacama, which you may recollect I once visited; but when the +youngster began to ask for gutta-percha and humming-birds, and his mother wanted +quinquina-trees, and when that old fool of a cousin was bent on finding cocuyos, +I was rather nonplussed. One day I had to swear that giraffes were ostriches, +but the young captain did not seem to swallow the dose at all easily. Then we +saw traces of elephants and hippopotamuses, which of course are as often seen in +America as an honest man in a Benguela penitentiary; then that old nigger Tom +discovered a lot of forks and chains left by some runaway slaves at the foot of +a tree; but when, last of all, a lion roared,—and the noise, you know, is rather +louder than the mewing of a cat,—I thought it was time to take my horse and +decamp.”</P> +<P>Negoro repeated his expression of regret that the whole party had not been +carried another hundred miles into the province.</P> +<P>“It really cannot be helped,” rejoined the American; “I have done the best I +could; and I think, mate,” he added confidentially, “that you have done wisely +in following the caravan at a good distance; that dog of theirs evidently owes +you a grudge, and might prove an ugly customer.”</P> +<P>“I shall put a bullet into that beast’s head before long,” growled +Negoro.</P> +<P>“Take care you don’t get one through your own first,” laughed Harris; “that +young Sands, I warn you, is a first-rate shot, and between ourselves, is rather +a fine fellow of his kind.”</P> +<P>“Fine fellow, indeed!” sneered Negoro; “whatever he is, he is a young +upstart, and I have a long score to wipe off against him;” and, as he spoke, an +expression of the utmost malignity passed over his countenance.</P> +<P>Harris smiled.</P> +<P>“Well, mate,” he said; “your travels have not improved your temper, I see. +But come now, tell me what you have been doing all this time. When I found you +just after the wreck, at the mouth of the Longa, you had only time to ask me to +get this party, somehow or other, up into the country. But it is just upon two +years since you left Cassange with that caravan of slaves for our old master +Alvez. What have you been doing since? The last I heard of you was that you had +run foul of an English cruiser, and that you were condemned to be hanged.”</P> +<P>“So I was very nearly,” muttered Negoro.</P> +<P>“Ah, well, that will come sooner or later,” rejoined the American with +philosophic indifference; “men of our trade can’t expect to die quietly in our +beds, you know. But were you caught by the English?”</P> +<P>“No, by the Portuguese.”</P> +<P>“Before you had got rid of your cargo?”</P> +<P>Negoro hesitated a moment before replying.</P> +<P>“No,” he said, presently, and added, “The Portuguese have changed their game: +for a long time they carried on the trade themselves, but now they have got +wonderfully particular; so I was caught, and condemned to end my days in the +penitentiary at St. Paul de Loanda.”</P> +<P>“Confound it!” exclaimed Harris, “a hundred times better be hanged!”</P> +<P>“I’m not so sure of that,” the Portuguese replied, “for when I had been at +the galleys about a fortnight I managed to escape, and got into the hold of an +English steamer bound for New Zealand. I wedged myself in between a cask of +water and a case of preserved meat, and so managed to exist for a month. It was +close quarters, I can tell you, but I preferred to travel incognito rather than +run the risk of being handed over again to the authorities at Loanda.”</P> +<P>“Well done!” exclaimed the American, “and so you had a free passage to the +land of the Maoris. But you didn’t come back in the same fashion?”</P> +<P>“No; I always had a hankering to be here again at my old trade; but for a +year and a half....”</P> +<P>He stopped abruptly, and grasped Harris by the arm.</P> +<P>“Hush,” he whispered, “didn’t you hear a rustling in that clump of +papyrus?”</P> +<P>In a moment Harris had caught up his loaded gun; and both men, starting to +their feet, looked anxiously around them.</P> +<P>“It was nothing,” said Harris presently; “the stream is swollen by the storm, +that is all; your two years’ travelling has made you forget the sounds of the +forest, mate. Sit down again, and go on with your story. When I know the past, I +shall be better able to talk about the future.”</P> +<P>They reseated themselves, and Negoro went on,—</P> +<P>“For a whole year and a half I vegetated at Auckland. I left the hold of the +steamer without a dollar in my pocket, and had to turn my hand to every trade +imaginable in order to get a living.”</P> +<P>“Poor fellow! I daresay you even tried the trade of being an honest man,” put +in the American.</P> +<P>“Just so,” said Negoro, “and in course of time the ‘Pilgrim,’ the vessel by +which I came here, put in at Auckland. While she was waiting to take Mrs. Weldon +and her party on board, I applied to the captain for a post, for I was once mate +on board a slaver, and know something of seamanship. The ‘Pilgrim’s’ crew was +complete, but fortunately the ship’s cook had just deserted; I offered to supply +his place; in default of better my services were accepted, and in a few days we +were out of sight of New Zealand.”</P> +<P>“I have heard something about the voyage from young Sands,” said Harris, “but +even now I can’t understand how you reached here.”</P> +<P>“Neither does he,” said Negoro, with a malicious grin. “I will tell you now, +and you may repeat the story to your young friend if you like.”</P> +<P>“Well, go on,” said Harris.</P> +<P>“When we started,” continued Negoro, “it was my intention to sail only as far +as Chili: that would have brought me nearly half way to Angola; but three weeks +after leaving Auckland, Captain Hull and all his crew were lost in chasing a +whale, and I and the apprentice were the only seamen left on board.”</P> +<P>“Then why in the name of peace didn’t you take command of the ship?” +exclaimed Harris.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Both men, starting to their feet, looked anxiously around +them.]</P> +<P>“Because there were five strong niggers who didn’t trust me; so, on second +thoughts, I determined to keep my old post as cook.”</P> +<P>“Then do you mean to say that it was mere accident that brought you to the +coast of Africa?”</P> +<P>“Not a bit of it; the only accident,—and a very lucky one it was—was meeting +you on the very spot where we stranded. But it was my doing that we got so far. +Young Sands understood nothing more of navigation than the use of the log and +compass. Well, one fine day, you understand, the log remained at the bottom of +the sea, and one night the compass was tampered with, so that the ‘Pilgrim,’ +scudding along before a tempest, was carried altogether out of her course. You +may imagine the young captain was puzzled at the length of the voyage; it would +have bewildered a more experienced head than his. Before he was aware of it, we +had rounded Cape Horn; I recognized it through the mist. Then at once I put the +compass to rights again, and the ‘Pilgrim ‘ was carried north-eastwards by a +tremendous hurricane to the very place I wanted. The island Dick Sands took for +Easter Island was really Tristan d’Acunha.”</P> +<P>“Good!” said Harris; “I think I understand now how our friends have been +persuaded to take Angola for Bolivia. But they are undeceived now, you know,” he +added.</P> +<P>“I know all about that,” replied the Portuguese.</P> +<P>“Then what do you intend to do?” said Harris.</P> +<P>“You will see,” answered Negoro significantly; “but first of all tell me +something about our employer, old Alvez; how is he?”</P> +<P>“Oh, the old rascal is well enough, and will be delighted to see you again,” +replied Harris.</P> +<P>“Is he at the market at Bihé?”</P> +<P>“No, he has been at his place at Kazonndé for a year or more.”</P> +<P>“And how does business go on?”</P> +<P>“Badly enough, on this coast,” said Harris; “plenty of slaves are waiting to +be shipped to the Spanish colonies, but the difficulty is how to get them +embarked. The Portuguese authorities on the one hand, and the English cruisers +on the other, almost put a stop to exportation altogether; down to the south, +near Mossamedes, is the only part where it can be attempted with any chance of +success. To pass a caravan through Benguela or Loande is an utter impossibility; +neither the governors nor the chefés</P> +<P>[Footnote 1: Subordinate Portuguese governors at secondary stations.] will +listen to a word of reason. Old Alvez is therefore thinking of going in the +other direction towards Nyangwe and Lake Tanganyika; he can there exchange his +goods for slaves and ivory, and is sure to do a good business with Upper Egypt +and the coast of Mozambique, which supplies Madagascar. But I tell you, Negoro,” +he added gravely, “I believe the time is coming when the slave-trade will come +to an end altogether. The English missionaries are advancing into the interior. +That fellow Livingstone, confound him! has finished his tour of the lakes, and +is now working his way towards Angola; then there is another man named Cameron +who is talking about crossing the continent from east to west, and it is feared +that Stanley the American will do the same. All this exploration, you know, is +ruinous to our business, and it is to our interest that not one of these +travellers should be allowed to return to tell tales of us in Europe.”</P> +<P>Harris spoke like a merchant embarrassed by a temporary commercial crisis. +The atrocious scenes to which the slave-dealers are accustomed seems to render +them impervious to all sense of justice or humanity, and they learn to regard +their living merchandize with as small concern as though they were dealing with +chests of tea or hogsheads of sugar.</P> +<P>But Harris was right when he asserted that civilization must follow the wake +of the intrepid pioneers of African discovery. Livingstone first, and after him, +Grant, Speke, Burton, Cameron, Stanley, are the heroes whose names will ever be +linked with the first dawnings of a brighter age upon the dark wilds of +Equatorial Africa.</P> +<P>Having ascertained that his accomplice had returned unscrupulous and daring +as ever, and fully prepared to pursue his former calling as an agent of old +Alvez the slave dealer, Harris inquired what he proposed doing with the +survivors of the “Pilgrim” now that they were in his hands.</P> +<P>“Divide them into two lots,” answered Negoro, without a moment’s hesitation, +“one for the market, the other....”</P> +<P>He did not finish his sentence, but the expression of his countenance was an +index to the malignity of his purpose.</P> +<P>“Which shall you sell?” asked the American.</P> +<P>“The niggers, of course. The old one is not worth much, but the other four +ought to fetch a good price at Kazonndé.”</P> +<P>“Yes, you are right,” said Harris; “American-born slaves, with plenty of work +in them, are rare articles, and very different to the miserable wretches we get +up the country. But you never told me,” he added, suddenly changing the subject, +“whether you found any money on board the ‘Pilgrim’!”</P> +<P>“Oh, I rescued a few hundred dollars from the wreck, that was all,” said the +Portuguese carelessly; “but I am expecting....” he stopped short.</P> +<P>“What are you expecting?” inquired Harris eagerly.</P> +<P>“Oh, nothing, nothing,” said Negoro, apparently annoyed that he had said so +much, and immediately began talking of the means of securing the living prey +which he had been taking so many pains to entrap. Harris informed him that on +the Coanza, about ten miles distant, there was at the present time encamped a +slave caravan, under the control of an Arab named Ibn Hamish; plenty of native +soldiers were there on guard, and if Dick Sands and his people could only be +induced to travel in that direction, their capture would be a matter of very +little difficulty. He said that of course Dick Sands’ first thought would +naturally be how to get back to the coast; it was not likely that he would +venture a second time through the forest, but would in all probability try to +make his way to the nearest river, and descend its course on a raft to the sea. +The nearest river was undoubtedly the Coanza, so that he and Negoro might feel +quite sure of meeting “their friends” upon its banks.</P> +<P>“If you really think so,” said Negoro, “there is not much time to be lost; +whatever young Sands determines to do, he will do at once: he never lets the +grass grow under his feet.”</P> +<P>“Let us start, then, this very moment, mate,” was Harris’s reply.</P> +<P>Both rose to their feet, when they were startled by the same rustling in the +papyrus which had previously aroused Negoro’s fears. Presently a low growl was +heard, and a large dog, showing his teeth, emerged from the bushes, evidently +prepared for an attack.</P> +<P>“It’s Dingo!” exclaimed Harris.</P> +<P>“Confound the brute! he shall not escape me this time,” said Negoro.</P> +<P>He caught up Harris’s gun, and raising it to his shoulder, he fired just as +the dog was in the act of springing at his throat. A long whine of pain followed +the report, and Dingo disappeared again amongst the bushes that fringed the +stream. Negoro was instantly upon his track, but could discover nothing beyond a +few blood-stains upon the stalks of the papyrus, and a long crimson trail upon +the pebbles on the bank.</P> +<P>“I think I have done for the beast now,” was Negoro’s remark as he returned +from his fruitless search.</P> +<P>Harris, who had been a silent spectator of the whole scene, now asked +coolly,—</P> +<P>“What makes that animal have such an inveterate dislike to you?”</P> +<P>“Oh, there is an old score to settle between us,” replied the Portuguese.</P> +<P>“What about?” inquired the American.</P> +<P>Negoro made no reply, and finding him evidently disinclined to be +communicative on the subject, Harris did not press the matter any further.</P> +<P>A few moments later the two men were descending the stream, and making their +way through the forest towards the Coanza.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Dingo disappeared again amongst the bushes]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER III.</H4> +<H4>ON THE MARCH AGAIN.</H4> +<P>“Africa! Africa!” was the terrible word that echoed and re-echoed in the mind +of Dick Sands. As he pondered over the events of the preceding weeks he could +now understand why, notwithstanding the rapid progress of the ship, the land +seemed ever to be receding, and why the voyage had been prolonged to twice its +anticipated length. It remained, however, a mystery inexplicable as before, how +and when they had rounded Cape Horn and passed into another ocean. Suddenly the +idea flashed upon him that the compass must have been tampered with; and he +remembered the fall of the first compass; he recalled the night when he had been +roused by Tom’s cry of alarm that Negoro had fallen against the binnacle. As he +recollected these circumstances he became more and more convinced that it was +Negoro who was the mainspring of all the mischief; that it was he who had +contrived the loss of the “Pilgrim,” and compromised the safety of all on +board.</P> +<P>What had been the career, what could be the motives of a man who was capable +of such vile machinations?</P> +<P>But shrouded in mystery as were the events of the past, the present offered a +prospect equally obscure.</P> +<P>Beyond the fact that he was in Africa and a hundred miles from the coast, +Dick knew absolutely nothing. He could only conjecture that he was in the fatal +province of Angola, and assured as he was that Harris had acted the traitor, he +was led to the conclusion that he and Negoro had been playing into each other’s +hands. The result of the collision, he feared, might be very disastrous to the +survivors of the “Pilgrim.” Yet, in what manner would the odious stratagem be +accomplished? Dick could well understand that the negroes would be sold for +slaves; he could only too easily imagine that upon himself Negoro would wreak +the vengeance he had so obviously been contemplating; but for Mrs. Weldon and +the other helpless members of the party what fate could be in store?</P> +<P>The situation was terrible, but yet Dick did not flinch; he had been +appointed captain, and captain he would remain; Mrs. Weldon and her little son +had been committed to his charge, and he was resolved to carry out his trust +faithfully to the end.</P> +<P>For several hours he remained wrapped in thought, pondering over the present +and the future, weighing the evil chances against the good, only to be convinced +that the evil much preponderated. At length he rose, firm, resolute, calm. The +first glimmer of dawn was breaking upon the forest. All the rest of the party, +except Tom, were fast asleep. Dick Sands crept softly up to the old negro, and +whispered:—</P> +<P>“Tom, you know now where we are!”</P> +<P>“Yes, yes, Mr. Dick, only too well I know it. We are in Africa!”</P> +<P>The old man sighed mournfully.</P> +<P>“Tom,” said Dick, in the same low voice, “you must keep this a secret; you +must not say a word to let Mrs. Weldon or any of the others know “</P> +<P>The old man murmured his assent, and Dick continued:—</P> +<P>“It will be quite enough for them to learn that we have been betrayed by +Harris, and that we must consequently practise extra care and watchfulness; they +will merely think we are taking precautions against being surprised by nomad +Indians. I trust to your good sense, Tom, to assist me in this.”</P> +<P>“You may depend upon me, Mr. Dick; and I can promise you that we will all do +our best to prove our courage, and to show our devotion to your service.”</P> +<P>[Illustration: “You must keep this a secret”]</P> +<P>Thus assured of Tom’s co-operation, Dick proceeded to deliberate upon his +future line of action. He had every reason to believe that the treacherous +American, startled by the traces of the slaves and the unexpected roaring of the +lion, had taken flight before he had conducted his victims to the spot where +they were to be attacked, and that consequently some hours might elapse before +he would be joined by Negoro, who (to judge from Dingo’s strange behaviour) had +undoubtedly for the last few days been somewhere on their track.</P> +<P>Here was a delay that might be turned to good account, and no time was to be +lost in taking advantage of it to commence their return journey to the coast. +If, as Dick had every reason to suppose, he was in Angola, he hoped to find, +either north or south, some Portuguese settlement whence he could obtain the +means of transporting his party to their several homes.</P> +<P>But how was this return journey to be accomplished? It would be difficult, +not to say imprudent, to retrace their footsteps through the forest; it would +merely bring them to their starting-point, and would, moreover, afford an easy +track for Negoro or his accomplices to follow. The safest and most secret means +of reaching the coast would assuredly be by descending the course of some river. +This would have to be effected by constructing a strong raft, from which the +little party, well armed, might defend themselves alike from attacks either of +the natives or of wild beasts, and which would likewise afford a comfortable +means of transport for Mrs. Weldon and her little boy, who were now deprived of +the use of Harris’s horse. The negroes, it is true, would be only too pleased to +carry the lady on a litter of branches, but this would be to occupy the services +of two out of five, and under the circumstances it was manifestly advisable that +all hands should be free to act on the defensive. Another great inducement +towards the plan was that Dick Sands felt himself much more at home in +travelling by water than by land, and was longing to be once again upon what to +him was, as it were, his native element. He little dreamt that he was devising +for himself the very plan that Harris, in his speculations, had laid down for +him!</P> +<P>The most urgent matter was now to find such a stream as would suit their +purpose. Dick had several reasons for feeling sure that one existed in the +neighbourhood. He knew that the little river, which fell into the Atlantic near +the spot where the “Pilgrim” stranded, could not extend very far either to the +north or east, because the horizon was bounded in both directions by the chain +of mountains which he had taken for the Cordilleras. If the stream did not rise +in those hills it must incline to the south, so that in either case Dick was +convinced he could not be long in discovering it or one of its affluents. +Another sign, which he recognized as hopeful, was that during the last few miles +of the march the soil had become moist and level, whilst here and there the +appearance of tiny rivulets indicated that an aqueous network existed in the +subsoil. On the previous day, too, the caravan had skirted a rushing torrent, of +which the waters were tinged with oxide of iron from its sloping banks.</P> +<P>Dick’s scheme was to make his way back as far as this stream, which though +not navigable itself would in all probability empty itself into some affluent of +greater importance. The idea, which he imparted to Tom, met with the old negro’s +entire approval.</P> +<P>As the day dawned the sleepers, one by one, awoke. Mrs. Weldon laid little +Jack in Nan’s arms. The child was still dozing; the fever had abated, but he +looked painfully white and exhausted after the attack.</P> +<P>“Dick,” said Mrs. Weldon, after looking round her, “where is Mr. Harris? I +cannot see him.”</P> +<P>“Harris has left us,” answered Dick very quietly.</P> +<P>“Do you mean that he has gone on ahead?”</P> +<P>“No, madam, I mean that he has left us, and gone away entirely: he is in +league with Negoro.”</P> +<P>“In league with Negoro!” cried Mrs. Weldon, “Ah, I have had a fancy lately +that there has been something wrong: but why? what can be their motive?”</P> +<P>“Indeed I am unable to tell you,” replied Dick; “I only</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Harris has left us”</P> +<P>know that we have no alternative but to return to the coast immediately if we +would escape the two rascals.”</P> +<P>“I only wish I could catch them,” said Hercules, who had overheard the +conversation; “I would soon knock their heads together;” and he shook his two +fists in giving emphasis to his words.</P> +<P>“But what will become of my boy?” cried Mrs. Weldon, in tones of despondency; +“I have been so sanguine in procuring him the comforts of San Felice.”</P> +<P>“Master Jack will be all right enough, madam, when we get into a more healthy +situation near the coast,” said Tom.</P> +<P>“But is there no farm anywhere near? no village? no shelter?” she +pleaded.</P> +<P>“None whatever, madam; I can only repeat that it is absolutely necessary that +we make the best of our way back to the sea-shore.”</P> +<P>“Are you quite sure, Dick, that Mr. Harris has deceived us?”</P> +<P>Dirk felt that he should be glad to avoid any discussion on the subject, but +with a warning glance at Tom, he proceeded to say that on the previous night he +and Tom had discovered the American’s treachery, and that if he had not +instantly taken to his horse and fled he would have answered for his guilt with +his life. Without, however, dwelling for a moment more than he could avoid upon +the past, he hurried on to detail the means by which he now proposed to reach +the sea, concluding by the assertion that he hoped a very few miles’ march would +bring them to a stream on which they might be able to embark.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon, thoroughly ignoring her own weakness, professed her readiness +not only to walk, but to carry Jack too. Bat and Austin at once volunteered to +carry her in a litter; of this the lady would not hear, and bravely repeated her +intention of travelling on foot, announcing her willingness to start without +further delay. Dick Sands was only too glad to assent to her wish.</P> +<P>“Let me take Master Jack,” said Hercules; “I shall be out of my element if I +have nothing to carry.”</P> +<P>The giant, without waiting for a reply, took the child from Nan’s arms so +gently that he did not even rouse him from his slumber.</P> +<P>The weapons were next carefully examined, and the provisions, having been +repacked into one parcel, were consigned to the charge of Actæon, who undertook +to carry them on his back.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict, whose wiry limbs seemed capable of bearing any amount of +fatigue, was quite ready to start. It was doubtful whether he had noticed +Harris’s disappearance; he was suffering from a loss which to him was of far +greater importance. He had mislaid his spectacles and magnifying-glass. It had +happened that Bat had picked them up in the long grass, close to the spot where +the amateur naturalist had been lying, but acting on a hint from Dick Sands, he +said nothing about them; in this way the entomologist, who, without his glasses +could scarcely see a yard beyond his face, might be expected to be kept without +trouble in the limits of the ranks, and having been placed between Actæon and +Austin with strict injunctions not to leave their side, he followed them as +submissively as a blind man in leading-strings.</P> +<P>The start was made. But scarcely had the little troop advanced fifty yards +upon their way, when Tom suddenly cried out,—</P> +<P>“Where’s Dingo?”</P> +<P>With all the force of his tremendous lungs, Hercules gave a series of +reverberating shouts:—</P> +<P>“Dingo! Dingo! Dingo!”</P> +<P>Not a bark could be distinguished in reply</P> +<P>“Dingo! Dingo! Dingo!” again echoed in the air.</P> +<P>But all was silence.</P> +<P>Dick was intensely annoyed at the non-appearance of the dog; his presence +would have been an additional safeguard in the event of any sudden surprise.</P> +<P>“Perhaps he has followed Harris,” suggested Tom.</P> +<P>“Far more likely he is on the track of Negoro,” rejoined Dick.</P> +<P>“Then Negoro, to a dead certainty,” said Hercules, “will put a bullet into +his head.”</P> +<P>“It is to be hoped,” replied Bat, “that Dingo will strangle him first.”</P> +<P>Dick Sands, disguising his vexation, said,</P> +<P>“At any rate, we have no time to wait for the animal now: if he is alive, he +will not fail to find us out. Move on, my lads! move on!”</P> +<P>The weather was very hot; ever since daybreak heavy clouds had been gathering +upon the horizon, and it seemed hardly likely that the day would pass without a +storm. Fortunately the woods were sufficiently light to ensure a certain amount +of freshness to the surface of the soil. Here and there were large patches of +tall, rank grass enclosed by clumps of forest trees. In some places, fossilized +trunks, lying on the ground, betokened the existence of one of the coal +districts that are common upon the continent of Africa. Along the glades the +carpet of verdure was relieved by crimson stems and a variety of flowers; +ginger-blossoms, blue and yellow, pale lobelias, and red orchids fertilized by +the numerous insects that incessantly hovered about them. The trees did not grow +in impenetrable masses of one species, but exhibited themselves in infinite +variety. There was also a species of palm producing an oil locally much valued; +there were cotton-plants growing in bushes eight or ten feet high, the cotton +attached in long shreds to the ligneous stalks; and there were copals from +which, pierced by the proboscis of certain insects, exudes an odorous resin that +flows on to the ground and is collected by the natives. Then there were citrons +and wild pomegranates and a score of other arborescent plants, all testifying to +the fertility of this plateau of Central Africa. In many places, too, the air +was fragrant with the odour of vanilla, though it was not possible to discover +the shrub from which the perfume emanated.</P> +<P>In spite of it being the dry season, so that the soil had only been moistened +by occasional storms, all trees and plants were flourishing in great luxuriance. +It was the time of year for fever, but, according to Dr. Livingstone’s +observation, the disorder may generally be cured by quitting the locality where +it has been contracted. Dick expressed his hope that, in little Jack’s case, the +words of the great traveller would be verified, and in encouragement of this +sanguine view, pointed out to Mrs. Weldon that although it was past the time for +the periodical return of the fever, the child was still slumbering quietly in +Hercules’ arms</P> +<P>The march was continued with as much rapidity as was consistent with caution. +Occasionally, where the bushes and brushwood had been broken down by the recent +passage of men or beasts, progress was comparatively easy; but much more +frequently, greatly to Dick’s annoyance, obstacles of various sorts impeded +their advance. Climbing plants grew in such inextricable confusion that they +could only be compared to a ship’s rigging involved in hopeless entanglement; +there were creepers resembling curved scimitars, thickly covered with sharp +thorns; there were likewise strange growths, like vegetable serpents, fifty or +sixty feet long, which seemed to have a cruel faculty for torturing every +passenger with their prickly spines. Axe in hand, the negroes had repeatedly to +cut their road through these bewildering obstructions that clothed the trees +from their summit to their base.</P> +<P>Animal life was no less remarkable in its way than the vegetation. Birds in +great variety flitted about in the ample foliage, secure from any stray shot +from the little band, whose chief object it was to preserve its incognito. +Guinea-fowls were seen in considerable numbers, francolins in several varieties, +and a few specimens of the bird to which the Americans, in imitation of their +note, have given the name of “whip-poor-will.” If Dick had not had too much +evidence in other ways to the contrary, he might almost have imagined himself in +a province of the New World.</P> +<P>Hitherto they had been unmolested by any dangerous wild beasts. During the +present stage of their march a herd of giraffes, startled by their unexpected +approach, rushed fleetly past; this time, however, without being represented as +ostriches. Occasionally a dense cloud of dust on the edge of the prairie, +accompanied by a sound like the roll</P> +<P>[Illustration: The march was continued with as much rapidity as was +consistent with caution.]</P> +<P>of heavily-laden chariots, betokened the flight of a herd of buffaloes; but +with these exceptions no animal of any magnitude appeared in view.</P> +<P>For about two miles Dick followed the course of the rivulet, in the hope that +it would emerge into a more important stream, which would convey them without +much difficulty or danger direct to the sea.</P> +<P>Towards noon about three miles had been accomplished, and a halt was made for +rest. Neither Negoro nor Harris had been seen, nor had Dingo reappeared. The +encampment for the midday refreshment was made under the shelter of a clump of +bamboos, which effectually concealed them all. Few words were spoken during the +meal. Mrs. Weldon could eat nothing; she had again taken her little boy into her +arms, and seemed wholly absorbed in watching him. Again and again Dick begged +her to take some nourishment, urging upon her the necessity of keeping up her +strength.</P> +<P>“We shall not be long in finding a good current to carry us to the coast,” +said the lad brightly.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon raised her eyes to his animated features. With so sanguine and +resolute a leader, with such devoted servants as the five negroes in attendance, +she felt that she ought not utterly to despair. Was she not, after all, on +friendly soil? what great harm could Harris perpetrate against her or her +belongings? She would hope still, hope for the best.</P> +<P>Rejoiced as he was to see something of its former brightness return to her +countenance, Dick nevertheless had scarcely courage steadily to return her +searching gaze. Had she known the whole truth, he knew that her heart must fail +her utterly.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER IV.</H4> +<H4>ROUGH TRAVELLING.</H4> +<P>Just at this moment Jack woke up and put his arms round his mother’s neck. +His eyes were brighter, and there was manifestly no return of fever.</P> +<P>“You are better, darling!” said Mrs. Weldon, pressing him tenderly to +her.</P> +<P>“Yes, mamma, I am better; but I am very thirsty.”</P> +<P>Some cold water was soon procured, which the child drank eagerly, and then +began to look about him. His first inquiry was for his old friends, Dick and +Hercules, both of whom approached at his summons and greeted him +affectionately.</P> +<P>“Where is the horse?” was the next question.</P> +<P>“Gone away, Master Jack; I am your horse now,” said Hercules.</P> +<P>“But you have no bridle for me to hold,” said Jack, looking rather +disappointed.</P> +<P>“You may put a bit in my mouth if you like, master Jack,” replied Hercules, +extending his jaws, “and then you may pull as hard as you please.”</P> +<P>“O, I shall not pull very hard,” said Jack; “but haven’t we nearly come to +Mr. Harris’s farm?”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon assured the child that they should soon be where they wanted to +be, and Dick, finding that the conversation was approaching dangerous ground, +proposed that the journey should be now resumed. Mrs. Weldon assented; the +encampment was forthwith broken up and the march continued as before.</P> +<P>[Illustration: It was a scene only too common in Central Africa]</P> +<P>In order not to lose sight of the watercourse, it was necessary to cut a way +right through the underwood: progress was consequently very slow; and a little +over a mile was all that was accomplished in about three hours. Footpaths had +evidently once existed, but they had all become what the natives term “dead,” +that is, they had become entirely overgrown with brushwood and brambles. The +negroes worked away with a will; Hercules, in particular, who temporarily +resigned his charge to Nan, wielded his axe with marvellous effect, all the time +giving vent to stentorian groans and grunts, and succeeded in opening the woods +before him as if they were being consumed by a devouring fire.</P> +<P>Fortunately this heavy labour was not of very long duration.</P> +<P>After about a mile, an opening of moderate width, converging towards the +stream and following its bank, was discovered in the underwood. It was a passage +formed by elephants, which apparently by hundreds must be in the habit of +traversing this part of the forest. The spongy soil, soaked by the downpour of +the rainy season, was everywhere indented with the enormous impressions of their +feet.</P> +<P>But it soon became evident that elephants were not the only living creatures +that had used this track. Human bones gnawed by beasts of prey, whole human +skeletons, still wearing the iron fetters of slavery, everywhere strewed the +ground. It was a scene only too common in Central Africa, where like cattle +driven to the slaughter, poor miserable men are dragged in caravans for hundreds +of weary miles, to perish on the road in countless numbers beneath the trader’s +lash, to succumb to the mingled horrors of fatigue, privation, and disease, or, +if provisions fail, to be butchered, without pity or remorse, by sword and +gun.</P> +<P>That slave-caravans had passed that way was too obvious to permit a doubt. +For at least a mile, at almost every step Dick came in contact with the +scattered bones; while ever and again huge goat suckers, disturbed by the +approach of the travellers, rose with flapping wings, and circled round their +heads.</P> +<P>The youth’s heart sank with secret dismay lest Mrs. Weldon should divine the +meaning of this ghastly scene, and appeal to him for explanation, but +fortunately she had again insisted on carrying her little patient, and although +the child was fast asleep, he absorbed her whole attention. Nan was by her side, +almost equally engrossed. Old Tom alone was fully alive to the significance of +his surroundings, and with downcast eyes he mournfully pursued his march. Full +of amazement, the other negroes looked right and left upon what might appear to +them as the upheaval of some vast cemetery, but they uttered no word of inquiry +or surprise.</P> +<P>Meantime the bed of the stream had increased both in breadth and depth, and +the rivulet had in a degree lost its character of a rushing torrent. This was a +change which Dick Sands observed hopefully, interpreting it as an indication +that it might itself become navigable, or would empty itself into some more +important tributary of the Atlantic. His resolve was fixed: he would follow its +course at all hazards. As soon, therefore, as he found that the elephant’s track +was quitting the water’s edge, he made up his mind to abandon it, and had no +hesitation in again resorting to the use of the axe. Once more, then, commenced +the labour of cutting a way through the entanglement of bushes and creepers that +were thick upon the soil. It was no longer forest through which they were +wending their arduous path; trees were comparatively rare; only tall clumps of +bamboos rose above the grass, so high, however, that even Hercules could not see +above them, and the passage of the little troop could only have been discovered +by the rustling in the stalks.</P> +<P>In the course of the afternoon, the soil became soft and marshy. It was +evident that the travellers were crossing plains that in a long rainy season +must be inundated. The ground was carpeted with luxuriant mosses and graceful +ferns, and the continual appearance of brown hematite wherever there was a rise +in the soil, betokened the existence of a rich vein of metal beneath.</P> +<P>Remembering what he had read in Dr. Livingstone’s account of these +treacherous swamps, Dick bade his companions take their footing warily. He +himself led the way. Tom expressed his surprise that the ground should be so +soaked when there had been no rain for some time.</P> +<P>“I think we shall have a storm soon,” said Bat,</P> +<P>“All the more reason, then,” replied Dick, “why we should get away from these +marshes as quickly as possible. Carry Jack again, Hercules; and you, Bat and +Austin, keep close to Mrs. Weldon, so as to be able to assist her if she wants +your help. But take care, take care, Mr. Benedict!” he cried out in sudden +alarm; “what are you doing, sir?”</P> +<P>“I’m slipping in,” was poor Benedict’s helpless reply. He had trodden upon a +kind of quagmire and, as though a trap had been opened beneath his feet, was +fast disappearing into the slough. Assistance was immediately rendered, and the +unfortunate naturalist was dragged out, covered with mud almost to his waist, +but thoroughly satisfied because his precious box of specimens had suffered no +injury. Actæon undertook for the future to keep close to his side, and endeavour +to avoid a repetition of the mishap.</P> +<P>The accident could not be said to be altogether free from unpleasant +consequences. Air-bubbles in great numbers had risen to the surface of the mire +from which Benedict had been extricated, and as they burst they disseminated an +odious stench that was well-nigh intolerable. The passage of these pestilential +districts is not unfrequently very dangerous, and Livingstone, who on several +occasions waded through them in mud that reached to his breast, compares them to +great sponges composed of black porous earth, in which every footstep causes +streams of moisture to ooze out.</P> +<P>For well nigh half a mile they had now to wend their cautious way across this +spongy soil. Mrs. Weldon, ankle-deep in the soft mud, was at last compelled to +come to a stand-still; and Hercules, Bat, and Austin, all resolved that she +should be spared further discomfort, and insisted upon weaving some bamboos into +a litter, upon which, after much reluctance to become such a burden, she was +induced, with Jack beside her, to take her place.</P> +<P>After the delay thus caused, the procession again started on its perilous +route. Dick Sands continued to walk at the head, in order to test the stability +of the footing; Action followed, holding Cousin Benedict firmly by the arm; Tom +took charge of old Nan, who without his support would certainly have fallen into +the quagmire; and the three other negroes carried the litter in the rear. It was +a matter of the greatest difficulty to find a path that was sufficiently firm; +the method they adopted was to pick their way as much as possible on the long +rank grass that on the margin of the swamps was tolerably tough; but in spite of +the greatest precaution, there was not one of them who escaped occasionally +sinking up to his knees in slush.</P> +<P>At about five o’clock they were relieved by finding themselves on ground of a +more clayey character; it was still soft and porous below, but its surface was +hard enough to give a secure foothold. There were watery pores that percolated +the subsoil, and these gave evident witness to the proximity of a +river-district.</P> +<P>The heat would have been intolerably oppressive if it had not been tempered +by some heavy storm-clouds which obstructed the direct influence of the sun’s +rays. Lightning was observed to be playing faintly about the sky, and there was +now and again the low growl of distant thunder. The indications of a gathering +storm were too manifest to be disregarded, and Dick could not help being very +uneasy. He had heard of the extreme violence of African storms, and knew that +torrents of rain, hurricanes that no tree could resist, and thunderbolt after +thunderbolt were the usual accompaniment of these tempests. And here in this +lowland desert, which too surely would be completely inundated, there would not +be a tree to which they could resort for shelter, while it would likewise be +utterly vain to hope to obtain a refuge by excavation, as water would be found +only two feet below the surface.</P> +<P>[Illustration: Another brilliant flash brought the camp once again into +relief.]</P> +<P>After scrutinizing the landscape, however, he noticed some low elevations on +the north that seemed to form the boundary of the marshy plain. A few trees were +scattered along their summits; if his party could get no other shelter here, he +hoped they would be able to find themselves free from any danger caused by the +rising flood.</P> +<P>“Push on, friends, push on!” he cried; “three miles more, and we shall be out +of this treacherous lowland.”</P> +<P>His words served to inspire a fresh confidence, and in spite of all the +previous fatigue, every energy was brought into play with renewed vigour. +Hercules, in particular, seemed ready to carry the whole party, if it had been +in his power.</P> +<P>The storm was not long in beginning. The rising ground was still two miles +away. Although the sun was above the horizon, the darkness was almost complete; +the overhanging volumes of vapour sank lower and lower towards the earth, but +happily the full force of the deluge which must ultimately come did not descend +as yet. Lightning, red and blue, flashed on every side and appeared to cover the +ground with a network of flame.</P> +<P>Ever and again the little knot of travellers were in peril of being struck by +the thunderbolts which, on that treeless plain, had no other object of +attraction. Poor little Jack, who had been awakened by the perpetual crashes, +buried his face in terror in Hercules’ breast, anxious, however, not to distress +his mother by any outward exhibition of alarm. The good-natured negro +endeavoured to pacify him by promises that the lightning should not touch him, +and the child, ever confident in the protection of his huge friend, lost +something of his nervousness.</P> +<P>But it could not be long before the clouds would burst and discharge the +threatened down-pour.</P> +<P>“What are we to do, Tom?” asked Dick, drawing up close to the negro’s +side.</P> +<P>“We must make a rush for it; push on with all the speed we can.”</P> +<P>“But where?” cried Dick.</P> +<P>“Straight on,” was the prompt reply; “if the rain catches us here on the +plain we shall all be drowned.”</P> +<P>“But where are we to go?” repeated Dick, in despair; “if only there were a +hut! But look, look there!”</P> +<P>A vivid flash of lightning had lit up the country, and Dick declared that he +could see a camp which could hardly be more than a quarter of a mile ahead.</P> +<P>The negro looked doubtful.</P> +<P>“I saw it too,” he assented: “but if it be a camp at all it would be a camp +of natives; and to fall into that would involve us in a worse fate than the +rain.”</P> +<P>Another brilliant flash brought the camp once again into relief; it appeared +to be made up of about a hundred conical tents, arranged very symmetrically, +each of them being from twelve to fifteen feet in height. It had the appearance, +from a distance, of being deserted; if it were really so, it would afford just +the shelter that was needed; otherwise, at all hazards, it must be most +carefully avoided.</P> +<P>“I will go in advance,” said Dick, after a moment’s reflection, “and +reconnoitre it.”</P> +<P>“Let one of us, at least, go with you,” replied Tom.</P> +<P>“No, stay where you are; I shall be much less likely to be discovered if I go +alone.”</P> +<P>Without another word, he darted off, and was soon lost in the sombre darkness +that was only broken by the frequent lightning.</P> +<P>Large drops of rain were now beginning to fall.</P> +<P>Tom and Dick had been walking some little distance in advance of the rest of +the party, who consequently had not overheard their conversation. A halt being +made, Mrs. Weldon inquired what was the matter. Tom explained that a camp or +village had been noticed a little way in front, and that the captain had gone +forward to investigate it. Mrs. Weldon asked no further questions, but quietly +waited the result. It was only a few minutes before Dick returned.</P> +<P>“You may come on,” he cried.</P> +<P>“Is the camp deserted?” asked Tom.</P> +<P>“It is not a camp at all; it is a lot of ant-hills!”</P> +<P>“Ant-hills!” echoed Benedict, suddenly aroused into a state of +excitement.</P> +<P>[Illustration: One after another, the whole party made their way inside]</P> +<P>“No doubt of it, Mr. Benedict.” replied Dick; “they are ant-hills twelve feet +high at least: and I hope we shall be able to get into them.”</P> +<P>“Twelve feet!” the naturalist repeated; “they must be those of the termites, +the white ants; there is no other insect that could make them. Wonderful +architects are the termites.”</P> +<P>“Termites, or whatever they are, they will have to turn out for us,” said +Dick.</P> +<P>“But they will eat us up!” objected Benedict.</P> +<P>“I can’t help that,” retorted Dick; “go we must, and go at once.”</P> +<P>“But stop a moment,” continued the provoking naturalist; “stop, and tell me: +I can’t be wrong: I always thought that white ants could never be found +elsewhere than in Africa.”</P> +<P>“Come along, sir, I say; come along, quick!” shouted Dick, terrified lest +Mrs. Weldon should have overheard him.</P> +<P>They hurried on. A wind had risen; large spattering drops were now beginning +to fall more heavily on the ground and in a few minutes it would be impossible +to stand against the advancing tempest. The nearest of the accumulation of +ant-hills was reached in time, and however dangerous their occupants might be, +it was decided either to expel them, or to share their quarters. Each cone was +formed of a kind of reddish clay, and had a single opening at its base. Hercules +took his hatchet, and quickly enlarged the aperture till it would admit his own +huge body. Not an ant made its appearance. Cousin Benedict expressed his extreme +surprise. But the structure unquestionably was empty, and one after another the +whole party made their way inside.</P> +<P>The rain by this time was descending in terrific torrents, strong enough to +extinguish, one would think, the most violent explosions of the electric fluid. +But the travellers were secure in their shelter, and had nothing to fear for the +present; their tenement was of greater stability than a tent or a native hut. It +was one of those marvellous structures erected by little insects, which to +Cameron appeared even more wonderful than the upraising of the Egyptian pyramids +by human hands. To use his own comparison, it might be likened to the +construction of a Mount Everest, the loftiest of the Himalayan peaks, by the +united labour of a nation.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER V.</H4> +<H4>WHITE ANTS.</H4> +<P>The storm had now burst in full fury, and fortunate it was that a refuge had +been found. The rain did not fall in separate drops as in temperate zones, but +descended like the waters of a cataract, in one solid and compact mass, in a way +that could only suggest the outpour of some vast aerial basin containing the +waters of an entire ocean. Contrary, too, to the storms of higher latitudes, of +which the duration seems ordinarily to be in inverse ratio to their violence, +these African tempests, whatever their magnitude, often last for whole days, +furrowing the soil into deep ravines, changing plains to lakes and brooks to +torrents, and causing rivers to overflow and cover vast districts with their +inundations. It is hard to understand whence such volumes of vapour and electric +fluid can accumulate. The earth, upon these occasions, might almost seem to be +carried back to the remote period which has been called “the diluvian age.”</P> +<P>Happily, the walls of the ant-hill were very thick; no beaver-hut formed of +pounded earth could be more perfectly water-tight, and a torrent might have +passed over it without a particle of moisture making its way through its +substance.</P> +<P>As soon as the party had taken possession of the tenement, a lantern was +lighted, and they proceeded to examine the interior. The cone, which was about +twelve feet high inside, was eleven feet wide at the base, gradually narrowing +to a sugar-loaf top. The walls and partitions between the tiers of cells were +nowhere less than a foot thick throughout.</P> +<P>These wonderful erections, the result of the combined labour of innumerable +insects, are by no means uncommon in the heart of Africa. Smeathman, a Dutch +traveller of the last century, has recorded how he and four companions all at +one time occupied the summit of one of them in Loundé. Livingstone noticed some +made of red clay, of which the height varied from fifteen to twenty feet; and in +Nyangwé, Cameron several times mistook one of these colonies for a native camp +pitched upon the plain. He described some of these strange edifices as being +flanked with small spires, giving them the appearance of a cathedral-dome.</P> +<P>The reddish clay of which the ant-hill was composed could leave no doubt upon +the mind of a naturalist that it had been formed by the species known as “termes +bellicosus;” had it been made of grey or black alluvial soil, it might have been +attributed to the “termes mordax” or “termes atrox,” formidable names that must +awaken anything but pleasure in the minds of all but enthusiast +entomologists.</P> +<P>In the centre was an open space, surrounded by roomy compartments, ranged one +upon another, like the berths of a ship’s cabin, and lined with the millions of +cells that had been occupied by the ants. This central space was inadequate to +hold the whole party that had now made their hurried resort to it, but as each +of the compartments was sufficiently capacious to admit one person to occupy it +in a sitting posture, Mrs. Weldon, Jack, Nan, and Cousin Benedict were exalted +to the upper tier, Austin, Bat, and Actæon occupied the next story, whilst Tom +and Hercules, and Dick Sands himself remained below.</P> +<P>Dick soon found that the soil beneath his feet was beginning to get damp, and +insisted upon having some of the dry clay spread over it from the base of the +cone.</P> +<P>“It is a long time,” he said, “since we have slept with a roof over our +heads; and I am anxious to make our refuge as secure as possible. It may be that +we shall have to</P> +<P>[Illustration: Cousin Benedict’s curiosity was awakened.]</P> +<P>stay here for a whole day or more; on the first opportunity I shall go and +explore; it may turn out that we are near the stream we are seeking; and perhaps +we shall have to build a raft before we start again.”</P> +<P>Under his direction, therefore, Hercules took his hatchet, and proceeded to +break down the lowest range of cells and to spread the dry, brittle clay of +which they were composed a good foot thick over the damp floor, taking care not +in any way to block up the aperture by which the fresh air penetrated into the +interior.</P> +<P>It was indeed fortunate that the termites had abandoned their home; had it +swarmed with its multitudes of voracious Neuroptera, the ant-hill would have +been utterly untenable for human beings. Cousin Benedict’s curiosity was +awakened, and he was intensely interested in the question of the evacuation, so +that he proceeded at once to investigate, if he could, whether the emigration +had been recent or otherwise. He took the lantern, and as the result of his +scrutiny he soon discovered in a recess what he described as the termites’ +“storehouse,” or the place where the indefatigable insects keep their +provisions. It was a large cavity, not far from the royal cell, which, together +with the cells for the reception of the young larvae, had been destroyed by +Hercules in the course of his flooring operations. Out of this receptacle +Benedict drew a considerable quantity of gum and vegetable juices, all in a +state so liquid as to demonstrate that they had been deposited there quite +recently.</P> +<P>“They have only just gone,” he exclaimed, with an air of authority, as if he +imagined that some one was about to challenge his assertion.</P> +<P>“We are not going to dispute your word, Mr. Benedict,” said Dick; “here we +are; we have taken their place, and shall be quite content for them to keep out +of the way, without caring when they went, or where they have gone.”</P> +<P>“But we must care,” retorted Benedict testily; “why they have gone concerns +us a good deal; these juices make it evident, from the liquid state in which we +find them, that the ants were here this morning, they have not only gone, but +they have carried off their young larvae with them; they have been sagacious +enough to take warning of some impending danger.”</P> +<P>“Perhaps they heard that we were coming,” said Hercules, laughing.</P> +<P>A look of withering scorn was the only answer that the entomologist deigned +to give.</P> +<P>“Yes, I say,” repeated Hercules, “perhaps they heard that we were +coming.”</P> +<P>“Pshaw!” said Benedict contemptuously; “do you imagine they would be afraid +of you? they would reduce your carcase to a skeleton in no time, if they found +it across their path.”</P> +<P>“No doubt, if I were dead,” replied Hercules, “they could pick my bones +pretty clean; but while I had the use of my limbs I think I could crush them by +thousands.”</P> +<P>“Thousands!” ejaculated Benedict, with increasing warmth; “you think you +could demolish thousands; but what if they were hundreds of thousands, millions, +hundreds of millions? Alive as much as dead, I tell you, they wouldn’t be long +in consuming every morsel of you.”</P> +<P>During this brisk little discussion Dick Sands had been pondering over what +Benedict had said. There was no doubt that the amateur naturalist was well +acquainted with the habits of white ants, and if, as he affirmed, the insects +had instinctively quitted their abode on account of some approaching danger, +Dick asked himself whether it was safe or prudent for his party to remain. But +the fury of the storm was still so great that all possibility of removing from +the shelter seemed precluded for the present, and, without inquiring farther +into the mystery, he merely said,</P> +<P>“Although the ants, Mr. Benedict, have left us their provisions, we must not +forget that we have brought our own. We will have our supper now, and to-morrow, +when the storm is over, we will see what is to be done.”</P> +<P>Fatigue had not taken away the appetite of the energetic travellers, and they +gladly set about the preparation of their meal. The provisions, of which they +had enough for</P> +<P>[Illustration: The naturalist now fairly mounted on a favourite hobby.]</P> +<P>another two days, had not been injured by the rain. For some minutes the +crunching of hard biscuit was the only sound to be heard; Hercules, in +particular, seemed to pound away with his huge jaws as with a pair of +millstones.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon was the only one of the party who ate little; and that little was +only taken at Dick’s earnest solicitation; he could not help noticing, with much +concern, that although Jack seemed to be satisfactorily recovering, and, without +sign of fever, was sleeping calmly enough on a bed made up of clothes spread out +in one of the cells, yet his mother had lost much of her courage, and seemed +preoccupied and depressed.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict did due honour to the simple evening repast; not on account +of its quantity or quality, but because it gave him an opportunity of holding +forth upon the subject of termites. He was much vexed that he had been unable to +discover a single specimen in the deserted anthill with which he might +illustrate his lecture, but notwithstanding this deficiency he continued to +talk, heedless whether any one was listening.</P> +<P>“They are wonderful insects,” he said; “they belong to the order of the +Neuroptera, which have the antennae longer than the head; their mandibles are +well-developed, and the inferior pair of wings is generally as large as the +superior. There are five families of them; the Panorpide, the Myrmellonide, the +Hemerobiide, the Termitine, and the Perlide. I need hardly say that what we are +now occupying is a dwelling of the Termitine.”</P> +<P>At this point Dick became all attention; he was anxious to ascertain whether +this discovery of white ants had aroused any suspicion in Benedict’s mind that +they must be on African soil. The naturalist, now fairly mounted on a favourite +hobby, went on with his discourse.</P> +<P>“I am sorry not to have a specimen to show you, but these Termitine have four +joints in the tarsi, and strong horny mandibles. The family includes, as genera, +the Mantispa, the Raphidia, and the Termes, the last commonly known as white +ants, amongst which are ‘Termes fatalis, Termes lucifugans, Termes mordax,’ and +several others more or less rare.”</P> +<P>“And which of them built this ant-hill?” inquired Dick.</P> +<P>“The bellicosi!” replied Benedict, pronouncing the name with as much pride as +if he were eulogizing the Macedonians or some warlike nation of antiquity. +“Bellicosi,” he continued, “are to be found of every size. There is as much +difference between the largest and the smallest of them as there is between +Hercules and a dwarf; the workers are about one-fifth of an inch long; the +soldiers, or fighting-ants, are half an inch; whilst the males and females +measure four fifths of an inch. There is another curious species, called +‘sirafoos,’ which are about half an inch long, and have pincers instead of +mandibles, and heads larger than their bodies, like sharks. In fact, if sharks +and sirafoos were placed in competition, I should be inclined to back the +sharks.”</P> +<P>“And where are these sirafoos most generally to be found?” said Dick +cautiously.</P> +<P>“In Africa, in the southern and central provinces. Africa may truly be termed +the land of ants. Livingstone, in the notes brought home by Stanley, describes a +battle which he was fortunate enough to witness between an army of black ants +and an army of red. The black ants, or drivers, which are what the natives call +sirafoos, got the best of it; and the red ants, or ‘tchoongoos,’ after a very +resolute defence, were obliged to retire defeated, carrying their eggs and young +ones with them. Livingstone avows that he never saw the warlike instinct so +strongly developed as in these sirafoos; the stoutest man, the largest animal, a +lion or an elephant, quails before the grip of their mandibles: no obstacle +impedes their progress; no tree is too lofty for them to scale, and they +contrive to cross wide streams by forming their own bodies into a kind of +suspension bridge. Equally amazing are their numbers; Du Chaillu, another +African traveller, relates how it took more than twelve hours for a column of +ants to file pass him, without a moment’s pause in their march. These numbers, +however cease to be so surprising when it is explained that their fecundity is +such that a single female of the termites bellicosi has been estimated to +produce as many as sixty thousand eggs a day. These Neuroptera furnish the +natives with a favourite food, grilled ants being considered a great +delicacy.”</P> +<P>“Have you ever tasted them?” asked Hercules, with a grin.</P> +<P>“Never,” answered the naturalist; “but I am in hopes I shall have a chance of +doing so very soon.”</P> +<P>“Surely you don’t imagine yourself in Africa!” said Tom suddenly.</P> +<P>“Africa! no; why should I?” replied Benedict; “but, as I have already seen a +tzetsy in America, I do not despair of having the satisfaction of discovering +white ants there too. You do not know the sensation I shall make in Europe when +I publish my folio volume and its illustrations.”</P> +<P>It was evident that no inkling of the truth had yet entered poor Benedict’s +brain, and it seemed likely that it would require demonstration far more +striking than any natural phenomena to undeceive the minds of such of the party +as were not already in possession of the fatal secret.</P> +<P>Although it was nine o’clock, Cousin Benedict went on talking incessantly, +regardless of the fact that one by one his audience were falling to sleep in +their separate cells. Dick Sands did not sleep, but neither did he interrupt the +entomologist by farther questions; Hercules kept up his attention longer than +the rest, but at length he too succumbed to weariness, and his eyes and ears +were closed to all external sights and sounds.</P> +<P>But endurance has limits, and at last Cousin Benedict, having worn himself +out, clambered up to the topmost cell of the cone, which he had chosen for his +dormitory, and fell into a peaceful slumber.</P> +<P>The lantern had been already extinguished. All was darkness and silence +within, whilst the storm without still raged with a violence that gave no sign +of abatement.</P> +<P>Dick Sands himself was the only one of the party who was not partaking in the +repose that was so indispensable to them all; but he could not sleep; his every +thought was absorbed in the responsibility that rested on him to rescue those +under his charge from the dangers that threatened them. Again and again he +recalled every incident that had occurred since the loss of Captain Hull and his +crew; he remembered the occasion when he had stood with his pistol pointed at +Negoro’s head; why, oh why, had his hand faltered then? why had he not at that +moment hurled the miserable wretch overboard, and thus relieved himself and his +partners in trouble from the catastrophe that had since befallen them? Peril was +still staring them in the face, and his sole drop of consolation in the bitter +cup of despondency was that Mrs. Weldon was still ignorant of their real +situation.</P> +<P>At that moment, just in the fever of his agony, he felt a light breath upon +his forehead; a hand was laid upon his shoulder, and a gentle voice murmured in +his ear,—</P> +<P>“My poor boy, I know everything. God will help us! His will be done!”</P> +<P>[Illustration: “My poor boy, I know everything.”]</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VI.</H4> +<H4>A DIVING-BELL.</H4> +<P>This sudden revelation that Mrs. Weldon was acquainted with the true state of +things left Dick speechless. Even had he been capable of replying, she gave him +no opportunity, but immediately retired to the side of her son. The various +incidents of the march had all gradually enlightened her, and perhaps the +exclamation of Cousin Benedict on the preceding evening had crowned them all; +anyhow the brave lady now knew the worst. Dick felt, however, that she did not +despair; neither would he.</P> +<P>He lay and longed for the dawn, when he hoped to explore the situation +better, and perchance to find the watercourse which he was convinced could not +be far distant. Moreover, he was extremely anxious to be out of the reach of the +natives whom, it was only too likely, Negoro and Harris might be putting on +their track.</P> +<P>But as yet no glimmer of daylight penetrated the aperture of the cone, whilst +the heavy rumblings, deadened as they were by the thickness of the walls, made +it certain that the storm was still raging with undiminished fury. Attentively +Dick listened, and he could distinctly hear the rain beating around the base of +the ant-hill; the heavy drops splashed again as they fell, in a way altogether +different to what they would upon solid ground, so that he felt sure that the +adjacent land was by this time completely flooded. He was getting very drowsy +when it suddenly occurred to him that it was not unlikely the aperture was +getting blocked up with damp clay; in that case he knew that the breath of the +inmates would quickly vitiate the internal atmosphere. He crept along the ground +and had the satisfaction of finding that the clay embankment was still perfectly +dry; the orifice was quite unobstructed, allowing not only a free passage to the +air, but admitting the glare of the occasional flashes of lightning, which the +descending volumes of water did not seem to stay.</P> +<P>Having thus far satisfied himself that all was well, and that there was no +immediate danger, Dick thought that he might now resign himself to sleep as well +as the rest: he took the precaution, however, of stretching himself upon the +embankment within easy reach of the opening, and with his head supported against +the wall, after a while dozed off.</P> +<P>How long his light slumber had lasted he could not say, when he was aroused +by a sensation of cold. He started up, and to his horror discovered that the +water had entered the ant-hill and was rising rapidly; it could not be long, he +saw, before it reached the cells which were occupied by Hercules and Tom. He +woke them at once, and told them what he had observed. The lantern was soon +lighted, and they set to work to ascertain what progress the water was making It +rose for about five feet, when it was found to remain stationary.</P> +<P>“What is the matter, Dick?” inquired Mrs. Weldon, disturbed by the movements +of the men.</P> +<P>“Nothing very alarming,” answered Dick promptly; “only some water has found +its way into the lower part of the place; it will not reach your upper cells; +probably some river has overflowed its boundaries.”</P> +<P>“The very river, perhaps,” suggested Hercules assuringly, “that is to carry +us to the coast.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon made no reply.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict was still sleeping as soundly as if he were himself a white +ant; the negroes were peering down on to the sheet of water which reflected back +the rays of the lantern, ready to carry out any orders given by Dick, who was +quietly gauging the inundation, and removing the provisions and fire-arms out of +its reach.</P> +<P>[Illustration: They set to work to ascertain what progress the water was +making.]</P> +<P>“Did the water get in at the opening, Mr. Dick?” asked Tom.</P> +<P>“Yes, Tom, and consequently we are coming to the end of our stock of fresh +air,” was Dick’s reply.</P> +<P>“But why should we not make another opening above the water level?” Tom +inquired.</P> +<P>“A thing to be thought about,” said Dick; “but we have to remember that if we +have five feet of water here inside, there is probably a depth of six or seven +outside. In rising here the flood has compressed the air, and made it an +obstacle to further progress, but if we allow the air to escape, we may perhaps +only be letting the water rise too high for our safety. We are just as if we +were in a diving-bell.”</P> +<P>“Then what is to be done?” asked the old negro.</P> +<P>“No doubt,” replied Dick, “we must proceed very cautiously. An inconsiderate +step will jeopardize our lives.” Dick Sands was quite correct in comparing the +cone to an immersed diving-bell. In that mechanical contrivance, however, the +air can always be renewed by means of pumps, so that it can be occupied without +inconvenience beyond what is entailed by a somewhat confined atmosphere; but +here the interior space had already been reduced by a third part through the +encroachment of the water, and there was no method of communicating with the +outer air except by opening a new aperture, an operation in which there was +manifest danger.</P> +<P>Dick did not entertain the slightest apprehension that the ant-hill would be +carried away bodily by the inundation; he knew that it would adhere to its base +as firmly as a beaver-hut; what he really dreaded was that the storm would last +so long that the flood would rise high above the plain, perhaps submerging the +ant-hill entirely, so that ultimately all air would be expelled by the +persistent pressure.</P> +<P>The more he pondered the more he felt himself driven to the conviction that +the inundation would be wide and deep. It could not be, he felt sure, entirely +owing to the downpour from the clouds that the rapid flood was rising; there +must have been the sudden overflowing of some stream to cause such a deluge over +the low-lying plain. It could not be proved that the ant hill was not already +under water, so that escape might be no longer possible, even from its highest +point.</P> +<P>With all Dick’s courage, it was yet evident that he was very uneasy; he did +not know what to do, and asked himself again and again whether patient waiting +or decisive action would be his more prudent course.</P> +<P>It was now about three o’clock in the morning. All within the ant-hill were +silent and motionless, listening to the incessant turmoil which told that the +strife of the elements had not yet ceased.</P> +<P>Presently, old Tom pointed out that the height of the water was gradually +increasing, but only by very slow ascent. Dick could only say that if the flood +continued to rise, however slowly, it must inevitably drive out the air.</P> +<P>As if struck by a sudden thought, Bat called out,—</P> +<P>“Let me try and get outside. Perhaps I might dive and get through the +opening.”</P> +<P>“I think I had better make that experiment myself,” answered Dick.</P> +<P>“That you never shall,” interposed Tom peremptorily; “you must let Bat go. It +may not be possible to get back, and your presence is indispensable here. Think, +sir, think of Mrs. Weldon, and Master Jack,” he added in a lower tone.</P> +<P>“Well, well,” Dick assented, “if it must be so, Bat shall go.”</P> +<P>And turning to Bat, he continued,</P> +<P>“Do not try to come back again; we will try, if we can, to follow you the +same way; but if the top of the cone is still above water, knock hard on it with +your hatchet, and we shall take it as a signal that we may break our way out. Do +you understand?”</P> +<P>“All right!” he said, “all right, sir.”</P> +<P>And after wringing his father’s hand, he drew a long breath, and plunged into +the water that filled the lower section of the ant-hill.</P> +<P>It was an exploit that required considerable agility; the diver would have to +find the orifice, make his way through it, and, without loss of a moment, let +himself rise to the surface outside. Full half a minute elapsed, and Dick was +making sure that the negro had been successful in his effort, when his black +head emerged from the water. There was a general exclamation of surprise.</P> +<P>“It is blocked up,” gasped Bat, as soon as he had recovered breath enough to +speak.</P> +<P>“Blocked up?” cried Tom.</P> +<P>“Yes,” Bat affirmed; “I have felt all round the wall very carefully with my +hand, and I am sure there is no hole left; I suppose the water has dissolved the +clay.”</P> +<P>“If you cannot find a hole,” exclaimed Hercules, “I can very soon make one;” +and he was just about to plunge his hatchet into the side of the ant-hill, when +Dick prevented him.</P> +<P>“Stop, stop! you must not be in such a hurry!”</P> +<P>He reflected for a few moments, and went on,—</P> +<P>“We must be cautious; an impetuous step may be destruction; perhaps the water +is over the top; if it is allowed to enter, then at once is an end of all.”</P> +<P>“But whatever we do,” urged Tom, “must be done at once; there is no time to +lose.”</P> +<P>He was right; the water had risen till it was quite six feet deep; none but +Mrs. Weldon, Jack, Nan, and Cousin Benedict, who were lodged in the upper cells, +were fairly above its surface.</P> +<P>Dick now came to his determination. At about a foot above the water-level, +that is, about seven feet from the ground, he resolved to bore a hole through +the clay. If he should find himself in communication with the open air, he would +have the proof he desired that the top of the cone was still uncovered; if, on +the other hand, he should ascertain that he had pierced the wall below the +surface of the external water, he would be prepared to plug up the hole +instantaneously, and repeat the experiment higher up. It was true that the +inundation might have risen even fifteen feet above the plain; in that case the +worst had come, and there was no alternative but that they must all die of +asphyxia.</P> +<P>Carefully considering the chances of his undertaking, Dick calmly and +steadily set about his task. The best instrument that suggested itself for his +purpose was the ramrod of a gun, which, having a sort of corkscrew at the end +for extracting the wadding, would serve as an auger. The hole would be very +small, but yet large enough for the requisite test. Hercules showed him all the +light he could by holding up the lantern. There were several candles left, so +that they were not in fear of being altogether in darkness.</P> +<P>The operation hardly took a minute; the ramrod passed through the clay +without difficulty; a muffled sound was distinguished as of air-bubbles rushing +through a column of water. As the air escaped, the water in the cone rose +perceptibly. The hole had been pierced too low. A handful of clay was +immediately forced into the orifice, which was thus effectually plugged; and +Dick turned round quietly, and said,—</P> +<P>“We must try again.”</P> +<P>The water had again become stationary, but its last rise had diminished the +amount of breathing space by more than eight inches. The supply of oxygen was +beginning to fail, respiration was becoming difficult, and the flame of the +candle burned red and dim.</P> +<P>About a foot higher than the first hole, Dick now set about boring a second. +The experiment might again prove a failure, and the water rise yet higher in the +cone; but the risk must be run.</P> +<P>Just as the auger was being inserted, a loud exclamation of delight was heard +proceeding from Cousin Benedict’s cell. Dick paused, and Hercules turned the +lantern towards the excited naturalist, who seemed beaming with +satisfaction.</P> +<P>“Yes, yes; I see it all well enough,” he cried; “I know now why the termites +left their home; they were wide-awake; they were more clever than we are; they +knew that the storm was coming!”</P> +<P>Finding that this was all the worthy entomologist had</P> +<P>[Illustration: All fired simultaneously at the nearest boat.]</P> +<P>to communicate, Dick, without comment, turned back again to his operation. +Again the gurgling noise! again the water’s upward rush! For the second time he +had failed to effect an aperture to the outer air!</P> +<P>The situation was to the last degree alarming. The water had all but reached +Mrs. Weldon, and she was obliged to take her boy into her arms. Every one felt +nearly stifled. A loud singing was heard in the ears, and the lantern showed +barely any light at all. A few minutes more and the air would be incapable of +supporting life. One chance alone remained. They must bore another hole at the +very summit of the cone. Not that they were unaware of the imminent danger of +this measure, for if the ant-hill were really submerged the water from below +would immediately expel the remaining air and death must be instantaneous. A few +brief words from Dick explained the emergency of the crisis. Mrs. Weldon +recognized the necessity,—</P> +<P>“Yes, Dick, do it; there is nothing else to be done.”</P> +<P>While she was speaking the light flickered out, and they were in total +darkness.</P> +<P>Mounted on the shoulders of Hercules, who was crouching in one of the +side-cells, his head only just above water, Dick proceeded to force the ramrod +into the clay, which at the vertex of the ant-hill was considerably harder and +thicker than elsewhere.</P> +<P>A strange mingling of hope and fear thrilled through Dick Sands as he applied +his hand to make the opening which was to admit life and air, or the flood of +death!</P> +<P>The silence of the general expectation was broken by the noise of a sharp +hissing; the water rose for eight inches, but all at once it ceased to rise; it +had found its level. No need this time to close the orifice; the top of the +ant-hill was higher than the top of the flood; and for the present, at least, +they could all rejoice that their lives were spared!</P> +<P>A general cheer, led by the stentorian voice of Hercules, involuntarily broke +from the party; cutlasses were brought into action, and the clay crumbled away +beneath the vigorous assault that was made upon it. The welcome air was admitted +through the new-made aperture, bringing with it the first rays of the rising +sun. The summit of the ant-hill once removed, it would be quite easy to clamber +to the top, whence it was hoped they would soon get away to some high ground out +of reach of the flood.</P> +<P>Dick was the first to mount the summit; but a cry of dismay burst from his +lips!</P> +<P>A sound only too well known to travellers in Africa broke upon his ear; that +sound was the whizzing of arrows.</P> +<P>Hardly a hundred yards away was a large encampment; whilst, in the water, +quite close to the ant-hill where he stood, he saw some long boats full of +natives. From one of these had come the volley of arrows which had greeted his +appearance above the opening of the cone.</P> +<P>To tell his people what had happened was the work of a moment. He seized his +gun, and made Hercules, Bat, and Actæon take theirs, and all fired +simultaneously at the nearest boat. Several of the natives were seen to fall; +but shouts of defiance were raised, and shots were fired in return.</P> +<P>Resistance was manifestly useless. What could they do against a hundred +natives? they were assailed on every hand. In accordance with what seemed a +preconcerted plan, they were carried off from the ant-hill with brutal violence, +in two parties, without the chance of a farewell word or sign.</P> +<P>Dick Sands saw that Mrs. Weldon, Jack, and Cousin Benedict were placed on +board one boat, and were conveyed towards the camp, whilst he himself, with the +five negroes and old Nan, was forced into another, and taken in a different +direction. Twenty natives formed a body-guard around them, and five boats +followed in their rear.</P> +<P>Useless though it were, Dick and the negroes made one desperate attempt to +maintain their freedom; they wounded several of their antagonists, and would +doubtless have paid their lives as a penalty for their daring, if there had not +been special orders given that they should be taken alive.</P> +<P>The passage of the flood was soon accomplished. The boat had barely touched +the shore, when Hercules with a</P> +<P>[Illustration: The giant clave their skulls with the butt end of his +gun.]</P> +<P>tremendous bound sprang on to the land. Instantly two natives rushed upon +him. The giant clave their skulls with the butt end of his gun, and made off. +Followed though he was by a storm of bullets, he escaped in safety, and +disappeared beneath the cover of the woods.</P> +<P>Dick Sands and the others were guarded to the shore, and fettered like +slaves.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VII.</H4> +<H4>A SLAVE CARAVAN.</H4> +<P>The storm of the previous night, by swelling the tributaries of the Coanza, +had caused the main river to overflow its banks. The inundation had entirely +changed the aspect of the country, transforming the plain into a lake, where the +peaks of a number of ant-hills were the sole objects that emerged above the +watery expanse.</P> +<P>The Coanza, which is one of the principal rivers of Angola, falls into the +Atlantic about a hundred miles from the spot at which the “Pilgrim” was +stranded. The stream, which a few years later was crossed by Cameron on his way +to Benguela, seems destined to become the chief highway of traffic between +Angola and the interior; steamers already ply upon its lower waters, and +probably ten years will not elapse before they perform regular service along its +entire course.</P> +<P>Dick Sands had been quite right in searching northwards for the navigable +stream he had been so anxious to find; the rivulet he had been following fell +into the Coanza scarce a mile away, and had it not been for this unexpected +attack he and his friends might reasonably have hoped to descend the river upon +a raft, until they reached one of the Portuguese forts where steam vessels put +in. But their fate was ordered otherwise.</P> +<P>The camp which Dick had descried from the ant-hill was pitched upon an +eminence crowned by an enormous sycamore-fig, one of those giant trees +occasionally found in Central Africa, of which the spreading foliage will +shelter some five hundred men. Some of the non-fruit-bearing kind of +banyan-trees formed the background of the landscape.</P> +<P>Beneath the shelter of the sycamore, the caravan which had been referred to +in the conversation between Negoro and Harris had just made a halt. Torn from +their villages by the agents of the slave-dealer Alvez, the large troop of +natives was on its way to the market of Kazonndé, thence to be sent as occasion +required either to the west coast, or to Nyangwé, in the great lake district, to +be dispersed into Upper Egypt or Zanzibar.</P> +<P>Immediately on reaching the camp, the four negroes and old Nan were placed +under precisely the same treatment as the rest of the captives. In spite of a +desperate resistance, they were deprived of their weapons, and fastened two and +two, one behind another, by means of a pole about six feet long, forked at each +end, and attached to their necks by an iron bolt. Their arms were left free, +that they might carry any burdens, and in order to prevent an attempt to escape +a heavy chain was passed round their waists. It was thus in single file, unable +to turn either right or left, they would have to march hundreds of miles, goaded +along their toilsome road by the havildar’s whip. The lot of Hercules seemed +preferable, exposed though undoubtedly he would be in his flight to hunger, and +to the attacks of wild beasts, and to all the perils of that dreary country. But +solitude, with its worst privations, was a thing to be envied in comparison to +being in the hands of those pitiless drivers, who did not speak a word of the +language of their victims, but communicated with them only by threatening +gestures or by actual violence.</P> +<P>As a white man, Dick was not attached to any other captive. The drivers were +probably afraid to subject him to the same treatment as the negroes, and he was +left unfettered, but placed under the strict surveillance of a havildar. At +first he felt considerable surprise at not seeing Harris or Negoro in the camp, +as he could not entertain a doubt that it was at their instigation the attack +had been made upon their retreat; but when he came to reflect that Mrs. Weldon, +Jack, and Cousin Benedict had not been allowed to come with them, but had been +carried off in some other direction, he began to think it probable that the two +rascals had some scheme to carry out with regard to them elsewhere.</P> +<P>The caravan consisted of nearly eight hundred, including about five hundred +slaves of both sexes, two hundred soldiers and freebooters, and a considerable +number of havildars and drivers, over whom the agents acted as superior +officers.</P> +<P>These agents are usually of Portuguese or Arab extraction; and the cruelties +they inflict upon the miserable captives are almost beyond conception; they beat +them continually, and if any unfortunate slave sinks from exhaustion, or in any +way becomes unfit for the market, he is forthwith either stabbed or shot. As the +result of this brutality it rarely happens that fifty per cent of the slaves +reach their destination; some few may contrive to escape, and many are left as +skeletons along the line of route.</P> +<P>Such of the agents as are Portuguese are (as it may well be imagined) of the +very lowest dregs of society, outlaws, escaped criminals, and men of the most +desperate character; of this stamp were the associates of Negoro and Harris, now +in the employ of José Antonio Alvez, one of the most notorious of all the +slave-dealers of Central Africa, and of whom Commander Cameron has given some +curious information.</P> +<P>Most frequently the soldiers who escort the captives are natives hired by the +dealers, but they do not possess the entire monopoly of the forays made for the +purpose of securing slaves; the native negro kings make war upon each other with +this express design, and sell their vanquished antagonists, men, women, and +children, to the traders for calico, guns, gunpowder and red beads; or in times +of famine, according to Livingstone, even for a few grains of maize.</P> +<P>The escort of old Alvez’ caravan was an average specimen of these African +soldiers. It was simply a horde of half-naked banditti, carrying old +flint-locked muskets, the barrels of which were decorated with copper rings. The +agents are very often put to their wits’ end to know how to manage them; their +orders are called in question, halts are continually demanded, and in order to +avert desertion they are frequently obliged to yield to the obstreperous will of +their undisciplined force.</P> +<P>Although the slaves, both male and female, are compelled to carry burdens +whilst on their march, a certain number of porters, called <I>pagazis</I>, is +specially engaged to carry the more valuable merchandize, and principally the +ivory. Tusks occasionally weigh as much as 160 lbs., and require two men to +carry them to the dépôts, whence they are sent to the markets of Khartoom, +Natal, and Zanzibar. On their arrival the <I>pagazis</I> are paid by the dealers +according to contract, which is generally either by about twenty yards of the +cotton stuff known as <I>merikani</I>, or by a little powder, by a handful or +two of cowries, by some beads, or if all these be scarce, they are paid by being +allotted some of the slaves who are otherwise unsalable.</P> +<P>Among the five hundred slaves in the caravan, very few were at all advanced +in years. The explanation of this circumstance was that whenever a raid is made, +and a village is set on fire, every inhabitant above the age of forty is +mercilessly massacred or hung upon the neighbouring trees; only the children and +young adults of both sexes are reserved for the market, and as these constitute +only a small proportion of the vanquished, some idea may be formed of the +frightful depopulation which these vast districts of Equinoctial Africa are +undergoing.</P> +<P>Nothing could be more pitiable than the condition of this miserable herd. All +alike were destitute of clothing, having nothing on them but a few strips of the +stuff known as <I>mbuza</I>, made from the bark of trees; many of the women were +covered with bleeding wounds from the drivers’ lashes, and had their feet +lacerated by the constant friction of the road, but in addition to other burdens +were compelled to carry their own emaciated children; young men, too, there were +who had lost their voices from exhaustion, and who, to use Livingstone’s +expression, had been reduced to “ebony skeletons” by toiling under the yoke of +the fork, which is far more galling than the galley-chain. It was a sight that +might have moved the most stony-hearted, but yet there was no symptom of +compassion on the part of those Arab and Portuguese drivers whom Cameron +pronounces “worse than brutes.” [Footnote: Cameron says, “In order to obtain the +fifty women of whom Alvez is the owner, ten villages, containing altogether a +population of not less than 1500, were totally destroyed. A few of the +inhabitants contrived to escape, but the majority either perished in the flames, +were slain in defending their families, or were killed by hunger or wild beasts +in the jungle.... The crimes which are perpetuated in Africa, by men who call +themselves Christians, seem incredible to the inhabitants of civilized +countries. It is impossible that the government at Lisbon can be aware of the +atrocities committed by those who boast of being subject to her flag.” <I>Tour +du Monde</I>.</P> +<P>N.B.—Against these assertions of Cameron, loud protestations have been made +in Portugal.]</P> +<P>The guard over the prisoners was so strict that Dick Sands felt it would be +utterly useless for him to make any attempt to seek for Mrs. Weldon. She and her +son had doubtless been carried off by Negoro, and his heart sank when he thought +of the dangers to which too probably she would be exposed. Again and again he +repeated his reproaches on himself that he had ever allowed either Negoro or +Harris to escape his hands. Neither Mrs. Weldon nor Jack could expect the least +assistance from Cousin Benedict; the good man was barely able to consult for +himself. All three of them would, he conjectured, be conveyed to some remote +district of Angola; the poor mother, like some miserable slave, would insist +upon carrying her own sick son until her strength failed her, and, exhausted by +her endurances, she sank down helpless on the way.</P> +<P>A prisoner, and powerless to help! the very thought was itself a torture to +poor Dick. Even Dingo was gone! It would have been a satisfaction to have had +the dog to send off upon the track of the lost ones. One only hope remained. +Hercules still was free. All that human strength could attempt in Mrs. Weldon’s +behalf, Hercules would not fail to try. Perhaps, too, under cover of the night, +it was not altogether improbable that the stalwart negro would mingle with the +crowd of negroes (amongst whom his dark skin would enable him to pass +unnoticed), and make his way to Dick himself; then might not the two together +elude the vigilance of the watch? might they not follow after and overtake Mrs. +Weldon in the forest? would they not perchance be able either by stealth or by +force to liberate her, and once free they would effect an escape to the river, +and finally accomplish the undertaking in which they had been so lamentably +frustrated. Such were the sanguine visions in which Dick permitted himself to +indulge; his temperament overcame all tendency to despair, and kept him alive to +the faintest chance of deliverance.</P> +<P>The next thing of importance was to ascertain the destination of the caravan. +It was a matter of the most serious moment whether the convoy of slaves were +going to be carried to one of the dépôts of Angola, or whether they were to be +sent hundreds of miles into the interior to Nyangwe, in the heart of the great +lake district that Livingstone was then exploring. To reach the latter spot +would occupy some months, and to return thence to the coast, even if they should +be fortunate enough to regain their liberty, would be a work of insuperable +difficulty.</P> +<P>He was not long left in suspense. Although he could not understand the +half-African, half-Arab dialect that was used by the leaders of the caravan, he +noticed that the word Kazonndé occurred very frequently, and knowing it as the +name of an important market in the province, he naturally concluded that it was +there the slaves were to be disposed of; whether for the advantage of the king +of the district, or of one of the rich traders, he had no means of telling. +Unless his geographical knowledge was at fault, he was aware that Kazonndé must +be about 400 miles from S. Paul de Loanda, and consequently that it could hardly +be more than 250 miles from the part of the Coanza where they were now encamped. +Under favourable circumstances it was a journey that could not be accomplished +in less than twelve or fourteen days, but allowing for the retarded progress of +a caravan already exhausted by a lengthened march, Dick was convinced that they +could not reach the place for at least three weeks.</P> +<P>He was most anxious to communicate to his companions in adversity his +impression that they were not to be carried into the heart of the country, and +began to cogitate whether some plan could not be devised for exchanging a few +words with them.</P> +<P>Forked together, as it has been said, two and two, the four negroes were at +the right-hand extremity of the camp; Bat attached to his father, Austin to +Actæon. A havildar, with twelve soldiers, formed their guard. Dick, at first, +was about fifty yards away from the group, but being left free to move about, +contrived gradually to diminish the distance between himself and them. Tom +seemed to apprehend his intention, and whispered a word to his companions that +they should be on the look-out. Without moving they were all on their guard in a +moment. Dick, careful to conceal his design, strolled backward with a feigned +indifference, and succeeded in getting so near that he might have called out and +informed Tom that they were going to Kazonndé. But he was desirous of +accomplishing more than this; he wanted to get an opportunity of having some +conversation as to their future plans, and he ventured to approach still nearer. +His heart beat high as he believed he was on the point of attaining his object, +when all at once the havildar, becoming aware of his design, rushed upon him +like a madman, summoned some soldiers, and with considerable violence sent him +back to the front. Tom and the others were quickly removed to another part of +the encampment.</P> +<P>Exasperated by the rough attack that was made upon him, Dick had seized the +havildar’s gun and broken it, almost wrenching it from his hands, when several +soldiers simultaneously assailed him, and would have struck him down and killed +him upon the spot, had not one of the chiefs, an Arab of huge stature and +ferocious countenance, interfered to stop them.</P> +<P>This Arab was the Ibn Hamish of whom Harris had spoken to Negoro. He said a +few words which Dick could not understand, and the soldiers, with manifest +reluctance, relaxed their hold and retired. It was evident that although Dick +was not to be permitted to hold any communication</P> +<P>[Illustration: The start was made.]</P> +<P>with the rest of his party, orders had been given that his life was to be +protected.</P> +<P>It was now nine o’clock, and the beating of drums and the blowing of coodoo +[Footnote: Coodoo, a ruminant common in Africa.] horns gave the signal that the +morning march was to be continued. Instantly chiefs, soldiers, porters, and +slaves were upon their feet, and arranged themselves in their various groups +with a havildar bearing a bright-coloured banner at their head.</P> +<P>The order was given; the start was made. A strange song was heard rising in +the air. It was a song, not of the victors, but of the vanquished. The slaves +were chanting an imprecation on their oppressors; and the burden of the chorus +was that captured, tortured, slain—after death they would return and avenge +their wrongs upon their murderers!</P> +<H4>CHAPTER VIII.</H4> +<H4>NOTES BY THE WAY.</H4> +<P>The storm of the preceding evening had now passed away, but the sky was still +cloudy and the weather far from settled. It was the 19th of April, the time of +the <I>masika</I>, or second period of the rainy season, so that for the next +two or three weeks the nights might be expected to be wet.</P> +<P>On leaving the banks of the Coanza the caravan proceeded due east. Soldiers +marched at the head and in the rear, as well as upon the flanks of the troop; +any escape of the prisoners, therefore, even if they had not been loaded with +their fetters, would have been utterly impossible. They were all driven along +without any attempt at order, the havildars using their whips unsparingly upon +them whenever they showed signs of flagging. Some poor mothers could be seen +carrying two infants, one on each arm, whilst others led by the hand naked +children, whose feet were sorely cut by the rough ground over which they had +trod.</P> +<P>Ibn Hamish, the Arab who had interfered between Dick and the havildar, acted +as commander to the caravan, and was here, there, and everywhere; not moved in +the least by the sufferings of the captives, but obliged to be attentive to the +importunities of the soldiers and porters, who were perpetually clamouring for +extra rations, or demanding an immediate halt. Loud were the discussions that +arose, and the uproar became positively deafening when the quarrelsome voices +rose above the shrieks of the slaves,</P> +<P>[Illustration: If ever the havildar strolled a few yards away, Bat took the +opportunity of murmuring a few words of encouragement to this poor old +father.]</P> +<P>many of whom found themselves treading upon soil already stained by the blood +of the ranks in front.</P> +<P>No chance again opened for Dick to get any communication with his friends, +who had been sent to the van of the procession. Urged on by the whip they +continued to march in single file, their heads in the heavy forks. If ever the +havildar strolled a few yards away, Bat took the opportunity of murmuring a few +words of encouragement to his poor old father, while he tried to pick out the +easiest path for him, and to relax the pace to suit his enfeebled limbs. Large +tears rolled down old Tom’s cheeks when he found that his son’s efforts only +resulted in bringing down upon his back some sharp cuts of the havildar’s whip. +Actæon and Austin, subject to hardly less brutality, followed a few steps +behind, but all four could not help feeling envious at the luck of Hercules, who +might have dangers to encounter, but at least had his liberty.</P> +<P>Immediately upon their capture, Tom had revealed to his companions the fact +that they were in Africa, and informing them how they had been betrayed by +Harris, made them understand that they had no mercy to expect.</P> +<P>Old Nan had been placed amongst a group of women in the central ranks. She +was chained to a young mother with two children, the one at the breast, the +other only three years old, and scarcely able to walk. Moved by compassion, Nan +took the little one into her own arms, thus not only saving it from fatigue, but +from the blows it would very likely have received for lagging behind. The mother +shed tears of gratitude, but the weight was almost too much for Nan’s strength, +and she felt as if she must break down under her self-imposed burden. She +thought fondly of little Jack, and imagining him borne along in the arms of his +weary mother, could not help asking herself whether she should ever see him or +her kind mistress again.</P> +<P>Far in the rear, Dick could not see the head of the caravan except +occasionally, when the ground was rather on the rise. The voices of the agents +and drivers, harsh and excited as they were, scarcely roused him from his +melancholy reflections. His thoughts were not of himself nor of his own +sufferings; his whole attention was absorbed in looking for some traces of Mrs. +Weldon’s progress; if she, too, was being taken to Kazonndé, her route must also +lie this way. But he could discover no trace of her having been conducted by +this line of march, and could only hope that she was being spared the cruelties +which he was himself witnessing.</P> +<P>The forest extended for about twenty miles to the east of the Coanza, but +whether it was that the trees had been destroyed by the ravages of insects, or +broken down before they had made their growth by being trampled on by elephants, +they were growing much less thickly than in the immediate vicinity of the river. +There were numbers of cotton-trees, seven or eight feet high, from which are +manufactured the black-and-white striped stuffs that are worn in the interior of +the province; but, upon the whole, progress was not much impeded either by +shrubs or underwood. Occasionally the caravan plunged into jungles of reeds like +bamboos, their stalks an inch in diameter, so tall that only an elephant or +giraffe could have reared above them, and through which none excepting such as +had a very intimate knowledge of the country could possibly have made their +way.</P> +<P>Starting every morning at daybreak they marched till noon, when an hour’s +halt was made. Packets of manioc were then unfastened, and doled out in sparing +quantities among the slaves; sometimes, when the soldiers had plundered some +village, a little goat’s flesh or some sweet potatoes were added to the meal; +but generally the fatigue, aggravated by inadequate rest, took away the +appetite, and when meal-time arrived many of the slaves could hardly eat at all. +During the first eight days’ march from the Coanza no less than twenty +unfortunate wretches had fallen upon the road, and had been left behind, a prey +to the lions, panthers, and leopards that prowled in the wake. As Dick heard +their roars in the stillness of the night, he trembled as he thought of +Hercules. Nevertheless, had the opportunity offered itself, he would not for a +moment have hesitated in making his own escape to the wilderness.</P> +<P>[Illustration: The caravan had been attacked on the flank by a dozen or more +crocodiles.]</P> +<P>The two hundred and fifty miles between the river and Kazonndé were +accomplished in what the traders call marches of ten miles each, including the +halts at night and midday. The journey cannot be better described than by a few +rough notes that Dick Sands made upon his way.</P> +<P><I>April 25th</I>.—Saw a village surrounded with bamboo palisading, eight or +nine feet high. Fields round planted with maize, beans, and sorghum. Two negroes +captured, fifteen killed, rest took to flight.</P> +<P><I>26th</I>.—Crossed a torrent 150 yards wide. Bridge formed of trunks of +trees and creepers. Piles nearly gave way; two women fastened to a fork; one of +them, carrying a baby, fell into the water. Water quickly tinged with blood; +crocodiles seen under bridge; risk of stepping into their very jaws.</P> +<P><I>28th</I>.—Crossed a forest of bauhinias; great trees, the iron-wood of the +Portuguese. Heavy rain; ground sodden; marching difficult. Caught sight of Nan +in the middle of caravan; she was toiling along with a black child in her arms; +the woman with her limping, and blood trickling from her shoulder.</P> +<P><I>29th</I>.—Camp at night under a huge baobab, with white flowers and light +green leaves. Lions and leopards roaring all night. A soldier fired at a +panther. What has become of Hercules?</P> +<P><I>30th</I>.—Rainy season said to be over till November. First touch of +African winter. Dew very heavy. Plains all flooded. Easterly winds: difficulty +of respiration; susceptibility to fever. No trace of Mrs. Weldon; cannot tell +whether she is ahead. Fear Jack may have a return of fever.</P> +<P><I>May 5th</I>.—Forced to march several stages across flooded plains, water +up to the waist; many leeches sticking to the skin. Lotus and papyrus upon +higher ground. Great heavy leaves, like cabbages, beneath the water, make many +stumble as they walk. Saw large numbers of little fish, silurus-species; these +are caught by the natives, and sold to the caravans.</P> +<P><I>7th</I>.—Plain still inundated. Last night, no halting-place to be found. +Marched on through the darkness. Great misery. Except for Mrs. Weldon, life not +worth having; for her sake must hold out. Loud cries heard. Saw, by the +lightning, soldiers breaking large boughs from the resinous trees that emerged +from the water. The caravan had been attacked on the flank by a dozen or more +crocodiles; women and children seized and carried off to what Livingstone calls +their “pasture-lands,” the holes where they deposit their prey until it is +decomposed. Myself grazed by the scales of one of them. A slave close beside me +torn out of the fork, which was snapped in half. How the poor fellow’s cry of +agony rings in my ear! This morning, twenty missing. Tom and the others, thank +God! are still alive. They are on in front. Once Bat made a sharp turn, and Tom +caught sight of me. Nothing to be seen of Nan; was she, poor creature, one of +those that the crocodiles had got?</P> +<P><I>8th</I>.—After twenty-four hours in the water we have crossed the plain. +We have halted on a hill. The sun helps to dry us. Nothing to eat except a +little manioc and a few handfuls of maize. Only muddy water to drink. Impossible +for Mrs. Weldon to survive these hardships; I hope from my heart that she has +been taken some other way. Small-pox has broken out in the caravan; those that +have it are to be left behind.</P> +<P><I>9th</I>.—Started at dawn. No stragglers allowed; sick and weary must be +kept together by havildars’ whip; the losses were considerable. Living skeletons +all round. Rejoiced once more to catch sight of Nan. She was not carrying the +child any longer; she was alone; the chain was round her waist, but she had the +loose end thrown over her shoulder. I got close to her; suppose I am altered, as +she did not know me. After I had called her by name several times she stared at +me, and at last said, “Ah, Mr. Dick, is it you? you will not see me here much +longer” Her cadaverous look pained my very soul, but I tried to speak hopefully. +Poor Nan shook her head. “I shall never see my dear mistress again; no, nor +master Jack; I</P> +<P>[Illustration: [**no caption, or it is cut off]]</P> +<P>shall soon die. “Anxious to help her, I would gladly have carried the end of +the chain which she had been obliged to bear because her fellow-prisoner was +dead. A rough hand was soon upon my shoulder; a cruel lash had made Nan retreat +to the general crowd, whilst, at the bidding of an Arab chief, I was hustled +back to the very hindmost rank of the procession. I overheard the word Negoro, +in a way that convinced me that it is under the direction of the Portuguese that +I am subject to this hard indignity.</P> +<P><I>11th</I>.—Last night encamped under some large trees on the skirts of a +forest. Several escaped prisoners recaptured; their punishment barbarously +cruel. Loud roaring of lions and hyenas heard at nightfall, also snorting of +hippopotamuses; probably some lake or water-course not far off. Tired, but could +not sleep; heard a rustling in the grass; felt sure that something was going to +attack me; what could I do? I had no gun. For Mrs. Weldon’s sake, must, if +possible, preserve my life. The night was dark; no moon; two eyes gleamed upon +me; I was about to utter a cry of alarm; fortunately, I suppressed it; the +creature that had sprung to my feet was Dingo! The dog licked my hands all over, +persisting in rubbing his neck against them, evidently to make me feel there; +found a reed fastened to the well-known collar upon which the initials S.V. had +so often awakened our curiosity; breaking open the reed, I took a note from +inside; it was too dark for me to see to read it. I tried, by caressing Dingo, +to detain him; but the dog appeared to know that his mission with me was at an +end; he licked my hands affectionately, made a sudden bound, and disappeared in +the long grass as mysteriously as he had come. The howling of the wild beasts +increased. How I dreaded that the faithful creature would become their prey! No +more sleep this night for me. It seemed that daylight would never dawn; at +length it broke with the suddenness that marks a tropical morn. I was able +cautiously to read my note; the handwriting, I knew at a glance, was that of +Hercules; there were but a few lines in pencil:—</P> +<P>“Mrs. Weldon and Jack carried away in a kitanda.</P> +<P>Harris and Negoro both with them. Mr. Benedict too. Only a few marches ahead, +but cannot be communicated with at present. Found Dingo wounded by a gun-shot. +Dear Mr. Dick, do not despair; keep up your courage. I may help you yet.</P> +<P>“Your ever true and faithful</P> +<P>“HERCULES.”</P> +<P>As far as it went, this intelligence was satisfactory. A kitanda, I know, is +a kind of litter made of dry grass, protected by a curtain, and carried on the +shoulders of two men by a long bamboo. What a relief to know that Mrs. Weldon +and Jack have been spared the miseries of this dreadful march! May I not indulge +the hope of seeing them at Kazonndé?</P> +<P><I>12th</I>.—The prisoners getting more and more weary and worn out. +Blood-stains on the way still more conspicuous. Many poor wretches are a mass of +wounds. One poor woman for two days has carried her dead child, from which she +refuses to be parted.</P> +<P><I>l6th</I>.—Small-pox raging; the road strewn with corpses. Still ten days +before we reach Kazonndé. Just passed a tree from which slaves who had died from +hunger were hanging by the neck.</P> +<P><I>18th</I>.—Must not give in, but I am almost exhausted. Rains have ceased. +We are to make what the dealers call <I>trikesa</I>, extra marches in the +after-part of the day. Road very steep; runs through <I>nyassi</I>, tall grass +of which the stalks scratch my face, and the seeds get under my tattered clothes +and make my skin smart painfully. My boots fortunately are thick, and have not +worn out. More slaves sick and abandoned to take their chance. Provisions +running very short; soldiers and pagazis must be satisfied, otherwise they +desert; consequently the slaves are all but starved. “They can eat each other,” +say the agents. A young slave, apparently in good health, dropped down dead. It +made me think of Livingstone’s description of how free-born men, reduced to +slavery, will suddenly press their hand on their side, and die of a broken +heart.</P> +<P>[Illustration: More slaves sick, and abandoned to take their chance.]</P> +<P><I>24th</I>.—Twenty captives, incapable any longer of keeping pace with the +rest, put to death by the havildars, the Arab chief offering no opposition. Poor +old Nan one of the victims of this horrible butchery. My foot struck her corpse +as I passed, but I was not permitted to give her a decent burial. Poor old Nan! +the first of the survivors of the “Pilgrim” to go to her long rest! Poor old +Nan!</P> +<P>Every night I watch for Dingo; but he never comes. Has Hercules nothing more +to communicate? or has any mishap befallen him? If he is alive he will do what +mortal strength can do to aid us.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER IX.</H4> +<H4>KAZONNDÉ.</H4> +<P>By the 26th of May, when the caravan reached Kazonndé the number of the +slaves had diminished by more than half, so numerous had been the casualties +along the road. But the dealers were quite prepared to make a market of their +loss; the demand for slaves was very great, and the price must be raised +accordingly.</P> +<P>Angola at that time was the scene of a large negro-traffic, and as the +caravans principally wended their way towards the interior, the Portuguese +authorities at Loanda and Benguela had practically no power to prevent it. The +barracks on the shore were crowded to overflowing with prisoners, the few +slave-ships that managed to elude the cruisers being quite inadequate to embark +the whole number for the Spanish colonies to America.</P> +<P>Kazonndé, the point whence the caravans diverge to the various parts of the +lake district, is situated three miles from the mouth of the Coanza, and is one +of the most important <I>lakonis</I>, or markets of the province. The open +marketplace where the slaves are exposed for sale is called the +<I>chitoka</I>.</P> +<P>All the larger towns of Central Africa are divided into two distinct parts; +one occupied by the Arab, Portuguese, or native merchants, and containing their +slave-barracks; the other being the residence of the negro king, often a fierce +drunken potentate, whose rule is a reign of terror, and who lives by subsidies +allowed him by the traders.</P> +<P style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic">The commercial quarter of +Kazonndé now belonged to</P> +<P>[Illustration: Adjoining the commercial quarter was the royal residence.]</P> +<P>José Antonio Alvez. It was his largest dépôt, although he had another at +Bihé, and a third at Cassangé, where Cameron subsequently met him. It consisted +of one long street, on each side of which were groups of flat-roofed houses +called <I>tembés</I>, built of rough earth, and provided with square yards for +cattle. The end of it opened into the <I>chitoka</I>, which was surrounded by +the barracks. Above the houses some fine banyan-trees waved their branches, +surmounted here and there by the crests of graceful palms. There was at least a +score of birds of prey that hovered about the streets, and came down to perform +the office of public scavengers. At no great distance flowed the Loohi, a river +not yet explored, but which is supposed to be an affluent or sub-affluent of the +Congo.</P> +<P>Adjoining the commercial quarter was the royal residence, nothing more nor +less than a collection of dirty huts, extending over an area of nearly a square +mile.</P> +<P>Some of these huts were unenclosed; others were surrounded by a palisade of +reeds, or by a hedge of bushy figs.</P> +<P>In an enclosure within a papyrus fence were about thirty huts appropriated to +the king’s slaves, another group for his wives, and in the middle, almost hidden +by a plantation of manioc, a <I>tembé</I> larger and loftier than the rest, the +abode of the monarch himself.</P> +<P>He had sorely declined from the dignity and importance of his predecessors, +and his army, which by the early Portuguese traders had been estimated at +20,000, now numbered less than 4000 men; no longer could he afford, as in the +good old time, to order a sacrifice of twenty-five or thirty slaves at one +offering.</P> +<P>His name was Moené Loonga. Little over fifty, he was prematurely aged by +drink and debauchery, and scarcely better than a maniac. His subjects, officers, +and ministers, were all liable to be mutilated at his pleasure, and noses and +ears, feet and hands, were cut off unsparingly whenever his caprice so willed +it. His death would have been a cause of regret to no one, with the exception, +perhaps, of Alvez, who was on very good terms with him. Alvez, moreover, feared +that in the event of the present king’s death, the succession of his chief wife, +Queen Moena, might be disputed, and that his dominions would be invaded by a +younger and more active neighbour, one of the kings of Ukusu, who had already +seized upon some villages dependent on the government of Kazonndé, and who was +in alliance with a rival trader named Tipo-Tipo, a man of pure Arab extraction, +from whom Cameron afterwards received a visit at Nyangwé.</P> +<P>To all intents and purposes Alvez was the real sovereign of the district, +having fostered the vices of the brutalized king till he had him completely in +his power. He was a man considerably advanced in years; he was not (as his name +might imply) a white man, but had merely assumed his Portuguese title for +purposes of business; his true name was Kendélé, and he was a pure negro by +birth, being a native of Dondo on the Coanza. He had commenced life as a +slave-dealer’s agent, and was now on his way towards becoming a first-class +trader; that is to say, he was a consummate rascal under the guise of an honest +man. He it was whom Cameron met at the end of 1874 at Kilemba, the capital of +Urua, of which Kasongo is chief, and with whose caravan he travelled to Bihé, a +distance of seven hundred miles.</P> +<P>It was midday when the caravan entered Kazonndé. The journey from the Coanza +had lasted thirty-eight days, more than five weeks of misery as great as was +within human power to endure. Amidst the noise of drums and coodoo-horns the +slaves were conducted to the marketplace. The soldiers of the caravan discharged +their guns into the air, and old Alvez’ resident retinue responded with a +similar salute. The bandits, than which the soldiers were nothing better, were +delighted to meet again, and would celebrate their return by a season of riot +and excess.</P> +<P>The slaves, reduced to a total of about two hundred and fifty, were many of +them almost dead from exhaustion; the forks were removed from their necks, +though the chains were still retained, and the whole of them were driven into +barracks that were unfit even for cattle, to await (in company with 1200 to 1500 +other captives already there) the great market which would be held two days +hence.</P> +<P>The <I>pagazis</I>, after delivering their loads of ivory, would only stay to +receive their payment of a few yards of calico or other stuff, and would then +depart at once to join some other caravan.</P> +<P>On being relieved from the forks which they had carried for so many weary +days, Tom and his companions heartily wrung each other’s hands, but they could +not venture to utter one word of mutual encouragement. The three younger men, +more full of life and vigour, had resisted the effects of the fatigue, but poor +old Tom was nearly exhausted, and had the march been protracted for a few more +days he must have shared Nan’s fate and been left behind, a prey to the wild +beasts.</P> +<P>Upon their arrival all four were packed into a narrow cell, where some food +was provided, and the door was immediately locked upon them.</P> +<P>The <I>chitoka</I> was now almost deserted, and Dick Sands was left there +under the special charge of a havildar: he lost no opportunity of peering into +every hut in the hope of catching a glimpse of Mrs. Weldon, who, if Hercules had +not misinformed him, had come on hither just in front.</P> +<P>But he was very much perplexed. He could well understand that Mrs. Weldon, if +still a prisoner, would be kept out of sight, but why Negoro and Harris did not +appear to triumph over him in his humiliation was quite a mystery to him. It was +likely enough that the presence of either one or the other of them would be the +signal for himself to be exposed to fresh indignity, or even to torture, but +Dick would have welcomed the sight of them at Kazonndé, were it only as an +indication that Mrs. Weldon and Jack were there also.</P> +<P>It disappointed him, too, that Dingo did not come back. Ever since the dog +had brought him the first note, he had kept an answer written ready to send to +Hercules, imploring him to look after Mrs. Weldon, and to keep him informed of +everything. He began to fear that the faithful creature must be dead, perhaps +perished in some attempt to reach himself; it was, however, quite possible that +Hercules had taken the dog in some other direction, hoping to gain somedépôt in +the interior.</P> +<P>But so thoroughly had Dick persuaded himself that Mrs. Weldon had preceded +him to Kazonndé that his disappointment became more and more keen when he failed +to discover her. For a while he seemed to yield to despair, and sat down +sorrowful and sick at heart.</P> +<P>Suddenly a chorus of voices and trumpets broke upon his ear; he was startled +into taking a new interest in what was going on.</P> +<P>“Alvez! Alvez!” was the cry again and again repeated by the crowd.</P> +<P>Here, then, was the great man himself about to appear. Was it not likely that +Harris or Negoro might be with him?</P> +<P>Dick stood erect and resolute, his eye vivid with expectation; he felt all +eagerness to stand face to face with his betrayers; boy as he was, he was equal +to cope with them both.</P> +<P>The <I>kitanda</I>, which came in sight at the end of the street, was nothing +more than a kind of hammock covered by a faded and ragged curtain. An old negro +stepped out of it. His attendants greeted him with noisy acclamations.</P> +<P>This, then, was the great trader, José Antonio Alvez.</P> +<P>Immediately following him was his friend Coïmbra, son of the chief Coïmbra of +Bihé, and, according to Cameron, the greatest blackguard in the province. This +sworn ally of Alvez, this organizer of his slave-raids, this commander, worthy +of his own horde of bandits, was utterly loathsome in his appearance, his flesh +was filthily dirty, his eyes were bloodshot, his skin yellow, and his long hair +all dishevelled. He had no other attire than a tattered shirt, a tunic made of +grass, and a battered straw hat, under which his countenance appeared like that +of some old hag.</P> +<P>Alvez himself, whose clothes were like those of an old Turk the day after a +carnival, was one degree more respectable in appearance than his satellite, not +that his looks spoke much for the very highest class of African slave-dealers. +To Dick’s great disappointment, neither Harris nor Negoro was among his +retinue.</P> +<P>Both Alvez and Coïmbra shook hands with Ibn Hamish, the leader of the +caravan, and congratulated him on the success of the expedition. Alvez made a +grimace on being told that half the slaves had died on the way, but on the whole +he seemed satisfied; he could meet the demand that at present existed, and would +lose no time in bartering the new arrival for ivory or <I>hannas</I>, copper in +the shape of a St. Andrew’s cross, the form in which the metal is exported in +Central Africa.</P> +<P>After complimenting the havildars upon the way in which they had done their +work, the trader gave orders that the porters should be paid and dismissed. The +conversations were carried on in a mixture of Portuguese and native idioms, in +which the African element abounded so largely that a native of Lisbon would have +been at a loss to understand them. Dick, of course, could not comprehend what +was said, and it was only when he saw a havildar go towards the cell in which +Tom and the others were confined, that he realized that the talk was about +himself and his party.</P> +<P>When the negroes were brought out, Dick came close up, being anxious to learn +as much as he could of what was in contemplation. The old trader’s eyes seemed +to brighten as he glanced upon the three strapping young men who, he knew, would +soon be restored to their full strength by rest and proper food. They at least +would get a good price; as for poor old Tom, he was manifestly so broken down by +infirmity and age, that he would have no value in the market.</P> +<P>In a few words of broken English, which Alvez had picked up from some of his +agents, he ironically gave them all a welcome.</P> +<P>“Glad to see you!” he said, with a diabolical grin.</P> +<P>Tom knew what he meant, and drew himself up proudly.</P> +<P>“We are free men!” he protested, “free citizens of the United States!”</P> +<P>“Yes, yes!” replied Alvez, grinning, “you are Americans; very glad to see +you!”</P> +<P>“Very glad to see you!” echoed Coïmbra, and walking up to Austin he felt his +chest and shoulders, and then proceeded to open his mouth in order to examine +his teeth.</P> +<P>A blow from Austin’s powerful fist sent the satellite staggering +backwards.</P> +<P>Some soldiers made a dash and seized the young negro, evidently ready to make +him pay dearly for his temerity; but Alvez was by no means willing to have any +injury done to his newly-acquired property, and called them off. He hardly +attempted to conceal his amusement at Coïmbra’s discomfiture, although the blow +had cost him one of his front teeth.</P> +<P>After he had recovered somewhat from the shock, Coïmbra stood scowling at +Austin, as if mentally vowing vengeance on some future occasion.</P> +<P>Dick Sands was now himself brought forward in the custody of a havildar. It +was clear that Alvez had been told all about him, for after scanning him for a +moment, he stammered out in his broken English,—</P> +<P>“Ah! ah! the little Yankee!”</P> +<P>“Yes,” replied Dick; “I see you know who I am. What are you going to do with +me and my friends?”</P> +<P>“Yankee! little Yankee!” repeated the trader, who either did not or would not +comprehend the meaning of Dick’s question.</P> +<P>Dick turned to Coïmbra and made the same inquiry of him; in spite of his +degraded features, now still farther disfigured by being swollen from the blow, +it was easy to recognize that he was not of native origin. He refused to answer +a word, and only stared again with the vicious glare of malevolence.</P> +<P>Meanwhile, Alvez had begun to talk to Ibn Hamish. Dick felt sure that they +intended to separate him from the negroes, and accordingly took the opportunity +of whispering a few words to them.</P> +<P style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic">“My friends, I have heard from +Hercules. Dingo</P> +<P>[Illustration: With a yell and a curse, the American fell dead at his +feet.]</P> +<P>brought me a note from him, tied round his neck. He says Harris and Negoro +have carried off Mrs. Weldon, Jack, and Mr. Benedict. He did not know where. +Have patience, and we will find them yet.”</P> +<P>“And where’s Nan?” muttered Tom, in a low voice.</P> +<P>“Dead,” replied Dick, and was about to add more, when a hand was laid upon +his shoulder, and a voice that he knew too well exclaimed,—</P> +<P>“Well, my young friend, how are you? I am glad to see you again.”</P> +<P>He turned round quickly. Harris stood before him.</P> +<P>“Where is Mrs. Weldon?” asked Dick impetuously.</P> +<P>“Ah, poor thing!” answered Harris, with an air of deep commiseration.</P> +<P>“What! is she dead?” Dick almost shrieked; “where is her child?”</P> +<P>“Poor little fellow!” said Harris, in the same mournful tone.</P> +<P>These insinuations, that those in whose welfare he was so deeply interested +had succumbed to the hardships of the journey, awoke in Dick’s mind a sudden and +irresistible desire for vengeance. Darting forwards he seized the cutlass that +Harris wore in his belt, and plunged it into his heart.</P> +<P>With a yell and a curse, the American fell dead at his feet.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER X.</H4> +<H4>MARKET-DAY.</H4> +<P>So sudden was Dick’s action that it had been impossible to parry his blow. +Several of the natives rushed on him, and in all likelihood would have struck +him down upon the spot had not Negoro arrived at that very moment. At a sign +from him the natives drew back, and proceeded to raise and carry away Harris’s +corpse.</P> +<P>Alvez and Coïmbra were urgent in their demand that Dick should forthwith be +punished by death, but Negoro whispered to them that they would assuredly be the +gainers by delay, and they accordingly contented themselves with ordering the +youth to be placed under strict supervision.</P> +<P>This was the first time that Dick had set eyes upon Negoro since he had left +the coast; nevertheless, so heartbroken was he at the intelligence he had just +received, that he did not deign to address a word to the man whom he knew to be +the real author of all his misery. He cared not now what became of him.</P> +<P>Loaded with chains, he was placed in the dungeon where Alvez was accustomed +to confine slaves who had been condemned to death for mutiny or violence. That +he had no communication with the outer world gave him no concern; he had avenged +the death of those for whose safety he had felt himself responsible, and could +now calmly await the fate which he could not doubt was in store for him; he did +not dare to suppose that he had been temporarily spared otherwise than that he +might</P> +<P>[Illustration: Accompanied by Coïmbra, Alvez himself was one of the first +arrivals.]</P> +<P>suffer the cruellest tortures that native ingenuity could devise. That the +“Pilgrim’s” cook now held in his power the boy captain he so thoroughly hated +was warrant enough that the sternest possible measure of vengeance would be +exacted.</P> +<P>Two days later, the great market, the <I>lakoni</I>, commenced. Although many +of the principal traders were there from the interior, it was by no means +exclusively a slave-mart; a considerable proportion of the natives from the +neighbouring provinces assembled to dispose of the various products of the +country.</P> +<P>Quite early the great <I>chitoka</I> of Kazonndé was all alive with a +bustling concourse of little under five thousand people, including the slaves of +old Alvez, amongst whom were Tom and his three partners in adversity—an item by +no means inconsiderable in the dealer’s stock.</P> +<P>Accompanied by Coïmbra, Alvez himself was one of the first arrivals. He was +going to sell his slaves in lots to be conveyed in caravans into the interior. +The dealers for the most part consisted of half-breeds from Ujiji, the principal +market on Lake Tanganyika, whilst some of a superior class were manifestly +Arabs.</P> +<P>The natives that were assembled were of both sexes, and of every variety of +age, the women in particular displaying an aptitude in making bargains that is +shared by their sisters elsewhere of a lighter hue; and it may be said that no +market of the most civilized region could be characterized by greater excitement +or animation, for amongst the savages of Africa the customer makes his offer in +equally noisy terms as the vendor.</P> +<P>The <I>lakoni</I> was always considered a kind of fète-day; consequently the +natives of both sexes, though their clothing was scanty in extent, made a point +of appearing in a most lavish display of ornaments. Their head-gear was most +remarkable. The men had their hair arranged in every variety of eccentric +device; some had it divided into four parts, rolled over cushions and fastened +into a chignon, or mounted in front into a bunch of tails adorned with red +feathers; others plastered it thickly with a mixture of red mud and oil similar +to that used for greasing machinery, and formed it into cones or lumps, into +which they inserted a medley of iron pins and ivory skewers; whilst the greatest +dandies had a glass bead threaded upon every single hair, the whole being +fastened together by a tattooing-knife driven through the glittering mass.</P> +<P>As a general rule, the women preferred dressing their hair in little tufts +about the size of a cherry, arranging it into the shape of a cap, with corkscrew +ringlets on each side of the face. Some wore it simply hanging down their backs, +others in French fashion, with a fringe across the forehead; but every +<I>coiffure</I>, without exception, was daubed and caked either with the mixture +of mud and grease, or with a bright red extract of sandal-wood called +<I>nkola</I>.</P> +<P>But it was not only on their heads that they made this extraordinary display +of ornaments; the lobes of their ears were loaded till they reached their +shoulders with a profusion of wooden pegs, open-work copper rings, grains of +maize, or little gourds, which served the purpose of snuff-boxes; their necks, +arms, wrists, legs, and ankles were a perfect mass of brass and copper rings, or +sometimes were covered with a lot of bright buttons. Rows of red beads, called +<I>sames-sames</I>, or <I>talakas</I>, seemed also very popular. As they had no +pockets, they attached their knives, pipes and other articles to various parts +of their body; so that altogether, in their holiday attire, the rich men of the +district might not inappropriately be compared to walking shrines.</P> +<P>With their teeth they had all played the strangest of vagaries; the upper and +lower incisors had generally been extracted, and the others had been filed to +points or carved into hooks, like the fangs of a rattle-snake. Their fingernails +were allowed to grow to such an immoderate length as to render the hands +well-nigh useless, and their swarthy skins were tattooed with figures of trees, +birds, crescents and discs, or, not unfrequently, with those zigzag lines which +Livingstone thinks he recognizes as resembling those observed in ancient +Egyptian drawings. The tattooing is effected by means of a blue substance +inserted into incisions previously made in the skin. Every child is tattooed in +precisely the same pattern as his father before him, and thus it may always be +ascertained to what family he belongs. Instead of carrying his armorial bearings +upon his plate or upon the panels of his carriage, the African magnate wears +them emblazoned on his own bosom!</P> +<P>The garments that were usually worn were simply aprons of antelope-skins +descending to the knees, but occasionally a short petticoat might be seen made +of woven grass and dyed with bright colours. The ladies not unfrequently wore +girdles of beads attached to green skirts embroidered with silk and ornamented +with bits of glass or cowries, or sometimes the skirts were made of the grass +cloth called <I>lambda</I>, which, in blue, yellow, or black, is so much valued +by the people of Zanzibar.</P> +<P>Garments of these pretensions, however, always indicated that the wearers +belonged to the upper classes; the lower orders, such as the smaller dealers, as +well as the slaves, had hardly any clothes at all.</P> +<P>The women commonly acted as porters, and arrived at the market with huge +baskets on their backs, which they secured by means of straps passed across the +forehead. Having deposited their loads upon the chitoka, they turned out their +goods, and then seated themselves inside the empty baskets.</P> +<P>As the result of the extreme fertility of the country all the articles +offered for sale were of a first-rate quality. There were large stores of rice, +which had been grown at a profit a hundred times as great as the cost, and maize +which, producing three crops in eight months, yielded a profit as large again as +the rice. There were also sesame, Urua pepper stronger than Cayenne, manioc, +nutmegs, salt, and palm-oil. In the market, too, were hundreds of goats, pigs +and sheep, evidently of a Tartar breed, with hair instead of wool; and there was +a good supply of fish and poultry. Besides all these there was an attractive +display of bright-coloured pottery, the designs of which were very +symmetrical.</P> +<P>In shrill, squeaky voices, children were crying several varieties of native +drinks; banana-wine, <I>pombé</I>, which, whatever it was, seemed to be in great +demand; <I>malofoo</I>, a kind of beer compounded of bananas, and mead, a +mixture of honey and water, fermented with malt.</P> +<P>But the most prominent feature in the whole market was the traffic in stuffs +and ivory. The pieces could be counted by thousands of the unbleached +<I>mcrikani</I> from Salem in Massachusetts, of the blue cotton, <I>kaniki</I>, +thirty-four inches wide, and of the checked <I>sohari</I>, blue and black with +its scarlet border. More expensive than these were lots of silk <I>diulis</I>, +with red, green, or yellow grounds, which are sold in lengths of three yards, at +prices varying from seven dollars to eighty, when they are interwoven with +gold.</P> +<P>The ivory had come from well-nigh every part of Central Africa, and was +destined for Khartoom, Zanzibar, and Natal, many of the merchants dealing in +this commodity exclusively.</P> +<P>How vast a number of elephants must be slaughtered to supply this ivory may +be imagined when it is remembered that over 200 tons, that is, 1,125,000 lbs., +are exported annually to Europe. Of this, much the larger share goes to England, +where the Sheffield cutlery consumes about 382,500 lbs. From the West Coast of +Africa alone the produce is nearly 140 tons.</P> +<P>The average weight of a pair of tusks is 28 lbs., and the ordinary value of +these in 1874 would be about 60<I>l</I>.; but here in Kazonndé were some +weighing no less than 165 lbs., of that soft, translucent quality which retains +its whiteness far better than the ivory from other sources.</P> +<P>As already mentioned, slaves are not unfrequently used as current money +amongst the African traders, but the natives themselves usually pay for their +goods with Venetian glass beads, of which the chalk-white are called +<I>catchokolos</I>, the black <I>bubulus</I>, and the red <I>sikunderetches</I>. +Strung in ten rows, or <I>khetés</I>, these beads are twisted twice round the +neck, forming what is called a <I>foondo</I>, which is always reckoned of +considerable value.</P> +<P>The usual measure by which they are sold is the <I>frasilah</I>, containing a +weight of about 70 lbs. Livingstone, Cameron and Stanley always took care to be +well provided with this kind of currency. In default of beads, the picé, a +Zanzibar coin worth something more than a farthing, and <I>vioon-gooas,</I> +shells peculiar to the East Coast, are recognized as a medium of exchange in the +market. Amongst the cannibal tribes a certain value is attached to human teeth, +and at the lakoni some natives might be seen wearing strings of teeth, the +owners of which they had probably, at some previous time, devoured. This species +of currency, however, was falling rapidly into disuse.</P> +<P>Towards the middle of the day the excitement of the market reached its +highest pitch, and the uproar became perfectly deafening. The voices of the +eager sellers mingled with those of indignant and overcharged customers; fights +were numerous, and as there was an utter absence of any kind of police, no +effort was made to restore peace or order amongst the unruly crowd.</P> +<P>It was just noon when Alvez gave orders that the slaves he wished to dispose +of should be placed on view. Thereupon nearly two thousand unfortunates were +brought forward, many of whom had been confined in the dealer’s barracks for +several months. Most of the stock, however, had been so carefully attended to +that they were in good condition, and it was only the last batch that looked as +if they would be improved by another month’s rest; but as the demand upon the +East Coast was now very large, Alvez hoped to get a good price for all, and +determined to part with even the last arrivals for whatever sum he could +obtain.</P> +<P>Amongst these latter, whom the havildars drove like a herd of cattle into the +middle of the chitoka, were Tom and his three friends. They were closely +chained, and rage and shame were depicted in their countenances.</P> +<P>Bat passed a quick and scrutinizing gaze around him, and said to the +others,—</P> +<P>“I do not see Mr. Dick.”</P> +<P>Tom answered mournfully,—</P> +<P>“Mr. Dick will be killed, if he is not dead already. Our only hope is that we +may now all be bought in one lot; it will be a consolation to us if we can be +all together.”</P> +<P>Tears rose to Bat’s eyes as he thought of how his poor old father was likely +to be sold, and carried away to wear out his days as a common slave.</P> +<P>The sale now commenced. The agents of Alvez proceeded to divide the slaves, +men, women and children, into lots, treating them in no respect better than +beasts in a cattle-market. Tom and the others were paraded about from customer +to customer, an agent accompanying them to proclaim the price demanded. Strong, +intelligent-looking Americans, quite different to the miserable creatures +brought from the banks of the Zambesi and Lualaba, they at once attracted the +observation of the Arab and half-breed dealers. Just as though they were +examining a horse, the buyers felt their limbs, turned them round and round, +looked at their teeth, and finally tested their paces by throwing a stick to a +distance and making them run to fetch it.</P> +<P>All the slaves were subjected to similar humiliations; and ail alike, except +the very young children, seemed deeply sensible of their degradation. The +cruelty exhibited towards them was very vile. Coïmbra, who was half drunk, +treated them with the utmost brutality; not that they had any reason to expect +any gentler dealings at the hands of the new masters who might purchase them for +ivory or any other commodity. Children were torn away from their parents, +husbands from their wives, brothers from sisters, and without even the +indulgence of a parting word, were separated never to meet again.</P> +<P>The scenes that occur at such markets as this at Kazonndé are too +heartrending to be described in detail.</P> +<P>It is one of the peculiar requirements of the slave-trade that the two sexes +should have an entirely different destination. In fact, the dealers who purchase +men never purchase women. The women, who are required to supply the Mussulman +harems, are sent principally to Arab districts to be exchanged for ivory; whilst +the men, who are to be put to hard labour, are despatched to the coast, East and +West, whence they are exported to the Spanish colonies, or to the markets of +Muscat or Madagascar.</P> +<P>To Tom and his friends the prospect of being transported to a slave colony +was far better than that of being retained in some Central African province, +where they could have no chance of regaining their liberty; and the moment, to +them, was accordingly one of great suspense.</P> +<P>Altogether, things turned out for them better than they dared anticipate. +They had at least the satisfaction of finding that as yet they were not to be +separated. Alvez, of course, had taken good care to conceal the origin of this +exceptional lot, and their own ignorance of the language thoroughly prevented +them from communicating it; but the anxiety to secure so valuable a property +rendered the competition for it very keen; the bidding rose higher and higher, +until at length the four men were knocked down to a rich Arab dealer, who +purposed in the course of a few days to take them to Lake Tanganyika, and thence +to one of the deptôs of Zanzibar.</P> +<P>This journey, it is true, would be for 1500 miles across the most unhealthy +parts of Central Africa, through districts harassed by internal wars; and it +seemed improbable that Tom could survive the hardships he must meet; like poor +old Nan, he would succumb to fatigue; but the brave fellows did not suffer +themselves to fear the future, they were only too happy to be still together; +and the chain that bound them one to another was felt to be easier and lighter +to bear.</P> +<P>Their new master knew that it was for his own interest that his purchase +should be well taken care of; he looked to make a substantial profit at +Zanzibar, and sent them off at once to his own private barracks; consequently +they saw no more of what transpired at Kazonndé.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XI.</H4> +<H4>A BOWL OF PUNCH.</H4> +<P>The afternoon was passing away, and it was now past four o’clock, when the +sound of drums, cymbals, and a variety of native instruments was heard at the +end of the main thoroughfare. The market was still going on with the same +animation as before; half a day’s screeching and fighting seemed neither to have +wearied the voices nor broken the limbs of the demoniacal traffickers; there was +a considerable number of slaves still to be disposed of, and the dealers were +haggling over the remaining lots with an excitement of which a sudden panic on +the London Stock Exchange could give a very inadequate conception.</P> +<P>But the discordant concert which suddenly broke upon the ear was the signal +for business to be at once suspended. The crowd might cease its uproar, and +recover its breath. The King of Kazonndé, Moené Loonga, was about to honour the +<I>lakoni</I> with a visit.</P> +<P>Attended by a large retinue of wives, officers, soldiers, and slaves, the +monarch was conveyed to the middle of the market-place in an old palanquin, from +which he was obliged to have five or six people to help him to descend. Alvez +and the other traders advanced to meet him with the most exaggerated gestures of +reverence, all of which he received as his rightful homage.</P> +<P>He was a man of fifty years of age, but might easily have passed for eighty. +He looked like an old, decrepit monkey. On his head was a kind of tiara, adorned +with leopards’ claws dyed red, and tufts of greyish-white hair;</P> +<P>[Illustration: The potentate beneath whose sway the country trembled for a +hundred miles round]</P> +<P>this was the usual crown of the sovereigns of Kazonndé. From his waist hung +two skirts of coodoo-hide, stiff as blacksmiths’ aprons, and embroidered with +pearls. The tattooings on his breast were so numerous that his pedigree, which +they declared, might seem to reach back to time immemorial. His wrists and arms +were encased in copper bracelets, thickly encrusted with beads; he wore a pair +of top-boots, a present from Alvez some twenty years ago; in his left hand he +carried a great stick surmounted by a silver knob; in his right a fly-flapper +with a handle studded with pearls; over his head was carried an old umbrella +with as many patches as a Harlequin’s coat, whilst from his neck hung Cousin +Benedict’s magnifying-glass, and on his nose were the spectacles which had been +stolen from Bat’s pocket.</P> +<P>Such was the appearance of the potentate beneath whose sway the country +trembled for a hundred miles round.</P> +<P>By virtue of his sovereignty Moené Loonga claimed to be of celestial origin; +and any subject who should have the audacity to raise a question on this point +would have been despatched forthwith to another world. All his actions, his +eating and drinking, were supposed to be performed by divine impulse. He +certainly drank like no other mortal; his officers and ministers, confirmed +tipplers as they were, appeared sober men in comparison with himself, and he +seemed never to be doing anything but imbibing strong pombé, and over-proof +spirit with which Alvez kept him liberally supplied.</P> +<P>In his harem Moené Loonga had wives of all ages from forty to fourteen, most +of whom accompanied him on his visit to the <I>lakoni</I>. Moena, the chief +wife, who was called the queen, was the eldest of them all, and, like the rest, +was of royal blood. She was a vixenish-looking woman, very gaily attired; she +wore a kind of bright tartan over a skirt of woven grass, embroidered with +pearls; round her throat was a profusion of necklaces, and her hair was mounted +up in tiers that toppled high above her head, making her resemble some hideous +monster. The younger wives, all of them sisters or cousins of the king, were +less elaborately dressed. They walked behind her, ready at the slightest sign to +perform the most menial services. Did his Majesty wish to sit down, two of them +would immediately stoop to the ground and form a seat with their bodies, whilst +others would have to lie down and support his feet upon their backs: a throne +and footstool of living ebony.</P> +<P>Amidst the staggering, half-tipsy crowd of ministers, officers, and magicians +that composed Moené Loonga’s suite, there was hardly a man to be seen who had +not lost either an eye, an ear, or hand, or nose. Death and mutilation were the +only two punishments practised in Kazonndé, and the slightest offence involved +the instant amputation of some member of the body. The loss of the ear was +considered the severest penalty, as it prevented the possibility of wearing +earrings!</P> +<P>The governors of districts, or <I>kilolos</I>, whether hereditary or +appointed for four years, were distinguished by red waistcoats and zebra-skin +caps; in their hands they brandished long rattans, coated at one extremity with +a varnish of magic drugs.</P> +<P>The weapons carried by the soldiers consisted of wooden bows adorned with +fringes and provided with a spare bowstring, knives filed into the shape of +serpents’ tongues, long, broad lances, and shields of palm wood, ornamented with +arabesques. In the matter of uniform, the royal army had no demands to make upon +the royal treasury.</P> +<P>Amongst the attendants of the king there was a considerable number of +sorcerers and musicians. The sorcerers, or <I>mganga</I>, were practically the +physicians of the court, the savages having the most implicit faith in +divinations and incantations of every kind, and employing fetishes, clay or +wooden figures, representing sometimes ordinary human beings and sometimes +fantastic animals. Like the rest of the retinue, these magicians were, for the +most part, more or less mutilated, an indication that some of their +prescriptions on behalf of the king had failed of success.</P> +<P style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic">The musicians were of both +sexes, some performing on</P> +<P>[Illustration: Alvez advanced and presented the king with some fresh +tobacco.]</P> +<P>shrill rattles, some on huge drums, whilst others played on instruments +called <I>marimbas</I>, a kind of dulcimer made of two rows of different-sized +gourds fastened in a frame, and struck by sticks with india-rubber balls at the +end. To any but native ears the music was perfectly deafening.</P> +<P>Several flags and banners were carried m the procession, and amongst these +was mixed up a number of long pikes, upon which were stuck the skulls of the +various chiefs that Moené Loonga had conquered in battle.</P> +<P>As the king as helped out of his palanquin, the acclamations rose higher and +higher from every quarter of the market place The soldiers attached to the +caravans fired off their old guns, though the reports were almost too feeble to +be heard above the noisy vociferations of the crowd; and the havildars rubbed +their black noses with cinnabar powder, which they carried in bags, and +prostrated themselves. Alvez advanced and presented the king with some fresh +tobacco, “the appeasing herb,” as it is called in the native dialect; and +certainly Moené Loonga seemed to require some appeasing, as, for some unknown +reason, he was in a thoroughly bad temper.</P> +<P>Coïmbra, Ibn Hamish and the dealers all came forward to pay their court to +the monarch, the Arabs greeting him with the cry of <I>marhaba</I>, or welcome; +others clapped their hands and bowed to the very ground; while some even smeared +themselves with mud, in token of their most servile subjection.</P> +<P>But Moené Loonga scarcely took notice of any of them; he went staggering +along, rolling like a ship upon a stormy sea, and made his way past the crowds +of slaves, each of whom, no less than their masters, trembled lest he should +think fit to claim them for his own.</P> +<P>Negoro, who kept close at Alvez’ side, did not fail to render his homage +along with the rest. Alvez and the king were carrying on a conversation in the +native language, if that could be called a conversation in which Moené Loonga +merely jerked out a few monosyllables from his inflamed and swollen lips. He was +asking Alvez to replenish his stock of brandy.</P> +<P>“We are proud to welcome your majesty at the market of Kazonndé,” Alvez was +saying.</P> +<P>“Get me brandy,” was all the drunken king’s reply.</P> +<P>“Will it please your majesty to take part in the business of the +<I>lakoni</I>?” Alvez tried to ask.</P> +<P>“Drink!” blurted out the king impatiently.</P> +<P>Alvez continued,—</P> +<P>“My friend Negoro here is anxious to greet your majesty after his long +absence.”</P> +<P>“Drink!” roared the monarch again.</P> +<P>“Will the king take pombé or mead?” asked Alvez, at last obliged to take +notice of the demand.</P> +<P>“Brandy! give me fire-water!” yelled the king, in a fury. “For every drop you +shall have ...”</P> +<P>“A drop of a white man’s blood!” suggested Negoro, glancing at Alvez.</P> +<P>“Yes, yes; kill a white man,” assented Moené Loonga, his ferocious instincts +all aroused by the proposition.</P> +<P>“There is a white man here,” said Alvez, “who has killed my agent. He must be +punished for his act.”</P> +<P>“Send him to King Masongo!” cried the king; “Masongo and the Assuas will cut +him up and eat him alive.”</P> +<P>Only too true it is that cannibalism is still openly practised in certain +provinces of Central Africa. Livingstone records that the Manyuemas not only eat +men killed in war, but even buy slaves for that purpose; it is said to be the +avowal of these Manyuemas that “human flesh is slightly salt, and requires no +seasoning.” Cameron relates how in the dominions of Moené Booga dead bodies were +soaked for a few days in running water as a preparation for their being +devoured; and Stanley found traces of a widely-spread cannibalism amongst the +inhabitants of Ukusu.</P> +<P>But however horrible might be the manner of death proposed by Moené Loonga, +it did not at all suit Negoro’s purpose to let Dick Sands out of his +clutches.</P> +<P>“The white man is here,” he said to the king; “it is here he has committed +his offence, and here he should be punished.”</P> +<P>“If you will,” replied Moené Loonga; “only I must have fire-water; a drop of +fire-water for every drop of the white man’s blood.”</P> +<P>“Yes, you shall have the fire-water,” assented Alvez, “and what is more, you +shall have it all alight. We will give your majesty a bowl of blazing +punch.”</P> +<P>The thought had struck Alvez, and he was himself delighted with the idea, +that he would set the spirit in flames. Moené Loonga had complained that the +“fire-water” did not justify its name as it ought, and Alvez hoped that perhaps, +administered in this new form, it might revivify the deadened membranes of the +palate of the king.</P> +<P>Moené Loonga did not conceal his satisfaction. Wives and courtiers alike were +full of anticipation. They had all drunk brandy, but they had not drunk brandy +alight. And not only was their thirst for alcohol to be satisfied; their thirst +for blood was likewise to be indulged; and when it is remembered how, even +amongst the civilized, drunkenness reduces a man below the level of a brute, it +may be imagined to what barbarous cruelties Dick Sands was likely to be exposed. +The idea of torturing a white man was not altogether repugnant to the coloured +blood of either Alvez or Coïmbra, while with Negoro the spirit of vengeance had +completely overpowered all feeling of compunction.</P> +<P>Night, without any intervening twilight, was soon drawing on, and the +contemplated display could hardly fail to be effective. The programme for the +evening consisted of two parts; first, the blazing punch-bowl; then the torture, +culminating in an execution.</P> +<P>The destined victim was still closely confined in his dark and dreary +dungeon; all the slaves, whether sold or not, had been driven back to the +barracks, and the chitoka was cleared of every one except the slave-dealers, the +havildars, and the soldiers, who hoped, by favour of the king, to have a share +of the flaming punch.</P> +<P>Alvez did not long delay the proceedings. He ordered a huge caldron, capable +of containing more than twenty gallons, to be placed in the centre of the +market-place. Into this were emptied several casks of highly-rectified spirit, +of a very inferior quality, to which was added a supply of cinnamon and other +spices, no ingredient being omitted which was likely to give a pungency to suit +the savage palate.</P> +<P>The whole royal retinue formed a circle round the king. Fascinated by the +sight of the spirit, Moené Loonga came reeling up to the edge of the punch-bowl, +and seemed ready to plunge himself head foremost into it. Alvez held him back, +at the same time placing a lucifer in his hand.</P> +<P>“Set it alight!” cried the slave-dealer, grinning slily as he spoke.</P> +<P>The king applied the match to the surface of the spirit. The effect was +instantaneous. High above the edge of the bowl the blue flame rose and curled. +To give intensity to the process Alvez had added a sprinkling of salt to the +mixture, and this caused the fire to cast upon the faces of all around that +lurid glare which is generally associated with apparitions of ghosts and +phantoms. Half intoxicated already, the negroes yelled and gesticulated; and +joining hands, they performed a fiendish dance around their monarch. Alvez stood +and stirred the spirit with an enormous metal ladle, attached to a pole, and as +the flames rose yet higher and higher they seemed to throw a more and more +unearthly glamour over the ape-like forms that circled in their wild career.</P> +<P>Moené Loonga, in his eagerness, soon seized the ladle from the slave-dealer’s +hands, plunged it deep into the bowl, and bringing it up again full of the +blazing punch, raised it to his lips.</P> +<P>A horrible shriek brought the dancers to a sudden standstill. By a kind of +spontaneous combustion, the king had taken fire internally; though it was a fire +that emitted little heat, it was none the less intense and consuming. In an +instant one of the ministers in attendance ran to the king’s assistance, but he, +almost as much alcoholized as his master, caught fire as well, and soon both +monarch and minister lay writhing on the ground in unutterable agony. Not a soul +was able to lend a helping hand. Alvez and Negoro were at a loss what to do; the +courtiers dared not expose themselves to so terrible a fate; the women had +all</P> +<P>[Illustration: The king had taken fire internally.]</P> +<P>fled in alarm, and Coïmbra, awakened to the conviction of the inflammability +of his own condition, had rapidly decamped.</P> +<P>To say the truth, it was impossible to do anything; water would have proved +unavailing to quench the pale blue flame that hovered over the prostrate forms, +every tissue of which was so thoroughly impregnated with spirit, that +combustion, though outwardly extinguished, would continue its work +internally.</P> +<P>In a few minutes life was extinct, but the bodies continued long afterwards +to burn; until, upon the spot where they had fallen, a few light ashes, some +fragments of the spinal column, some fingers and some toes, covered with a thin +layer of stinking soot, were all that remained of the King of Kazonndé and his +ill fated minister.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XII.</H4> +<H4>ROYAL OBSEQUIES.</H4> +<P>On the following morning the town of Kazonndé presented an aspect of unwonted +desolation. Awe-struck at the event of the previous evening, the natives had all +shut themselves up in their huts. That a monarch who was to be assumed as of +divine origin should perish with one of his ministers by so horrible a death was +a thing wholly unparalleled in their experience. Some of the elder part of the +community remembered having taken part in certain cannibal preparations, and +were aware that the cremation of a human body is no easy matter, yet here was a +case in which two men had been all but utterly consumed without any extraneous +application. Here was a mystery that baffled all their comprehension.</P> +<P>Old Alvez had also retired to the seclusion of his own residence; having been +warned by Negoro that he would probably be held responsible for the occurrence, +he deemed it prudent to keep in retirement. Meanwhile Negoro industriously +circulated the report that the king’s death had been brought about by +supernatural means reserved by the great Manitoo solely for his elect, and that +it was sacred fire that had proceeded from his body. The superstitious natives +readily received this version of the affair, and at once proceeded to honour +Moené Loonga with funeral rites worthy of one thus conspicuously elevated to the +rank of the gods. The ceremony (which entailed an expenditure of human blood +incredible except that it is authenticated by Cameron and other African +travellers) was just the opportunity that Negoro required for carrying out his +designs against Dick, whom he intended to take a prominent part in it.</P> +<P>The natural successor to the king was the queen Moena. By inaugurating the +funeral without delay and thus assuming the semblance of authority, she +forestalled the king of Ukusu or any other rival who might venture to dispute +her sovereignty; and moreover, by taking the reins of government into her hands +she avoided the fate reserved for the other wives who, had they been allowed to +live, might prove somewhat troublesome to the shrew. Accordingly, with the sound +of coodoo horns and marimbas, she caused a proclamation to be made in the +various quarters of the town, that the obsequies of the deceased monarch would +be celebrated on the next evening with all due solemnity.</P> +<P>The announcement met with no opposition either from the officials about the +court or from the public at large. Alvez and the traders generally were quite +satisfied with Moena’s assumption of the supremacy, knowing that by a few +presents and a little flattery they could make her sufficiently considerate for +their own interests.</P> +<P>Preparations began at once. At the end of the chief thoroughfare flowed a +deep and rapid brook, an affluent of the Coango, in the dry bed of which the +royal grave was to be formed. Natives were immediately set to work to construct +a dam by means of which the water should be diverted, until the burial was over, +into a temporary channel across the plain; the last act in the ceremonial being +to undam the stream and allow it to resume its proper course.</P> +<P>Negoro had formed the resolution that Dick Sands should be one of the victims +to be sacrificed upon the king’s tomb. Thoroughly aware as he was that the +indignation which had caused the death of Harris extended in at least an equal +degree to himself, the cowardly rascal would not have ventured to approach Dick +under similar circumstances at the risk of meeting a similar fate; but knowing +him to be a prisoner bound hand and foot, from whom there could be nothing to +fear, he resolved to go to him in his dungeon-*</P> +<P>Not only did he delight in torturing his victims, but he derived an especial +gratification from witnessing the torture.</P> +<P>About the middle of the day, accordingly, he made his way to the cell where +Dick was detained under the strict watch of a havildar. There, bound with +fetters that penetrated his very flesh, lay the poor boy; for the last four and +twenty hours he had not been allowed a morsel of food, and would gladly have +faced the most painful death as a welcome relief to his miseries.</P> +<P>But at the sight of Negoro all his energy revived; instinctively he made an +effort to burst his bonds, and to get a hold upon his persecutor; but the +strength of a giant would have been utterly unavailing for such a design. Dick +felt that the struggle he had to make was of another kind, and forcing himself +to an apparent composure, he determined to look Negoro straight in the face, but +to vouchsafe no reply to anything he might say.</P> +<P>“I felt bound,” Negoro began, “to come and pay my respects to my young +captain, and to tell him how sorry I am that he has not the same authority here +that he had on board the ‘Pilgrim.’ ”</P> +<P>Finding that Dick returned no answer, he continued,—</P> +<P>“You remember your old cook, captain: I have come to know what you would like +to order for your breakfast.”</P> +<P>Here he paused to give a brutal kick at Dick’s foot, and went on,—</P> +<P>“I have also another question to ask you, captain; can you tell me how it was +that you landed here in Angola instead of upon the coast of America?”</P> +<P>The way in which the question was put more than ever confirmed Dick’s +impression that the “Pilgrim’s” course had been altered by Negoro, but he +persevered in maintaining a contemptuous silence.</P> +<P>“It was a lucky thing for you, captain,” resumed the vindictive Portuguese, +“that you had a good seaman on board, otherwise the ship would have run aground +on some reef in the tempest, instead of coming ashore here in a friendly +port.”</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Your life is in my hands!”]</P> +<P>Whilst he was speaking, Negoro had gradually drawn nearer to the prisoner, +until their faces were almost in contact. Exasperated by Dick’s calmness, his +countenance assumed an expression of the utmost ferocity, and at last he burst +forth in a paroxysm of rage.</P> +<P>“It is my turn now! I am master now! I am captain here! You are in my power +now! Your life is in my hands!”</P> +<P>“Take it, then,” said Dick quietly; “death has no terrors for me, and your +wickedness will soon be avenged.”</P> +<P>“Avenged!” roared Negoro; “do you suppose there is a single soul to care +about you? Avenged! who will concern himself with what befalls you? except Alvez +and me, there is no one with a shadow of authority here; if you think you are +going to get any help from old Tom or any of those niggers, let me tell you that +they are every one of them sold and have been sent off to Zanzibar.”</P> +<P>“Hercules is free,” said Dick.</P> +<P>“Hercules!” sneered Negoro; “he has been food for lions and panthers long +ago, I am only sorry that I did not get the chance of disposing of him +myself.”</P> +<P>“And there is Dingo,” calmly persisted Dick; “sure as fate, he will find you +out some day.”</P> +<P>“Dingo is dead!” retorted Negoro with malicious glee: “I shot the brute +myself, and I should be glad if every survivor of the ‘Pilgrim’ had shared his +fate.”</P> +<P>“But remember,” said Dick, “you have to follow them all yourself;” and he +fixed a sharp gaze upon his persecutor’s eye.</P> +<P>The Portuguese villain was stung to the quick; he made a dash towards the +youth, and would have strangled him upon the spot, but remembering that any such +sudden action would be to liberate him from the torture he was determined he +should undergo, he controlled his rage, and after giving strict orders to the +havildar, who had been a passive spectator of the scene, to keep a careful watch +upon his charge, he left the dungeon.</P> +<P>So far from depressing Dick’s spirits, the interview had altogether a +contrary effect; his feelings had undergone a reaction, so that all his energies +were restored. Possibly Negoro in his sudden assault had unintentionally +loosened his fetters, for he certainly seemed to have greater play for his +limbs, and fancied that by a slight effort he might succeed in disengaging his +arms. Even that amount of freedom, however, he knew could be of no real avail to +him; he was a closely-guarded prisoner, without hope of succour from without; +and now he had no other wish than cheerfully to meet the death that should unite +him to the friends who had gone before.</P> +<P>The hours passed on. The gleams of daylight that penetrated the thatched roof +of the prison gradually faded into darkness; the few sounds on the chitoka, a +great contrast to the hubbub of the day, became hushed into silence, and night +fell upon the town of Kazonndé.</P> +<P>Dick Sands slept soundly for about a couple of hours, and woke up +considerably refreshed. One of his arms, which was somewhat less swollen than +the other, he was able to withdraw from its bonds; it was at any rate a relief +to stretch it at his pleasure.</P> +<P>The havildar, grasping the neck of a brandy-bottle which he had just drained, +had sunk into a heavy slumber, and Dick Sands was contemplating the possibility +of getting posssession of his gaoler’s weapons when his attention was arrested +by a scratching at the bottom of the door. By the help of his liberated arm he +contrived to crawl noiselessly to the threshold, where the scratching increased +in violence. For a moment he was in doubt whether the noise proceeded from the +movements of a man or an animal. He gave a glance at the havildar, who was sound +asleep, and placing his lips against the door murmured “Hercules!”</P> +<P>A low whining was the sole reply.</P> +<P>“It must be Dingo,” muttered Dick to himself; “Negoro may have told me a lie; +perhaps, after all, the dog is not dead.”</P> +<P>As though in answer to his thoughts, a dog’s paw was pushed below the door. +Dick seized it eagerly; he had no doubt it was Dingo’s; but if the dog brought a +message, it was sure to be tied to his neck, and there seemed to be no</P> +<P>[Illustration: All his energies were restored.]</P> +<P>means of getting at it, except the hole underneath could be made large enough +to admit the animal’s head. Dick determined to try and scrape away the soil at +the threshold, and commenced digging with his nails. But he had scarcely set +himself to his task when loud barkings, other than Dingo’s, were heard in the +distance. The faithful creature had been scented out by the native dogs, and +instinct dictated an immediate flight. Alarm had evidently been taken, as +several gun-shots were fired; the havildar half roused himself from his slumber, +and Dick was fain to roll himself once more into his corner, there to await the +dawn of the day which was intended to be his last.</P> +<P>Throughout that day, the grave-digging was carried on with unremitted +activity. A large number of the natives, under the superintendence of the +queen’s prime minister, were set to work, and according to the decree of Moena, +who seemed resolved to continue the rigorous sway of her departed husband, were +bound, under penalty of mutilation, to accomplish their task within the +proscribed time.</P> +<P>As soon as the stream had been diverted into its temporary channel, there was +hollowed out in the dry river bed a pit, fifty feet long, ten feet wide, and ten +feet deep. This, towards the close of the day, was lined throughout with living +women, selected from Moené Loonga’s slaves; in ordinary cases it would have been +their fate to be buried alive beside their master; but in recognition of his +miraculous death it was ordained that they should be drowned beside his remains. +[Footnote: The horrible hecatombs that commemorate the death of any powerful +chief in Central Africa defy all description. Cameron relates that more than a +hundred victims were sacrificed at the obsequies of the father of the King of +Kassongo.]</P> +<P>Generally, the royal corpse is arrayed in its richest vestments before being +consigned to the tomb, but in this case, when the remains consisted only of a +few charred bones, another plan was adopted. An image of the king, perhaps +rather flattering to the original, was made of wicker-work; inside this were +placed the fragments of bones and skin, and the effigy itself was then arrayed +in the robes of state, which, as already mentioned, were not of a very costly +description.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict’s spectacles were not forgotten, but were firmly affixed to +the countenance of the image. The masquerade had its ludicrous as well as its +terrible side.</P> +<P>When the evening arrived, a long procession was seen wending its way to the +place of interment; the uproar was perfectly deafening; shouts, yells, the +boisterous incantations of the musicians, the clang of musical instruments, and +the reports of many old muskets, mingled in wild confusion.</P> +<P>The ceremony was to take place by torch-light, and the whole population of +Kazonndé, native and otherwise, was bound to be present. Alvez, Coïmbra, Negoro, +the Arab dealers and their havildars all helped to swell the numbers, the queen +having given express orders that no one who had been at the lakoni should leave +the town, and it was not deemed prudent to disobey her commands.</P> +<P>The remains of the king were carried in a palanquin in the rear of the +cortége, surrounded by the wives of the second class, some of whom were doomed +to follow their master beyond the tomb. Queen Moena, in state array, marched +behind the catafalque.</P> +<P>Night was well advanced when the entire procession reached the banks of the +brook, but the resin-torches, waved on high by their bearers, shed a ruddy glare +upon the teeming crowd. The grave, with its lining of living women, bound to its +side by chains, was plainly visible; fifty slaves, some resigned and mute, +others uttering loud and piteous cries, were there awaiting the moment when the +rushing torrent should be opened upon them.</P> +<P>The wives who were destined to perish had been selected by the queen herself +and were all in holiday-attire. One of the victims, who bore the title of second +wife, was forced down upon her hands and knees in the grave, in order to form a +resting-place for the effigy, as she had been accustomed to do for the living +sovereign; the third wife had to sustain the image in an upright position, and +the fourth lay down at its feet to make a footstool.</P> +<P>In front of the effigy, at the end of the grave, a huge stake, painted red, +was planted firmly in the earth. Bound to this stake, his body half naked, +exhibiting marks of the</P> +<P>[Illustration: Friendless and hopeless.]</P> +<P>tortures which by Negoro’s orders he had already undergone, friendless and +hopeless, was Dick Sands!</P> +<P>The time, however, for opening the flood-gate had not yet arrived. First of +all, at a sign from the queen, the fourth wife, forming the royal footstool had +her throat cut by an executioner, her blood streaming into the grave. This +barbarous deed was the commencement of a most frightful butchery. One after +another, fifty slaves fell beneath the slaughterous knife, until the river-bed +was a very cataract of blood. For half an hour the shrieks of the victims +mingled with the imprecations of their murderers, without evoking one single +expression of horror or sympathy from the gazing crowd around.</P> +<P>At a second signal from the queen, the barrier, which retained the water +above, was opened. By a refinement of cruelty the torrent was not admitted +suddenly to the grave, but allowed to trickle gradually in.</P> +<P>The first to be drowned were the slaves that carpeted the bottom of the +trench, their frightful struggles bearing witness to the slow death that was +overpowering them. Dick was immersed to his knees, but he could be seen making +what might seem one last frantic effort to burst his bonds.</P> +<P>Steadily rose the water; the stream resumed its proper course; the last head +disappeared beneath its surface, and soon there remained nothing to indicate +that in the depth below there was a tomb where a hundred victims had been +sacrificed to the memory 0f the King of Kazonndé.</P> +<P>Painful as they are to describe, it is impossible to ignore the reality of +such scenes.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XIII.</H4> +<H4>IN CAPTIVITY.</H4> +<P>So far from Mrs. Weldon and Jack having succumbed to the hardships to which +they had been exposed, they were both alive, and together with Cousin Benedict +were now in Kazonndé. After the assault upon the ant-hill they had all three +been conveyed beyond the encampment to a spot where a rude palanquin was in +readiness for Mrs. Weldon and her son. The journey hence to Kazonndé was +consequently accomplished without much difficulty; Cousin Benedict, who +performed it on foot, was allowed to entomologize as much as he pleased upon the +road, so that to him the distance was a matter of no concern. The party reached +their destination a week sooner than Ibn Hamish’s caravan, and the prisoners +were lodged in Alvez’ quarters.</P> +<P>Jack was much better. After leaving the marshy districts he had no return of +fever, and as a certain amount of indulgence had been allowed them on their +journey, both he and his mother, as far as their health was concerned, might be +said to be in a satisfactory condition.</P> +<P>Of the rest of her former companions Mrs. Weldon could hear nothing. She had +herself been a witness of the escape of Hercules, but of course knew nothing +further of his fate; as for Dick Sands, she entertained a sanguine hope that his +white skin would protect him from any severe treatment; but for Nan and the +other poor negroes, here upon African soil, she feared the very worst.</P> +<P>Being entirely shut off from communication with the outer world, she was +quite unaware of the arrival of the caravan; even if she had heard the noisy +commotion of the market she would not have known what it meant, and she was in +ignorance alike of the death of Harris, of the sale of Tom and his companions, +of the dreadful end of the king, and of the royal obsequies in which poor Dick +had been assigned so melancholy a share. During the journey from the Coanza to +Kazonndé, Harris and Negoro had held no conversation with her, and since her +arrival she had not been allowed to pass the inclosure of the establishment, so +that, as far as she knew, she was quite alone, and being in Negoro’s power, was +in a position from which it seemed only too likely nothing but death could +release her.</P> +<P>From Cousin Benedict, it is needless to repeat, she could expect no +assistance; his own personal pursuits engrossed him, and he had no care nor +leisure to bestow upon external circumstances. His first feeling, on being made +to understand that he was not in America, was one of deep disappointment that +the wonderful things he had seen were no discoveries at all; they were simply +African insects common on African soil. This vexation, however, soon passed +away, and he began to believe that “the land of the Pharaohs” might possess as +much entomological wealth as “the land of the Incas.”</P> +<P>“Ah,” he would exclaim to Mrs. Weldon, heedless that she gave him little or +no attention, “this is the country of the manticoræ, and wonderful coleoptera +they are, with their long hairy legs, their sharp elytra and their big +mandibles; the most remarkable of them all is the tuberous manticora. And isn’t +this, too, the land of the golden-tipped calosomi? and of the prickly-legged +goliaths of Guinea and Gabon? Here, too, we ought to find the spotted anthidia, +which lay their eggs in empty snail-shells; and the sacred atenchus, which the +old Egyptians used to venerate as divine.”</P> +<P>“Yes, yes;” he would say at another time, “this is the proper habitat of +those death’s-head sphinxes which are now so common everywhere; and this is the +place for those ‘Idias Bigoti,’ so formidable to the natives of Senegal.</P> +<P>There must be wonderful discoveries to be made here if only those good people +will let me.”</P> +<P>The “good people” referred to were Negoro and Harris, who had restored him +much of the liberty of which Dick Sands had found it necessary to deprive him. +With freedom to roam and in possession of his tin box, Benedict would have been +amongst the most contented of men, had it not been for the loss of his +spectacles and magnifying-glass, now buried with the King of Kazonndé. Reduced +to the necessity of poking every insect almost into his eyes before he could +discover its characteristics, he would have sacrificed much to recover or +replace his glasses, but as such articles were not to be procured at any price, +he contented himself with the permission to go where he pleased within the +limits of the palisade. His keepers knew him well enough to be satisfied that he +would make no attempt to escape, and as the enclosure was nearly a mile in +circumference, containing many shrubs and trees and huts with thatched roofs, +besides being intersected by a running stream, it afforded him a very fair scope +for his researches, and who should say that he would not discover some novel +specimen to which, in the records of entomological science, his own name might +be assigned?</P> +<P>If thus the domain of Antonio Alvez was sufficient to satisfy Benedict, to +little Jack it might well seem immense. But though allowed to ramble over the +whole place as he liked, the child rarely cared to leave his mother; he would be +continually inquiring about his father, whom he had now so long been expecting +to see: he would ask why Nan and Hercules and Dingo had gone away and left him; +and perpetually he would be expressing his wonder where Dick could be, and +wishing he would come back again. Mrs. Weldon could only hide her tears and +answer him by caresses.</P> +<P>Nothing, however, transpired to give the least intimation that any of the +prisoners were to be treated otherwise than they had been upon the journey from +the Coanza. Excepting such as were retained for old Alvez’ personal service, all +the slaves had been sold, and the storehouses were now</P> +<P>[Illustration: He contented himself with the permission to go where he +pleased within the limits of the palisade.]</P> +<P>full of stuffs and ivory, the stuffs destined to be sent into the central +provinces and the ivory to be exported. The establishment was thus no longer +crowded as it had been, and Mrs. Weldon and Jack were lodged in a different hut +to Cousin Benedict. All three, however, took their meals together and were +allowed a sufficient diet of mutton or goats’-flesh, vegetables, manioc, sorghum +and native fruits. With the traders’ servants they held no communication, but +Halima, a young slave who had been told off to attend to Mrs. Weldon, evinced +for her new mistress an attachment which, though rough, was evidently +sincere.</P> +<P>Old Alvez, who occupied the principal house in thedépôt, was rarely seen; +whilst the non-appearance of either Harris or Negoro caused Mrs. Weldon much +surprise and perplexity. In the midst of all her troubles, too, she was haunted +by the thought of the anxiety her husband must be suffering on her account. +Unaware of her having embarked on board the “Pilgrim,” at first he would have +wondered at steamer after steamer arriving at San Francisco without her. After a +while the “Pilgrim” would have been registered amongst the number of missing +ships; and it was certain the intelligence would be forwarded to him by his +correspondents, that the vessel had sailed from Auckland with his wife and child +on board. What was he to imagine? he might refuse to believe that they had +perished at sea, but he would never dream of their having been carried to +Africa, and would certainly institute a search in no other direction than on the +coast of America, or amongst the isles of the Pacific. She had not the faintest +hope of her whereabouts being discovered, and involuntarily her thoughts turned +to the possibility of making an escape. She might well feel her heart sink +within her at the bare idea; even if she should succeed in eluding the vigilance +of the watch, there were two hundred miles of dense forest to be traversed +before the coast could be reached; nevertheless, it revealed itself to her as +her last chance, and failing all else, she resolved to hazard it.</P> +<P>But, first of all, she determined, if it were possible, to discover the +ultimate design of Negoro. She was not kept long in suspense. On the 6th of +June, just a week after the royal funeral, the Portuguese entered the depót, in +which he had not set foot since his return, and made his way straight to the hut +in which he knew he should find the prisoner. Benedict was out insect-hunting; +Jack, under Halima’s charge, was being taken for a walk. Mrs. Weldon was +alone.</P> +<P>Negoro pushed open the door, and said abruptly,—</P> +<P>“Mrs. Weldon, I have come to tell you, that Tom and his lot have been sold +for the Ujiji market; Nan died on her way here; and Dick Sands is dead too.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon uttered a cry of horror.</P> +<P>“Yes, Mrs. Weldon,” he continued; “he has got what he deserved; he shot +Harris, and has been executed for the murder. And here you are alone! mark this! +alone and in my power!”</P> +<P>What Negoro said was true; Tom, Bat, Actæon, and Austin had all been sent off +that morning on their way to Ujiji.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon groaned bitterly.</P> +<P>Negoro went on.</P> +<P>“If I chose, I could still further avenge upon you the ill-treatment I got on +board that ship; but it does not suit my purpose to kill you. You and that boy +of yours, and that idiot of a fly-catcher, all have a certain value in the +market. I mean to sell you.”</P> +<P>“You dare not!” said Mrs. Weldon firmly; “you know you are making an idle +threat; who do you suppose would purchase people of white blood?”</P> +<P>“I know a customer who will give me the price I mean to ask,” replied Negoro +with a brutal grin.</P> +<P>She bent down her head; only too well she knew that such things were possible +in this horrid land.</P> +<P>“Tell me who he is!” she said; “tell the name of the man who ...”</P> +<P>“James Weldon,” he answered slowly.</P> +<P>“My husband!” she cried; “what do you mean?”</P> +<P>“I mean what I say. I mean to make your husband buy you back at my price; and +if he likes to pay for them, he shall have his son and his cousin too.”</P> +<P>[Illustration: “I suppose Weldon will not mind coming to fetch you?”]</P> +<P>“And when, and how, may I ask, do you propose to manage this?” replied Mrs. +Weldon. forcing herself to be calm.</P> +<P>“Here, and soon too. I suppose Weldon will not mind coming to fetch you.”</P> +<P>“He would not hesitate to come; but how could he know we are here?”</P> +<P>“I will go to him. I have money that will take me to San Francisco.”</P> +<P>“What you stole from the ‘Pilgrim’?” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Just so,” replied Negoro; “and I have plenty more I suppose when Weldon +hears that you are a prisoner in Central Africa, he will not think much of a +hundred thousand dollars.”</P> +<P>“But how is he to know the truth of your statement?”</P> +<P>“I shall take him a letter from you. You shall represent me as your faithful +servant, just escaped from the hands of savages.”</P> +<P>“A letter such as that I will never write; never,” said Mrs. Weldon +decisively.</P> +<P>“What? what? you refuse?”</P> +<P>“I refuse.”</P> +<P>She had all the natural cravings of a woman and a wife, but so thoroughly was +she aware of the treachery of the man she had to deal with, that she dreaded +lest, as soon as he had touched the ransom, he would dispose of her husband +altogether.</P> +<P>There was a short silence.</P> +<P>“You will write that letter,” said Negoro.</P> +<P>“Never!” repeated Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Remember your child!”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon’s heart beat violently, but she did not answer a word.</P> +<P>“I will give you a week to think over this,” hissed out Negoro.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon was still silent.</P> +<P>“A week! I will come again in a week; you will do as I wish, or it will be +the worse for you.”</P> +<P>He gnashed his teeth, turned on his heel, and left the hut.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XIV.</H4> +<H4>A RAY OF HOPE.</H4> +<P>Mrs. Weldon’s first feeling on being left alone was a sense of relief at +having a week’s respite. She had no trust in Negoro’s honesty, but she knew well +enough that their “marketable value” would secure them from any personal danger, +and she had time to consider whether some compromise might be effected by which +her husband might be spared the necessity of coming to Kazonndé. Upon the +receipt of a letter from herself, he would not hesitate for a moment in +undertaking the journey, but she entertained no little fear that after all +perhaps her own departure might not be permitted; the slightest caprice on the +part of Queen Moena would detain her as a captive, whilst as to Negoro, if once +he should get the ransom he wanted, he would take no further pains in the +matter.</P> +<P>Accordingly, she resolved to make the proposition that she should be conveyed +to some point upon the coast, where the bargain could be concluded without Mr. +Weldon’s coming up the country.</P> +<P>She had to weigh all the consequences that would follow any refusal on her +part to fall in with Negoro’s demands. Of course, he would spend the interval in +preparing for his start to America, and when he should come back and find her +still hesitating, was it not likely that he would find scope for his revenge in +suggesting that she must be separated from her child.</P> +<P>The very thought sent a pang through her heart, and she clasped her little +boy tenderly to her side.</P> +<P>“What makes you so sad, mamma?” asked Jack.</P> +<P>“I was thinking of your father, my child,” she answered; “would you not like +to see him?”</P> +<P>“Yes, yes; is he coming here?”</P> +<P>“No, my boy, he must not come here.”</P> +<P>“Then let us take Dick, and Tom, and Hercules, and go to him.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon tried to conceal her tears.</P> +<P>“Have you heard from papa?”</P> +<P>“No.”</P> +<P>“Then why do you not write to him?”</P> +<P>“Write to him?” repeated his mother, “that is the very thing I was thinking +about.”</P> +<P>The child little knew the agitation that was troubling her mind.</P> +<P>Meanwhile Mrs. Weldon had another inducement which she hardly ventured to own +to herself for postponing her final decision. Was it absolutely impossible that +her liberation should be effected by some different means altogether?</P> +<P>A few days previously she had overheard a conversation outside her hut, and +over this she had found herself continually pondering.</P> +<P>Alvez and one of the Ujiji dealers, discussing the future prospects of their +business, mutually agreed in denouncing the efforts that were being made for the +suppression of the slave-traffic, not only by the cruisers on the coast, but by +the intrusion of travellers and missionaries into the interior.</P> +<P>Alvez averred that all these troublesome visitors ought to be exterminated +forthwith.</P> +<P>“But kill one, and another crops up,” replied the dealer.</P> +<P>“Yes, their exaggerated reports bring up a swarm of them,” said Alvez.</P> +<P>It seemed a subject of bitter complaint that the markets of Nyangwé, +Zanzibar, and the lake-district had been invaded by Speke and Grant and others, +and although they congratulated each other that the western provinces had not +yet been much persecuted, they confessed that now that the travelling epidemic +had begun to rage, there was no telling how soon a lot of European and American +busy-bodies might be among them. Thedépôts at Cassange and Bihe had both been +visited, and although Kazonndé had hitherto been left quiet, there were rumours +enough that the continent was to be tramped over from east to west. [Footnote: +This extraordinary feat was, it is universally known, subsequently accomplished +by Cameron.]</P> +<P>“And it may be,” continued Alvez, “that that missionary fellow, Livingstone, +is already on his way to us; if he comes there can be but one result; there must +be freedom for all the slaves in Kazonndé.”</P> +<P>“Freedom for the slaves in Kazonndé!” These were the words which in connexion +with Dr. Livingstone’s name had arrested Mrs. Weldon’s attention, and who can +wonder that she pondered them over and over again, and ventured to associate +them with her own prospects?</P> +<P>Here was a ray of hope!</P> +<P>The mere mention of Livingstone’s name in association with this story seems +to demand a brief survey of his career.</P> +<P>Born on the 19th of March, 1813, David Livingstone was the second of six +children of a tradesman in the village of Blantyre, in Lanarkshire. After two +years’ training in medicine and theology, he was sent out by the London +Missionary Society, and landed at the Cape of Good Hope in 1840, with the +intention of joining Moffat in South Africa. After exploring the country of the +Bechuanas, he returned to Kuruman, and, having married Moffat’s daughter, +proceeded in 1843 to found a mission in the Mabotsa valley.</P> +<P>After four years he removed to Kolobeng in the Bechuana district, 225 miles +north of Kuruman, whence, in 1849, starting off with his wife, three children, +and two friends, Mr. Oswell and Mr. Murray, he discovered Lake Ngami, and +returned by descending the course of the Zouga.</P> +<P>The opposition of the natives had prevented his proceeding beyond Lake Ngami +at his first visit, and he made</P> +<P>[Illustration: Dr. Livingstone. <I>Page</I> 408.]</P> +<P>a second with no better success. In a third attempt, however, he wended his +way northwards with his family and Mr. Oswell along the Chobé, an affluent of +the Zambesi, and after a difficult journey at length reached the district of the +Makalolos, of whom the chief, named Sebituané, joined him at Linyanté. The +Zambesi itself was discovered at the end of June, 1851, and the doctor returned +to the Cape for the purpose of sending his family to England.</P> +<P>His next project was to cross the continent obliquely from south to west, but +in this expedition he had resolved that he would risk no life but his own. +Accompanied, therefore, by only a few natives, he started in the following June, +and skirting the Kalahari desert entered Litoubarouba on the last day of the +year; here he found the Bechuana district much ravaged by the Boers, the +original Dutch colonists, who had formed the population of the Cape before it +came into the possession of the English. After a fortnight’s stay, he proceeded +into the heart of the district of the Bamangonatos, and travelled continuously +until the 23rd of May, when he arrived at Linyanté, and was received with much +honour by Sekeletoo, who had recently become sovereign of the Makalolos. A +severe attack of fever detained the traveller here for a period, but he made +good use of the enforced rest by studying the manners of the country, and became +for the first time sensible of its terrible sufferings in consequence of the +slave-trade.</P> +<P>Descending the course of the Chobé to the Zambesi, he next entered Naniele, +and after visiting Katonga and Libonta, advanced to the point of confluence of +the Leeba with the Zambesi, where he determined upon ascending the former as far +as the Portuguese possessions in the west; it was an undertaking, however, that +required considerable preparation, so that it was necessary for him to return to +Linyanté.</P> +<P>On the 11th of November he again started. He was accompanied by twenty-seven +Makalolos, and ascended the Leeba till, in the territory of the Balonda, he +reached a spot where it received the waters of its tributary the Makondo.</P> +<P>It was the first time a white man had ever penetrated so far.</P> +<P>Proceeding on their way, they arrived at the residence of Shinté, the most +powerful of the chieftains of the Balonda, by whom they were well received, and +having met with equal kindness from Kateema, a ruler on the other side of the +Leeba, they encamped, on the 20th of February, 1853, on the banks of Lake +Dilolo.</P> +<P>Here it was that the real difficulty commenced; the arduous travelling, the +attacks of the natives, and their exorbitant demands, the conspiracies of his +own attendants and their desertions, would soon have caused any one of less +energy to abandon his enterprise; but David Livingstone was not a man to be +daunted; resolutely he persevered, and on the 4th of April reached the banks of +the Coango, the stream that forms the frontier of the Portuguese possessions, +and joins the Zaire on the north.</P> +<P>Six days later he passed through Cassangé. Here it was that Alvez had seen +him. On the 31st of May he arrived at St. Paul de Loanda, having traversed the +continent in about two years.</P> +<P>It was not long, however, before he was off again. Following the banks of the +Coanza, the river which was to bring such trying experiences to Dick Sands and +his party, he reached the Lombé, and having met numbers of slave-caravans on his +way, again passed through Cassange, crossed the Coango, and reached the Zambesi +at Kewawa. By the 8th of the following June he was again at Lake Dilolo, and +descending the river, he re-entered Linyanté. Here he stayed till the 3rd of +November, when he commenced his second great journey, which was to carry him +completely across Africa from west to east.</P> +<P>After visiting the famed Victoria Falls, the intrepid explorer quitted the +Zambesi, and took a north-easterly route. The transit of the territory of the +Batokas, a people brutalized by the inhalation of hemp; a visit to Semalemboni +the powerful chief of the district; the passage of the Kafoni; a visit to king +Mbourouma; an inspection of the ruins of Zumbo, an old Portuguese town; a +meeting with</P> +<P>[Illustration: With none to guide him except a few natives.]</P> +<P>the chief Mpendé, at that time at war with the Portuguese, these were the +principal events of this journey, and on the 22nd of April, Livingstone left +Teté, and having descended the river as far as its delta, reached Quilimané, +just four years after his last departure from the Cape. On the 12th of July he +embarked for the Mauritius, and on the 22nd of December, 1856, he landed in +England after an absence of sixteen years.</P> +<P>Loaded with honours by the Geographical Societies of London and Paris, +brilliantly entertained by all ranks, it would have been no matter of surprise +if he had surrendered himself to a well-earned repose; but no thought of +permanent rest occurred to him, and on the 1st of March, 1858, accompanied by +his brother Charles, Captain Bedingfield, Dr. Kirk, Dr. Miller, Mr. Thornton, +and Mr. Baines, he started again, with the intention of exploring the basin of +the Zambesi, and arrived in due time at the coast of Mozambique.</P> +<P>The party ascended the great river by the Kongone mouth; they were on board a +small steamer named the “Ma-Robert,” and reached Teté on the 8th of +September.</P> +<P>During the following year they investigated the lower course of the Zambesi, +and its left affluent the Shiré, and having visited Lake Shirwa, they explored +the territory of the Manganjas, and discovered Lake Nyassa. In August, 1860, +they returned to the Victoria Falls.</P> +<P>Early in the following year, Bishop Mackenzie and his missionary staff +arrived at the mouth of the Zambesi.</P> +<P>In March an exploration of the Rovouma was made on board the “Pioneer,” the +exploring party returning afterwards to Lake Nyassa, where they remained a +considerable time. The 30th of January, 1862, was signalized by the arrival of +Mrs. Livingstone, and by the addition of another steamer, the “Lady Nyassa;” but +the happiness of reunion was very transient; it was but a short time before the +enthusiastic Bishop Mackenzie succumbed to the unhealthiness of the climate, and +on the 27th of April Mrs. Livingstone expired in her husband’s arms.</P> +<P>A second investigation of the Rovouma soon followed and at the end of +November the doctor returned to the Zambesi, and reascended the Shire. In the +spring of 1803 he lost his companion Mr. Thornton, and as his brother and Dr. +Kirk were both much debilitated, he insisted upon their return to Europe, while +he himself returned for the third time to Lake Nyassa, and completed the +hydrographical survey which already he had begun.</P> +<P>A few months later found him once more at the mouth of the Zambesi; thence he +crossed over to Zanzibar, and after five years’ absence arrived in London, where +he published his work, “The exploration of the Zambesi and its affluents.”</P> +<P>Still unwearied and insatiable in his longings, he was back again in Zanzibar +at the commencement of 1866, ready to begin his fourth journey, this time +attended only by a few sepoys and negroes. Witnessing on his way some horrible +scenes which were perpetrated as the result of the prosecution of the +slave-trade, he proceeded to Mokalaosé on the shores of Lake Nyassa, where +nearly all his attendants deserted him, and returned to Zanzibar with the report +that he was dead.</P> +<P>Dr. Livingstone meanwhile was not only alive, but undaunted in his +determination to visit the country between the two lakes Nyassa and Tanganyika. +With none to guide him except a few natives, he crossed the Loangona, and in the +following April discovered Lake Liemmba. Here he lay for a whole month hovering +between life and death, but rallying a little he pushed on to the north shore of +Lake Moero. Taking up his quarters at Cazembé for six weeks, he made two +separate explorations of the lake, and then started farther northwards, +intending to reach Ujiji, an important town upon Lake Tanganyika; overtaken, +however, by floods, and again abandoned by his servants, he was obliged to +retrace his steps. Six weeks afterwards he had made his way southwards to the +great lake Bangweolo, whence once more he started towards Tanganyika.</P> +<P>This last effort was most trying, and the doctor had grown so weak that he +was obliged to be carried, but he reached Ujiji, where he was gratified by +finding some</P> +<P>[Illustration: “You are Dr. Livingstone, I presume?”]</P> +<P>supplies that had been thoughtfully forwarded to him by the Oriental Society +at Calcutta.</P> +<P>His great aim now was to ascend the lake, and reach the sources of the Nile. +On the 21st of September he was at Bambarré, in the country of the cannibal +Manyuema, upon the Lualaba, the river afterwards ascertained by Stanley to be +the Upper Zaire or Congo. At Mamobela the doctor was ill for twenty-four days, +tended only by three followers who continued faithful; but in July he made a +vigorous effort, and although he was reduced to a skeleton, made his way back to +Ujiji.</P> +<P>During this long time no tidings of Livingstone reached Europe, and many were +the misgivings lest the rumours of his death were only too true. He was himself, +too, almost despairing as to receiving any help. But help was closer at hand +than he thought. On the 3rd of November, only eleven days after his return to +Ujiji, some gun shots were heard within half a mile of the lake. The doctor went +out to ascertain whence they proceeded, and had not gone far before a white man +stood before him.</P> +<P>“You are Dr. Livingstone, I presume,” said the stranger, raising his cap.</P> +<P>“Yes, sir, I am Dr. Livingstone, and am happy to see you,” answered the +doctor, smiling kindly.</P> +<P>The two shook each other warmly by the hand.</P> +<P>The new arrival was Henry Stanley, the correspondent of the <I>New York +Herald</I>, who had been sent out by Mr. Bennett, the editor, in search of the +great African explorer. On receiving his orders in October, 1870, without a +day’s unnecessary delay he had embarked at Bombay for Zanzibar, and, after a +journey involving considerable peril, had arrived safely at Ujiji.</P> +<P>Very soon the two travellers found themselves on the best of terms, and set +out together on an excursion to the north of Tanganyika. They proceeded as far +as Cape Magala, and decided that the chief outlet of the lake must be an +affluent of the Lualaba, a conclusion that was subsequently confirmed by +Cameron.</P> +<P>Towards the end of the year Stanley began to prepare to return. Livingstone +accompanied him as far as Kwihara, and on the 3rd of the following March they +parted.</P> +<P>“You have done for me what few men would venture to do; I am truly grateful,” +said Livingstone.</P> +<P>Stanley could scarcely repress his tears as he expressed his hope that the +doctor might be spared to return to his friends safe and well.</P> +<P>“Good-bye!” said Stanley, choked with emotion.</P> +<P>“Good-bye!” answered the veteran feebly.</P> +<P>Thus they parted, and in July, 1872, Stanley landed at Marseilles.</P> +<P>Again David Livingstone resumed his researches in the interior.</P> +<P>After remaining five months at Kwihara he gathered together a retinue +consisting of his faithful followers Suzi, Chumah, Amoda, and Jacob Wainwright, +and fifty-six men sent to him by Stanley, and lost no time in proceeding towards +the south of Tanganyika. In the course of the ensuing month the caravan +encountered some frightful storms, but succeeded in reaching Moura. There had +previously been an extreme drought, which was now followed by the rainy season, +which entailed the loss of many of the beasts of burden, in consequence of the +bites of the tzetsy.</P> +<P>On the 24th of January they were at Chitounkwé, and in April, after rounding +the east of Lake Bangweolo, they made their way towards the village of Chitambo. +At this point it was that Livingstone had parted company with certain +slave-dealers, who had carried the information to old Alvez that the missionary +traveller would very likely proceed by way of Loanda to Kazonndé.</P> +<P>But on the 13th of June, the very day before Negoro reckoned on obtaining +from Mrs. Weldon the letter which should be the means of securing him a hundred +thousand dollars, tidings were circulated in the district that on the 1st of May +Dr. Livingstone had breathed his last.</P> +<P>The report proved perfectly true. On the 29th of April the caravan had +reached the village of Chitambo, the doctor so unwell that he was carried on a +litter. The following night he was in great pain, and after repeatedly murmuring +in a low voice, “Oh dear, oh dear!” he fell into a kind of stupor. A short time +afterwards he called up Suzi, and having asked for some medicine, told his +attendant that he should not require anything more.</P> +<P>“You can go now.”</P> +<P>About four o’clock next morning, when an anxious visit was made to his room, +the doctor was found kneeling by the bed-side, his head in his hands, in the +attitude of prayer. Suzi touched him, but his forehead was icy with the coldness +of death. He had died in the night.</P> +<P>His body was carried by those who loved him, and in spite of many obstacles +was brought to Zanzibar, whence, nine months after his death, it was conveyed to +England. On the 12th of April, 1874, it was interred in Westminster Abbey, +counted worthy to be deposited amongst those whom the country most delights to +honour.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XV.</H4> +<H4>AN EXCITING CHASE.</H4> +<P>To say the truth, it was the very vaguest of hopes to which Mrs. Weldon had +been clinging, yet it was not without some thrill of disappointment that she +heard from the lips of old Alvez himself that Dr. Livingstone had died at a +little village on Lake Bangweolo. There had appeared to be a sort of a link +binding her to the civilized world, but it was now abruptly snapped, and nothing +remained for her but to make what terms she could with the base and heartless +Negoro.</P> +<P>On the 14th, the day appointed for the interview, he made his appearance at +the hut, firmly resolved to make no abatement in the terms that he had proposed, +Mrs. Weldon, on her part, being equally determined not to yield to the +demand.</P> +<P>“There is only one condition,” she avowed, “upon which I will acquiesce. My +husband shall not be required to come up the country here.”</P> +<P>Negoro hesitated; at length he said that he would agree to her husband being +taken by ship to Mossamedes, a small port in the south of Angola, much +frequented by slavers, whither also, at a date hereafter to be fixed, Alvez +should send herself with Jack and Benedict; the stipulation was confirmed that +the ransom should be 100,000 dollars, and it was further made part of the +contract that Negoro should be allowed to depart as an honest man.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon felt she had gained an important point in thus sparing her +husband the necessity of a journey to Kazonndé, and had no apprehensions about +herself on her way to Mossamedes, knowing that it was to the interest of Alvez +and Negoro alike to attend carefully to her wants.</P> +<P>Upon the terms of the covenant being thus arranged, Mrs. Weldon wrote such a +letter to her husband as she knew would bring him with all speed to Mossamedes, +but she left it entirely to Negoro to represent himself in whatever light he +chose. Once in possession of the document, Negoro lost no time in starting on +his errand. The very next morning, taking with him about twenty negroes, he set +off towards the north, alleging to Alvez as his motive for taking that +direction, that he was not only going to embark somewhere at the mouth of the +Congo, but that he was anxious to keep as far as possible from the prison-houses +of the Portuguese, with which already he had been involuntarily only too +familiar.</P> +<P>After his departure, Mrs. Weldon resolved to make the best of her period of +imprisonment, aware that it could hardly be less than four months before he +would return. She had no desire to go beyond the precincts assigned her, even +had the privilege been allowed her; but warned by Negoro that Hercules was still +free, and might at any time attempt a rescue, Alvez had no thought of permitting +her any unnecessary liberty. Her life therefore soon resumed its previous +monotony.</P> +<P>The daily routine went on within the enclosure pretty much as in other parts +of the town, the women all being employed in various labours for the benefit of +their husbands and masters. The rice was pounded with wooden pestles; the maize +was peeled and winnowed, previously to extracting the granulous substance for +the drink which they call <I>mtyellé</I>; the sorghum had to be gathered in, the +season of its ripening being marked by festive observances; there was a fragrant +oil to be expressed from a kind of olive named the <I>mpafoo</I>; the cotton had +to be spun on spindles, which were hardly less than a foot and a half in length; +there was the bark of trees to be woven into textures for wearing; the manioc +had to be dug up, and the cassava procured from its roots; and besides all this, +there was the preparation of the soil for its future plantings, the usual +productions of the country being the <I>moritsané</I> beans, growing in pods +fifteen inches long upon stems twenty feet high, the <I>arachides</I>, from +which they procure a serviceable oil, the <I>chilobé</I> pea, the blossoms of +which are used to give a flavour to the insipid sorghum, cucumbers, of which the +seeds are roasted as chestnuts, as well as the common crops of coffee, sugar, +onions, guavas, and sesame.</P> +<P>To the women’s lot, too, falls the manipulation of all the fermented drinks, +the <I>malafoo</I>, made from bananas, the <I>pombé</I>, and various other +liquors. Nor should the care of all the domestic animals be forgotten; the cows +that will not allow themselves to be milked unless they can see their calf, or a +stuffed representative of it; the short-horned heifers that not unfrequently +have a hump; the goats that, like slaves, form part of the currency of the +country; the pigs, the sheep, and the poultry.</P> +<P>The men, meanwhile, smoke their hemp or tobacco, hunt buffaloes or elephants, +or are hired by the dealers to join in the slave-raids; the harvest of slaves, +in fact, being a thing of as regular and periodic recurrence as the ingathering +of the maize.</P> +<P>In her daily strolls, Mrs. Weldon would occasionally pause to watch the +women, but they only responded to her notice by a long stare or by a hideous +grimace; a kind of natural instinct made them hate a white skin, and they had no +spark of commiseration for the stranger who had been brought among them; Halima, +however, was a marked exception, she grew more and more devoted to her mistress, +and by degrees, the two became able to exchange many sentences in the native +dialect.</P> +<P>Jack generally accompanied his mother. Naturally enough he longed to get +outside the enclosure, but still he found considerable amusement in watching the +birds that built in a huge baobab that grew within; there were maraboos making +their nests with twigs; there were scarlet-throated <I>souimangas</I> with nests +like weaver-birds; widow birds that helped themselves liberally to the thatch of +the</P> +<P>[Illustration: The insufferable heat had driven all the residents within the +depót indoors.]</P> +<P>huts; <I>calaos</I> with their tuneful song; grey parrots, with bright red +tails, called <I>roufs</I> by the Manyuema, who apply the same name to their +reigning chiefs; and insect-eating <I>drongos</I>, like grey linnets with large +red beaks. Hundreds of butterflies flitted about, especially in the +neighbourhood of the brooks; but these were more to the taste of Cousin Benedict +than of little Jack; over and over again the child expressed his regret that he +could not see over the walls, and more than ever he seemed to miss his friend +Dick, who had taught him to climb a mast, and who he was sure would have fine +fun with him in the branches of the trees, which were growing sometimes to the +height of a hundred feet.</P> +<P>So long as the supply of insects did not fail, Benedict would have been +contented to stay on without a murmur in his present quarters. True, without his +glasses he worked at a disadvantage; but he had had the good fortune to discover +a minute bee that forms its cells in the holes of worm-eaten wood, and a “sphex” +that practises the craft of the cuckoo, and deposits its eggs in an abode not +prepared by itself. Mosquitos abounded in swarms, and the worthy naturalist was +so covered by their stings as to be hardly recognizable; but when Mrs. Weldon +remonstrated with him for exposing himself so unnecessarily, he merely scratched +the irritated places on his skin, and said—</P> +<P>“It is their instinct, you know; it is their instinct.”</P> +<P>On the 17th of June an adventure happened to him which was attended with +unexpected consequences. It was about eleven o’clock in the morning. The +insufferable heat had driven all the residents within the dépôt indoors, and not +a native was to be seen in the streets of Kazonndé. Mrs. Weldon was dozing; Jack +was fast asleep. Benedict himself, sorely against his will, for he heard the hum +of many an insect in the sunshine, had been driven to the seclusion of his +cabin, and was falling into an involuntary siesta.</P> +<P>Suddenly a buzz was heard, an insect’s wing vibrating some fifteen thousand +beats a second!</P> +<P>“A hexapod!” cried Benedict, sitting up.</P> +<P>Short-sighted though he was, his hearing was acute, and his perception made +him thoroughly convinced that he was in proximity to some giant specimen of its +kind. Without moving from his seat he did his utmost to ascertain what it was; +he was determined not to flinch from the sharpest of stings if only he could get +the chance of capturing it. Presently he made out a large black speck flitting +about in the few rays of daylight that were allowed to penetrate the hut. With +bated breath he waited in eager expectation. The insect, after long hovering +above him, finally settled on his head. A smile of satisfaction played about his +lips as he felt it crawling lightly through his hair. Equally fearful of missing +or injuring it, he restrained his first impulse to grasp it in his hand.</P> +<P>“I will wait a minute,” he thought; “perhaps it may creep down my nose; by +squinting a little perhaps I shall be able to see it.”</P> +<P>For some moments hope alternated with fear. There sat Benedict with what he +persuaded himself was some new African hexapod perched upon his head, and +agitated by doubts as to the direction in which it would move. Instead of +travelling in the way he reckoned along his nose, might it not crawl behind his +ears or down his neck, or, worse than all, resume its flight in the air?</P> +<P>Fortune seemed inclined to favour him. After threading the entanglement of +the naturalist’s hair the insect was felt to be descending his forehead. With a +fortitude not unworthy of the Spartan who suffered his breast to be gnawed by a +fox, nor of the Roman hero who plunged his hand into the red-hot coals, Benedict +endured the tickling of the six small feet, and made not a motion that might +frighten the creature into taking wing. After making repeated circuits of his +forehead, it passed just between his eyebrows; there was a moment of deep +suspense lest it should once more go upwards; but it soon began to move again; +neither to the right nor to the left did it turn, but kept straight on over the +furrows made by the constant rubbing of the spectacles, right along the arch of +the cartilage till it</P> +<P>[Illustration: Before long the old black speck was again flitting just above +his head. <I>Page</I> 432.]</P> +<P>reached the extreme tip of the nose. Like a couple of movable lenses, +Benedict’s two eyes steadily turned themselves inwards till they were directed +to the proper point.</P> +<P>“Good!” he whispered to himself.</P> +<P>He was exulting at the discovery that what he had been waiting for so +patiently was a rare specimen of the tribe of the Cicindelidæ, peculiar to the +districts of Southern Africa.</P> +<P>“A tuberous manticora!” he exclaimed.</P> +<P>The insect began to move again, and as it crawled down to the entrance of the +nostrils the tickling sensation became too much for endurance, and Benedict +sneezed. He made a sudden clutch, but of course he only caught his own nose. His +vexation was very great, but he did not lose his composure; he knew that the +manticora rarely flies very high, and that more frequently than not it simply +crawls. Accordingly he groped about a long time on his hands and knees, and at +last he found it basking in a ray of sunshine within a foot of him. His +resolution was soon taken. He would not run the risk of crushing it by trying to +catch it, but would make his observations on it as it crawled; and so with his +nose close to the ground, like a dog upon the scent, he followed it on all +fours, admiring it and examining it as it moved. Regardless of the heat he not +only left the doorway of his hut, but continued creeping along till he reached +the enclosing palisade.</P> +<P>At the foot of the fence the manticora, according to the habits of its kind, +began to seek a subterranean retreat, and coming to the opening of a mole-track +entered it at once. Benedict quite thought he had now lost sight of his prize +altogether, but his surprise was very great when he found that the aperture was +at least two feet wide, and that it led into a gallery which would admit his +whole body. His momentary feeling of astonishment, however, gave way to his +eagerness to follow up the hexapod, and he continued burrowing like a +ferret.</P> +<P>Without knowing it, he actually passed under the palisading, and was now +beyond it;—the mole-track, in fact, was a communication that had been made +between the interior and exterior of the enclosure. Benedict had obtained his +freedom, but so far from caring in the least for his liberty he continued +totally absorbed in the pursuit upon which he had started. He watched with +unflagging vigilance, and it was only when the hexapod expanded its wings as if +for flight that he prepared to imprison it in the hollow of his hand.</P> +<P>All at once, however, he was taken by surprise; a whizz and a whirr and the +prize was gone!</P> +<P>Disappointed rather than despairing, Benedict raised himself up, and looked +about him. Before long the old black speck was again flitting just above his +head. There was every reason to hope that it would ultimately settle once more +upon the ground, but on this side of the palisade there was a large forest a +little way to the north, and if the manticora were to get into its mass of +foliage all hope of keeping it in view would be lost, and there would be an end +of the proud expectation of storing it in the tin box, to be preserved among the +rest of the entomological wonders.</P> +<P>After a while the insect descended to the earth; it did not rest at all, nor +crawl as it had done previously, but made its advance by a series of rapid hops. +This made the chase for the near-sighted naturalist a matter of great +difficulty; he put his face as close to the ground as possible, and kept +starting off and stopping and starting off again with his arms extended like a +swimming frog, continually making frantic clutches to find as continually that +his grasp had been eluded.</P> +<P>After running till he was out of breath, and scratching his hands against the +brushwood and the foliage till they bled, he had the mortification of feeling +the insect dash past his ear with what might be a defiant buzz, and finding that +it was out of sight for ever.</P> +<P>“Ungrateful hexapod!” he cried in dismay, “I intended to honour you with the +best place in my collection.”</P> +<P>He knew not what to do, and could not reconcile himself to the loss; he +reproached himself for not having secured the manticora at the first; he gazed +at the forest till he</P> +<P>[Illustration: For that day at least Cousin Benedict had lost his chance of +being the happiest of entomologists. <I>Page 435.</I>]</P> +<P>persuaded himself he could see the coveted insect in the distance, and, +seized with a frantic impulse, exclaimed,—</P> +<P>“I will have you yet!”</P> +<P>He did not even yet realize the fact that he had gained his liberty, but +heedless of everything except his own burning disappointment, and at the risk of +being attacked by natives or beset by wild beasts, he was just on the very point +of dashing into the heart of the wood when suddenly a giant form confronted him, +as suddenly a giant hand seized him by the nape of his neck, and, lifting him +up, carried him off with apparently as little exertion as he could himself have +carried off his hexapod!</P> +<P>For that day at least Cousin Benedict had lost his chance of being the +happiest of entomologists.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVI.</H4> +<H4>A MAGICIAN.</H4> +<P>On finding that Cousin Benedict did not return to his quarters at the proper +hour, Mrs. Weldon began to feel uneasy. She could not imagine what had become of +him; his tin box with its contents were safe in his hut, and even if a chance of +escape had been offered him, she knew that nothing would have induced him +voluntarily to abandon his treasures. She enlisted the services of Halima, and +spent the remainder of the day in searching for him, until at last she felt +herself driven to the conviction that he must have been confined by the orders +of Alvez himself; for what reason she could not divine, as Benedict had +undoubtedly been included in the number of prisoners to be delivered to Mr. +Weldon for the stipulated ransom.</P> +<P>But the rage of the trader when he heard of the escape of the captive was an +ample proof that he had had no hand in his disappearance. A rigorous search was +instituted in every direction, which resulted in the discovery of the +mole-track. Here beyond a question was the passage through which the fly-catcher +had found his way.</P> +<P>“Idiot! fool! rascal!” muttered Alvez, full of rage at the prospect of losing +a portion of the redemption-money; “if ever I get hold of him, he shall pay +dearly for this freak.”</P> +<P>The opening was at once blocked up, the woods were scoured all round for a +considerable distance, but no trace of Benedict was to be found. Mrs. Weldon was +bitterly grieved and much overcome, but she had no alternative except to resign +herself as best she could to the loss of her unfortunate relation; there was a +tinge of bitterness in her anxiety, for she could not help being irritated at +the recklessness with which he had withdrawn himself from the reach of her +protection.</P> +<P>Meanwhile the weather for the time of year underwent a very unusual change. +Although the rainy season is ordinarily reckoned to terminate about the end of +April, the sky had suddenly become overcast in the middle of June, rain had +recommenced falling, and the downpour had been so heavy and continuous that all +the ground was thoroughly sodden. To Mrs. Weldon personally this incessant +rainfall brought no other inconvenience beyond depriving her of her daily +exercise, but to the natives in general it was a very serious calamity.</P> +<P>The ripening crops in the low-lying districts were completely flooded, and +the inhabitants feared that they would be reduced to the greatest extremities; +all agricultural pursuits had come to a standstill, and neither the queen nor +her ministers could devise any expedient to avert or mitigate the misfortune. +They resolved at last to have recourse to the magicians, not those who are +called in request to heal diseases or to procure good luck, but to the +<I>mganga</I>, sorcerers of a superior order, who are credited with the faculty +of invoking or dispelling rain.</P> +<P>But it was all to no purpose. It was in vain that the <I>mganga</I> monotoned +their incantations, flourished their rattles, jingled their bells, and exhibited +their amulets; it was equally without avail that they rolled up their balls of +dirt and spat in the faces of all the courtiers: the pitiless rain continued to +descend, and the malign influences that were ruling the clouds refused to be +propitiated.</P> +<P>The prospect seemed to become more and more hopeless, when the report was +brought to Moena that there was a most wonderful <I>mganga</I> resident in the +north of Angola. He had never been seen in this part of the country, but fame +declared him to be a magician of the very highest order. Application, without +delay, should be made to him; he surely would be able to stay the rain.</P> +<P>Early in the morning of the 25th a great tinkling of bells announced the +magician’s arrival at Kazonndé. The natives poured out to meet him on his way to +the <I>chitoka</I>, their minds being already predisposed in his favour by a +moderation of the downpour, and by sundry indications of a coming change of +wind.</P> +<P>The ordinary practice of the professors of the magical art is to perambulate +the villages in parties of three or four, accompanied by a considerable number +of acolytes and assistants. In this case the <I>mganga</I> came entirely alone. +He was a pure negro of most imposing stature, more than six feet high, and broad +in proportion. All over his chest was a fantastic pattern traced in pipe-clay, +the lower portion of his body being covered with a flowing skirt of woven grass, +so long that it made a train. Round his neck hung a string of birds’ skulls, +upon his head he wore a leathern helmet ornamented with pearls and plumes, and +about his waist was a copper girdle, to which was attached bells that tinkled +like the harness of a Spanish mule. The only instrument indicating his art was a +basket he carried made of a calabash containing shells, amulets, little wooden +idols and other fetishes, together with what was more important than all, a +large number of those balls of dung, without which no African ceremony of +divination could ever be complete.</P> +<P>One peculiarity was soon discovered by the crowd; the <I>mganga</I> was dumb, +and could utter only one low, guttural sound, which was quite unintelligible; +this was a circumstance, however, that seemed only to augment their faith in his +powers.</P> +<P>With a stately strut that brought all his tinkling paraphernalia into full +play, the magician proceeded to make the circuit of the market-place. The +natives followed in a troop behind, endeavouring, like monkeys, to imitate his +every movement. He turned into the main thoroughfare, and began to make his way +direct to the royal residence, whence, as soon as the queen heard of his +approach, she advanced to meet him. On seeing her, the <I>mganga</I> bowed to +the very dust; then, rearing himself to his full height, he</P> +<P>[Illustration: The entire crowd joined in. <I>Page</I> 441.]</P> +<P>pointed aloft, and by the significance of his animated gestures indicated +that, although the fleeting clouds were now going to the west, they would soon +return eastwards with a rotatory motion irresistibly strong.</P> +<P>All at once, to the surprise of the beholders, he stooped and took the hand +of the mighty sovereign of Kazonndé.</P> +<P>The courtiers hurried forward to check the unprecedented breach of etiquette, +but the foremost was driven back with so staggering a blow that the others +deemed it prudent to retire.</P> +<P>The queen herself appeared not to take the least offence at the familiarity; +she bestowed a hideous grimace, which was meant for a smile, upon her +illustrious visitor, who, still keeping his hold upon her hand, started off +walking at a rapid pace, the crowd following in the rear. He directed his steps +towards the residence of Alvez, and finding the door closed, applied his strong +shoulder to it with such effect, that it fell bodily to the ground, and the +passive sovereign stood within the limits of the enclosure. The trader was about +to summon his slaves and soldiers to repel the unceremonious invasion of his +premises, but on beholding the queen all stepped back with respectful +reverence.</P> +<P>Before Alvez had time to ask the sovereign to what cause he was indebted for +the honour of her visit, the magician had cleared a wide space around him, and +had once again commenced his performances. Brandishing his arms wildly he +pointed to the clouds as though he were arresting them in their course; he +inflated his huge cheeks and blew with all his strength, as if resolved to +disperse the heavy masses, and then stretching himself to his full height, he +appeared to clutch them in his giant grasp.</P> +<P>Deeply impressed, the superstitious Moena was half beside herself with +excitement; she uttered loud cries and involuntarily began herself to imitate +every one of the <I>mganga’s</I> gestures. The entire crowd joined in, and very +soon the low guttural note of the sorcerer was lost, totally drowned in the +turmoil of howls, shrieks, and discordant songs.</P> +<P>To the chagrin, however, both of the queen and her subjects, there was not +the slightest intimation that the clouds above were going to permit a rift by +which the rays of the tropical sun could find a passage. On the contrary, the +tokens of improvement in the weather, which had been observed in the early +morning, had all disappeared, the atmosphere was darker than ever, and heavy +storm-drops began to patter down.</P> +<P>A reaction was beginning to take place in the enthusiasm of the crowd. After +all, then, it would seem that this famous <I>mganga</I> from whom so much had +been expected, had no power above the rest. Disappointment every moment grew +more keen, and soon there was a positive display of irritation. The natives +pressed around him with closed fists and threatening gestures. A frown gathered +on Moena’s face, and her lips opened with muttered words clear enough to make +the magician understand that his ears were in jeopardy. His position was +evidently becoming critical.</P> +<P>An unexpected incident suddenly altered the aspect of affairs.</P> +<P>The <I>mganga</I> was quite tall enough to see over the heads of the crowd, +and all at once pausing in the midst of his incantations, he pointed to a +distant corner of the enclosure. All eyes were instantly turned in that +direction. Mrs. Weldon and Jack had just come out of their hut, and catching +sight of them, the <I>mganga</I> stood with his left hand pointing towards them +and his right upstretched towards the heavens.</P> +<P>Intuitively the multitude comprehended his meaning. Here was the explanation +of the mystery. It was this white woman with her child that had been the cause +of all their misery, it was owing to them that the clouds had poured down this +desolating rain. With yells of execration the whole mob made a dash towards the +unfortunate lady who, pale with fright and rigid as a statue, stood clasping her +boy to her side. The <I>mganga</I>, however, anticipated them. Having pushed his +way through the infuriated throng, he seized the child and held him high in the +air, as though about to hurl him to the ground, a peace-offering to the offended +gods.</P> +<P>[Illustration: “Here they are, captain! both of them!!”]</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon gave a piercing shriek, and fell senseless to the earth.</P> +<P>Lifting her up, and making a sign to the queen that all would now be right, +the <I>mganga</I> retreated carrying both mother and child through the crowd, +who retreated before him and made an open passage.</P> +<P>Alvez now felt that it was time to interfere. Already one of his prisoners +had eluded his vigilance, and was he now to see two more carried off before his +eyes? was he to lose the whole of the expected ransom? no, rather would he see +Kazonndé destroyed by a deluge, than resign his chance of securing so good a +prize. Darting forwards he attempted to obstruct the magician’s progress; but +public opinion was against him; at a sign from the queen, he was seized by the +guards, and he was aware well enough of what would be the immediate consequence +of resistance. He deemed it prudent to desist from his obstruction, but in his +heart he bitterly cursed the stupid credulity of the natives for supposing that +the blood of the white woman or the child could avail to put an end to the +disasters they were suffering.</P> +<P>Making the natives understand that they were not to follow him, the magician +carried off his burden as easily as a lion would carry a couple of kids. The +lady was still unconscious, and Jack was all but paralyzed with fright. Once +free of the enclosure the <I>mganga</I> crossed the town, entered the forest, +and after a march of three miles, during which he did not slacken his pace for a +moment, reached the bank of a river which was flowing towards the north.</P> +<P>Here in the cavity of a rock, concealed by drooping foliage, a canoe was +moored, covered with a kind of thatched roof; on this the magician deposited his +burden, and sending the light craft into mid-stream with a vigorous kick, +exclaimed in a cheery voice,—</P> +<P>“Here they are, captain! both of them! Mrs. Weldon and Master Jack, both! We +will be off now! I hope those idiots of Kazonndé will have plenty more rain yet! +Off we go!”</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVII.</H4> +<H4>DRIFTING DOWN THE STREAM.</H4> +<P>“Off we go!” It was the voice of Hercules addressing Dick Sands, who, +frightfully debilitated by recent sufferings, was leaning against Cousin +Benedict for support. Dingo was lying at his feet.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon gradually recovered her consciousness. Looking around her in +amazement she caught sight of Dick.</P> +<P>“Dick, is it you?” she muttered feebly.</P> +<P>The lad with some difficulty arose, and took her hand in his, while Jack +overwhelmed him with kisses.</P> +<P>“And who would have thought it was you, Hercules, that carried us away?” said +the child; “I did not know you a bit; you were so dreadfully ugly.”</P> +<P>“I was a sort of a devil, you know, Master Jack,” Hercules answered; “and the +devil is not particularly handsome;” and he began rubbing his chest vigorously +to get rid of the white pattern with which he had adorned it.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon held out her hand to him with a grateful smile.</P> +<P>“Yes, Mrs. Weldon, he has saved you, and although he does not own it, he has +saved me too,” said Dick.</P> +<P>“Saved!” repeated Hercules, “you must not talk about safety, for you are not +saved yet.”</P> +<P>And pointing to Benedict, he continued,—</P> +<P>“That’s where your thanks are due; unless he had come and informed me all +about you and where you were, I should have known nothing, and should have been +powerless to aid you.”</P> +<P>It was now five days since he had fallen in with the entomologist as he was +chasing the manticora, and unceremoniously had carried him off.</P> +<P>As the canoe drifted rapidly along the stream, Hercules briefly related his +adventures since his escape from the encampment on the Coanza. He described how +he had followed the kitanda which was conveying Mrs. Weldon; how in the course +of his march he had found Dingo badly wounded; how he and the dog together had +reached the neighbourhood of Kazonndé, and how he had contrived to send a note +to Dick, intending to inform him of Mrs. Weldon’s destination. Then he went on +to say that since his unexpected <I>rencontre</I> with Cousin Benedict he had +watched very closely for a chance to get into the guardeddépôt, but until now +had entirely failed. A celebrated <I>mganga</I> had been passing on his way +through the forest, and he had resolved upon impersonating him as a means of +gaining the admittance he wanted. His strength made the undertaking sufficiently +easy; and having stripped the magician of his paraphernalia, and bound him +securely to a tree, he painted his own body with a pattern like that which he +observed on his victim’s chest, and having attired himself with the magical +garments was quite equipped to impose upon the credulous natives. The result of +his stratagem they had all that day witnessed.</P> +<P>He had hardly finished his account of himself when Mrs. Weldon, smiling at +his success, turned to Dick.</P> +<P>“And how, all this time, my dear boy, has it fared with you?” she asked.</P> +<P>Dick said,—</P> +<P>“I remember very little to tell you. I recollect being fastened to a stake in +the river-bed and the water rising and rising till it was above my head. My last +thoughts were about yourself and Jack. Then everything became a blank, and I +knew nothing more until I found myself amongst the papyrus on the river-bank, +with Hercules tending me like a nurse.”</P> +<P>“You see I am the right sort of <I>mganga</I>” interposed Hercules; “I am a +doctor as well as a conjurer.”</P> +<P>“But tell me, Hercules, how did you save him?”</P> +<P>“Oh, it was not a difficult matter by any means,” answered Hercules modestly; +“it was dark, you know, so that at the proper moment it was quite possible to +wade in amongst the poor wretches at the bottom of the trench, and to wrench the +stake from its socket. Anybody could have done it. Cousin Benedict could have +done it. Dingo, too, might have done it. Perhaps, after all, it was Dingo that +did it.”</P> +<P>“No, no, Hercules, that won’t do,” cried Jack; “besides, look, Dingo is +shaking his head; he is telling you he didn’t do it.”</P> +<P>“Dingo must not tell tales, Master Jack,” said Hercules, laughing.</P> +<P>But, nevertheless, although the brave fellow’s modesty prompted him to +conceal it, it was clear that he had accomplished a daring feat, of which few +would have ventured to incur the risk.</P> +<P>Inquiry was next made after Tom, Bat, Actæon, and Austin. His countenance +fell, and large tears gathered in his eyes as Hercules told how he had seen them +pass through the forest in a slave-caravan. They were gone; he feared they were +gone for ever.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon tried to console him with the hope that they might still be +spared to meet again some day; but he shook his head mournfully. She then +communicated to Dick the terms of the compact that had been entered into for her +own release, and observed that under the circumstances it might really have been +more prudent for her to remain in Kazonndé.</P> +<P>“Then I have made a mistake; I have been an idiot, in bringing you away,” +said Hercules, ever ready to depreciate his own actions.</P> +<P>“No,” said Dick; “you have made no mistake; you could not have done better; +those rascals, ten chances to one, will only get Mr. Weldon into some trap. We +must get to Mossamedes before Negoro arrives; once there, we shall find that the +Portuguese authorities will lend us their protection, and when old Alvez arrives +to claim his 100,000 dollars—“</P> +<P>“He shall receive a good thrashing for his pains,” said Hercules, finishing +Dick’s sentence, and chuckling heartily at the prospect.</P> +<P>It was agreed on all hands that it was most important that Negoro’s arrival +at Mossamedes should be forestalled. The plan which Dick had so long +contemplated of reaching the coast by descending some river seemed now in a fair +way of being accomplished, and from the northerly direction in which they were +proceeding it was quite probable that they would ultimately reach the Zaire, and +in that case not actually arrive at S. Paul de Loanda; but that would be +immaterial, as they would be sure of finding help anywhere in the colonies of +Lower Guinea.</P> +<P>On finding himself on the river-bank, Dick’s first thought had been to embark +upon one of the floating islands that are continually to be seen upon the +surface of the African streams, but it happened that Hercules during one of his +rambles found a native boat that had run adrift. It was just the discovery that +suited their need. It was one of the long, narrow canoes, thirty feet in length +by three or four in breadth, that with a large number of paddles can be driven +with immense velocity, but by the aid of a single scull can be safely guided +down the current of a stream.</P> +<P>Dick was somewhat afraid that, to elude observation, it would be necessary to +proceed only by night, but as the loss of twelve hours out of the twenty-four +would double the length of the voyage, he devised the plan of covering the canoe +with a roof of long grass, supported by a horizontal pole from stem to stern, +and this not only afforded a shelter from the sun, but so effectually concealed +the craft, rudder-scull and all, that the very birds mistook it for one of the +natural islets, and red-beaked gulls, black <I>arringhas</I> and grey and white +kingfishers would frequently alight upon it in search of food.</P> +<P>Though comparatively free from fatigue, the voyage must necessarily be long, +and by no means free from danger, and the daily supply of provisions was not +easy to procure. If fishing failed, Dick had the one gun which Hercules had +carried away with him from the ant-hill, and as he was by no means a bad shot, +he hoped to find plenty of game, either along the banks or by firing through a +loophole in the thatch.</P> +<P>The rate of the current, as far as he could tell, was about two miles an +hour, enough to carry them about fifty miles a day; it was a speed, however, +that made it necessary for them to keep a sharp look-out for any rocks or +submerged trunks of trees, as well as to be on their guard against rapids and +cataracts.</P> +<P>Dick’s strength and spirits all revived at the delight of having Mrs. Weldon +and Jack restored to him, and he assumed his post at the bow of the canoe, +directing Hercules how to use the scull at the stern. A litter of soft grass was +made for Mrs. Weldon, who spent most of her time lying thoughtfully in the +shade. Cousin Benedict was very taciturn; he had not recovered the loss of the +manticora, and frowned ever and again at Hercules, as if he had not yet forgiven +him for stopping him in the chase. Jack, who had been told that he must not be +noisy, amused himself by playing with Dingo.</P> +<P>The first two days passed without any special incident. The stock of +provisions was quite enough for that time, so that there was no need to +disembark, and Dick merely lay to for a few hours in the night to take a little +necessary repose.</P> +<P>The stream nowhere exceeded 150 feet in breadth. The floating islands moved +at the same pace as the canoe, and except from some unforeseen circumstance, +there could be no apprehension of a collision. The banks were destitute of human +inhabitants, but were richly clothed with wild plants, of which the blossoms +were of the most gorgeous colours; the asclepiae, the gladiolus, the clematis, +lilies, aloes, umbelliferae, arborescent ferns and fragrant shrubs, combining on +either hand to make a border of surpassing beauty. Here and there the forest +extended to the very</P> +<P>[Illustration: Hercules could leave the boat without much fear of +detection.]</P> +<P>shore, and copal-trees, acacias with their stiff foliage, bauhinias clothed +with lichen, fig-trees with their masses of pendant roots, and other trees of +splendid growth rose to the height of a hundred feet, forming a shade which the +rays of the sun utterly failed to penetrate.</P> +<P>Occasionally a wreath of creepers would form an arch from shore to shore, and +on the 27th, to Jack’s great delight, a group of monkeys was seen crossing one +of these natural bridges, holding on most carefully by their tails, lest the +aerial pathway should snap beneath their weight. These monkeys, belonging to a +smaller kind of chimpanzee, which are known in Central Africa by the name of +<I>sokos</I>, were hideous creatures with low foreheads, bright yellow faces, +and long, upright ears; they herd in troops of about ten, bark like dogs, and +are much dreaded by the natives on account of their alleged propensity to carry +off young children; there is no telling what predatory designs they might have +formed against Master Jack if they had spied him out, but Dick’s artifice +effectually screened him from their observation.</P> +<P>Twenty miles further on the canoe came to a sudden standstill.</P> +<P>“What’s the matter now, captain?” cried Hercules from the stern.</P> +<P>“We have drifted on to a grass barrier, and there is no hope for it, we shall +have to cut our way through,” answered Dick.</P> +<P>“All right, I dare say we shall manage it,” promptly replied Hercules, +leaving his rudder to come in front.</P> +<P>The obstruction was formed by the interlacing of masses of the tough, glossy +grass known by the name of <I>tikatika</I>, which, when compressed, affords a +surface so compact and resisting that travellers have been known by means of it +to cross rivers dry-footed. Splendid specimens of lotus plants had taken root +amongst the vegetation.</P> +<P>As it was nearly dark, Hercules could leave the boat without much fear of +detection, and so effectually did he wield his hatchet that, in two hours after +the stoppage, the barrier was hewn asunder, and the light craft resumed the +channel.</P> +<P>It must be owned that it was with a sense of reluctance that Benedict felt +the boat was again beginning to move forward; the whole voyage appeared to him +to be perfectly uninteresting and unnecessary; not a single insect had he +observed since he left Kazonndé, and his most ardent wish was that he could +return there and regain possession of his invaluable tin box. But an unlooked +for gratification was in store for him.</P> +<P>Hercules, who had been his pupil long enough to have an eye for the kind of +creature Benedict was ever trying to secure, on coming back from his exertions +on the grass-barrier, brought a horrible-looking animal, and submitted it to the +sullen entomologist.</P> +<P>“Is this of any use to you?”</P> +<P>The amateur lifted it up carefully, and having almost poked it into his +near-sighted eyes, uttered a cry of delight,—</P> +<P>“Bravo, Hercules! you are making amends for your past mischief; it is +splendid! it is unique!”</P> +<P>“Is it really very curious?” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Yes, indeed,” answered the enraptured naturalist; “it is really unique; it +belongs to neither of the ten orders; it can be classed neither with the +coleoptera, neuroptera, nor to the hymenoptera: if it had eight legs I should +know how to classify it; I should place it amongst the second section of the +arachnida; but it is a hexapod, a genuine hexapod; a spider with six legs; a +grand discovery; it must be entered on the catalogue as ‘Hexapodes Benedictus.’ +” Once again mounted on his hobby, the worthy enthusiast continued to discourse +with an unwonted vivacity to his indulgent ii* not over attentive audience.</P> +<P>Meanwhile the canoe was steadily threading its way over the dark waters, the +silence of the night broken only by the rattle of the scales of some crocodiles, +or by the snorting of hippopotamuses in the neighbourhood. Once the travellers +were startled by a loud noise, such as might</P> +<P>[Illustration: It was caused by a troop of a hundred or more elephants.]</P> +<P>proceed from some ponderous machinery in motion: it was caused by a troop of +a hundred or more elephants that, after feasting through the day on the roots of +the forest, had come to quench their thirst at the river-side.</P> +<P>But no danger was to be apprehended; lighted by the pale moon that rose over +the tall trees, the canoe throughout the night pursued in safety its solitary +voyage.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XVIII.</H4> +<H4>AN ANXIOUS VOYAGE.</H4> +<P>Thus the canoe drifted on for a week, the forests that for many miles had +skirted the river ultimately giving place to extensive jungles that stretched +far away to the horizon. Destitute, fortunately for the travellers, of human +inhabitants, the district abounded in a large variety of animal life; zebras, +elands, caamas, sported on the bank, disappearing at night-fall before howling +leopards and roaring lions.</P> +<P>It was Dick’s general custom, as he lay to for a while in the afternoon, to +go ashore in search of food, and as the manioc, maize, and sorghum that were to +be found were of a wild growth and consequently not fit for consumption, he was +obliged to run the risk of using his gun. On the 4th of July he succeeded by a +single shot in killing <I>pokoo</I>, a kind of antelope about five feet long, +with annulated horns, a tawny skin dappled with bright spots, and a white belly. +The venison proved excellent, and was roasted over a fire procured by the +primitive method, practised, it is said, even by gorillas, of rubbing two sticks +together.</P> +<P>In spite of these halts, and the time taken for the night’s rest, the +distance accomplished by the 8th could not be estimated at less than a hundred +miles. The river, augmented by only a few insignificant tributaries, had not +materially increased in volume; its direction, however, had slightly changed +more to the north-west. It afforded a very fair supply of fish, which were +caught by lines made of the long stems of creepers furnished with thorns +instead</P> +<P>[Illustration: He stood face to face with his foe.]</P> +<P>of fish-hooks, a considerable proportion being the delicate <I>sandjtkas</I>, +which when dried may be transported to any climate; besides these there were the +black <I>usakas</I>, the wide-headed <I>monndés</I>, and occasionally the little +<I>dagalas</I>, resembling Thames whitebait.</P> +<P>Next day, Dick met with an adventure that put all his courage and composure +to the test. He had noticed the horns of a caama projecting above the brushwood, +and went ashore alone with the intention of securing it. He succeeded in getting +tolerably close to it and fired, but he was terribly startled when a formidable +creature bounded along some thirty paces ahead, and took possession of the prey +he had just wounded.</P> +<P>It was a majestic lion, at least five feet in height, of the kind called +<I>káramoo</I>, in distinction to the maneless species known as the +<I>Nyassi-lion</I>. Before Dick had time to reload, the huge brute had caught +sight of him, and without relaxing its hold upon the writhing antelope beneath +its claws, glared upon him fiercely. Dick’s presence of mind did not forsake +him; flight he knew was not to be thought of; his only chance he felt +intuitively would be by keeping perfectly still; and aware that the beast would +be unlikely to give up a struggling prey for another that was motionless, he +stood face to face with his foe, not venturing to move an eyelid. In a few +minutes the lion’s patience seemed to be exhausted; with a grand stateliness, it +picked up the caama as easily as a dog would lift a hare, turned round, and +lashing the bushes with its tail, disappeared in the jungle.</P> +<P>It took Dick some little time to recover himself sufficiently to return to +the canoe. On arriving, he said nothing of the peril to which he had been +exposed, but heartily congratulated himself that they had means of transport +without making their way through jungles and forests.</P> +<P>As they advanced, they repeatedly came across evidences that the country had +not been always, as now it was, utterly devoid oi population; more than once, +they observed traces which betokened the former existence of villages; either +some ruined palisades or the <I>débris</I> of some thatched huts, or some +solitary sacred tree within an enclosure would indicate that the death of a +chief had, according to custom, made a native tribe migrate to new quarters.</P> +<P>If natives were still dwelling in the district, as was just probable, they +must have been living underground, only emerging at night like beasts of prey, +from which they were only a grade removed.</P> +<P>Dick Sands had every reason to feel convinced that cannibalism had been +practised in the neighbourhood, Three times, as he was wandering in the forest, +he had come upon piles of ashes and half-charred human bones, the remnants, no +doubt, of a ghastly meal, and although he mentioned nothing of what he had seen +to Mrs. Weldon, he made up his mind to go ashore as seldom as possible, and as +often as he found it absolutely necessary to go, he gave Hercules strict +directions to push off into mid-stream at the very first intimation of +danger.</P> +<P>A new cause of anxiety arose on the following evening, and made it necessary +for them to take the most guarded measures of precaution. The river-bed had +widened out into a kind of lagoon, and on the right side of this, built upon +piles in the water, not only was there a collection of about thirty huts, but +the fires gleaming under the thatch, made it evident that they were all +inhabited. Unfortunately the only channel of the stream flowed close under the +huts, the river elsewhere being so obstructed with rocks that navigation of any +kind was impossible. Nothing was more probable than that the natives would have +set their nets all across the piles, and if so, the canoe would be sure to be +obstructed, and an alarm must inevitably be raised. Every caution seemed to be +unavailing, because the canoe must follow the stream; however, in the lowest of +whispers Dick ordered Hercules to keep clear as much as he could of the +worm-eaten timber. The night was not very dark, which was equally an advantage +and a disadvantage, as while it permitted those on board to steer as they +wanted, it did not prevent them from being seen.</P> +<P>The situation became more and more critical. About a hundred feet ahead, the +channel was very contracted; two natives, gesticulating violently, were seen +squatting on the pilework; a few moments more and their voices could be heard; +it was obvious that they had seen the floating mass; apprehending that it was +going to destroy their nets, they yelled aloud and shouted for assistance; +instantly five or six negroes scrambled down the piles, and perched themselves +upon the cross-beams.</P> +<P>On board the canoe the profoundest silence was maintained. Dick only +signalled his directions to Hercules, without uttering a word, while Jack +performed his part by holding Dingo’s mouth tightly closed, to stop the low +growlings which the faithful watch-dog seemed resolved to make; but fortunately +every sound was overpowered by the rushing of the stream and the clamour of the +negroes, as they hurriedly drew in their nets. If they should raise them in +time, all might be well, but if, on the other hand, the canoe should get +entangled, the consequences could hardly fail to be disastrous. The current in +its narrow channel was so strong that Dick was powerless either to modify his +course or to slacken it.</P> +<P>Half a minute more, and the canoe was right under the woodwork, but the +efforts of the natives had already elevated the nets so that the anticipated +danger was happily escaped; but it chanced that in making its way through the +obstacle, a large piece of the grass-thatch got detached. One of the negroes +raised a sudden shout of alarm, and it seemed only too probable that he had +caught a sight of the travellers below and was informing his companions. This +apprehension, too, was only momentary; the current had changed almost to a +rapid, and carried the canoe along with such velocity that the lacustrine +village was quickly out of sight.</P> +<P>“Steer to the left!” cried Dick, finding that the riverbed had again become +clear.</P> +<P>A stiff pull at the tiller made the craft fly in that direction.</P> +<P>Dick went to the stern, and scanned the moonlit waters. All was perfectly +still, no canoe was in pursuit; perhaps the natives had not one to use; but +certain it was that</P> +<P>[Illustration: Instantly five or six negroes scrambled down the piles.]</P> +<P>when daylight dawned no vestige of an inhabitant was to be seen. Nevertheless +Dick thought it prudent for a while to steer close under the shelter of the +left-hand shore.</P> +<P>By the end of the next four days the aspect of the country had undergone a +remarkable change, the jungle having given place to a desert as dreary as the +Kalahari itself. The river appeared interminable, and it became a matter of +serious consideration how to get a sufficiency of food. Fish was scarce, or at +least hard to catch, and the arid soil provided no means of sustenance for +antelopes, so that nothing was to be gained from the chase. Carnivorous animals +also had quite disappeared, and the silence of the night was broken, not by the +roar of wild beasts, but by the croaking of frogs in a discordant chorus, which +Cameron has compared to the clanking of hammers and the grating of files in a +ship-builder’s yard.</P> +<P>Far away both to the east and west the outlines of hills could be faintly +discerned, but the shores on either hand were perfectly flat and devoid of +trees. Euphorbias, it is true, grew in considerable numbers, but as they were +only of the oil-producing species, and not the kind from which cassava or manioc +is procured, they were useless in an alimentary point of view.</P> +<P>Dick was becoming more and more perplexed, when Hercules happened to mention +that the natives often eat young fern-fronds and the pith of the papyrus, and +that before now he had himself been reduced to the necessity of subsisting on +nothing better.</P> +<P>“We must try them,” said Dick.</P> +<P>Both ferns and papyrus abounded on the banks, and a meal was prepared, the +sweet soft pith of the papyrus being found very palatable. Jack in particular +appeared to enjoy it extremely, but it was not in any way a satisfying diet.</P> +<P>Thanks to Cousin Benedict, a fresh variety in the matter of food was found on +the following day. Since the discovery of the “Hexapodes Benedictus” he had +recovered his spirits, and, having fastened his prize safely inside his hat, he +wandered about, as often as he had a chance, in his favourite pursuit of +insect-hunting. As he was rummaging in the long grass, he put up a bird which +flew but a very short distance. Benedict recognized it by its peculiar note, +and, seeing Dick take his gun to aim at it, exclaimed,—</P> +<P>“Don’t fire, don’t fire! that bird will be worth nothing for food among five +of us.”</P> +<P>“It will be dinner enough for Jack,” said Dick, who, finding that the bird +did not seem in a hurry to make its escape, delayed his shot for a moment, +without intending to be diverted from his purpose of securing it.</P> +<P>“You mustn’t fire,” insisted Benedict, “it is an indicator; it will show you +where there are lots of honey.”</P> +<P>Aware that a few pounds of honey would really be of more value than a little +bird, Dick lowered his gun, and in company with the entomologist set off to +follow the indicator, which seemed, by alternately flying and stopping, to be +inviting them to come on, and they had but a little way to go before they +observed several swarms of bees buzzing around some old stems hidden amongst the +euphorbias. Notwithstanding Benedict’s remonstrances against depriving the bees +of the fruits of their industry, Dick instantly set to work, and without remorse +suffocated them by burning dry grass underneath. Having secured a good amount of +honey, he left the comb to the indicator as its share of the booty, and went +back with his companion to the canoe.</P> +<P>The honey was acceptable, but it did not do much to alleviate the cravings of +hunger.</P> +<P>Next day it happened that they had just stopped for their accustomed rest, +when they observed that an enormous swarm of grasshoppers had settled at the +mouth of a creek close by. Two or three deep they covered the soil, myriads and +myriads of them adhering to every shrub.</P> +<P>“The natives eat those grasshoppers,” said Benedict, “and like them too.”</P> +<P>The remark produced an instant effect; all hands were busied in collecting +them, and a large supply was quickly gathered: the canoe might have been filled +ten times over.</P> +<P>Grilled over a slow fire, they were found to be very palatable eating, and, +spite of his qualms of conscience, Benedict himself made a hearty meal.</P> +<P>But although the gnawings of absolute hunger were thus assuaged, all the +travellers began to long most anxiously for the voyage to come to an end. The +mode of transit indeed might be less exhausting to the bodily powers than a land +march would have been, but the excessive heat by day, the damp mists at night, +and the incessant attacks of mosquitoes, all combined to render the passage +extremely trying. There was no telling how long it would last, and Dick was +equally uncertain whether it might end in a few days, or be protracted for a +month. The direction which the stream was taking was itself a subject of +perplexity.</P> +<P>A fresh surprise was now in store.</P> +<P>As Jack, a few mornings afterwards, was standing at the bow peering through +an aperture in the grass canopy above him, he suddenly turned round and +cried,—</P> +<P>“The sea! the sea!”</P> +<P>Dick started forwards, and looked eagerly in the same direction.</P> +<P>A large expanse of water was visible in the horizon, but after having +surveyed it for a moment or two, he said,—</P> +<P>“No, Jack, it is not the sea, it is a great river; it is running west, and I +suppose this river runs into it. Perhaps it is the Zaire.”</P> +<P>“Let us hope it is,” said Mrs. Weldon earnestly.</P> +<P>Most cordially did Dick Sands re-echo her words, being well aware that at the +mouth of that river were Portuguese villages, where a refuge might assuredly be +found.</P> +<P>For several succeeding days the canoe, still concealed by its covering, +floated on the silvery surface of this new-found stream. On either side the +banks became less arid, and there seemed everything to encourage the few +survivors of the “Pilgrim” to believe that they would soon see the last of the +perils and toils of their journey.</P> +<P>They were too sanguine. Towards three o’clock on the morning of the 18th, +Dick, who was at his usual post at the bow, fancied he heard a dull rumbling +towards the west. Mrs. Weldon, Jack, and Benedict were all asleep. Calling +Hercules to him, he asked him whether he could not hear a strange noise. The +night was perfectly calm, and not a breath of air was stirring. The negro +listened attentively, and suddenly, his eyes sparkling with delight, +exclaimed,—</P> +<P>“Yes, captain, I hear the sea!”</P> +<P>Dick shook his head and answered,—</P> +<P>“It is not the sea, Hercules.”</P> +<P>“Not the sea!” cried the negro, “then what can it be?”</P> +<P>“We must wait till daybreak,” replied Dick, “and meanwhile we shall have to +keep a sharp look-out.”</P> +<P>Hercules returned to his place, but only to continue listening with +ever-increasing curiosity. The rumbling perceptibly increased till it became a +continued roar.</P> +<P>With scarcely any intervening twilight night passed into day. Just in front, +scarcely more than half a mile ahead, a great mist was hanging over the river; +it was not an ordinary fog, and when the sun rose, the light of the dawn caused +a brilliant rainbow to arch itself from shore to shore.</P> +<P>In a voice so loud that it awoke Mrs. Weldon, Dick gave his order to Hercules +to steer for the bank:—</P> +<P>“Quick, quick, Hercules! ashore! ashore! there are cataracts close +ahead!”</P> +<P>And so it was. Within little more than a quarter of a mile the bed of the +river sank abruptly some hundred feet, and the foaming waters rushed down in a +magnificent fall with irresistible velocity. A few minutes more and the canoe +must have been swallowed in the deep abyss.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XIX.</H4> +<H4>AN ATTACK.</H4> +<P>The canoe inclined to the west readily enough; the fall in the river-bed was +so sudden that the current remained quite unaffected by the cataract at a +distance of three hundred yards.</P> +<P>On the bank were woods so dense that sunlight could not penetrate the shade. +Dick was conscious of a sad misgiving when he looked at the character of the +territory through which they must necessarily pass. It did not seem practicable +by any means to convey the canoe below the falls.</P> +<P>As they neared the shore, Dingo became intensely agitated. At first Dick +suspected that a wild beast or a native might be lurking in the papyrus, but it +soon became obvious that the dog was excited by grief rather than by rage.</P> +<P>“Dingo is crying,” said Jack; “poor Dingo!” and the child laid his arms over +the creature’s neck.</P> +<P>The dog, however, was too impatient to be caressed; bounding away, he sprang +into the water, swam across the twenty feet that intervened between the shore, +and disappeared in the grass.</P> +<P>In a few moments the boat had glided on to a carpet of confervas and other +aquatic plants, starting a few kingfishers and some snow-white herons. Hercules +moored it to the stump of a tree, and the travellers went ashore.</P> +<P style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic">There was no pathway through +the forest, only the</P> +<P>[Illustration: Upon the smooth wood were two great letters in dingy red.]</P> +<P>trampled moss showed that the place had been recently visited either by +animals or men.</P> +<P>Dick took his gun and Hercules his hatchet, and they set out to search for +Dingo. They had not far to go before they saw him with his nose close to the +ground, manifestly following a scent; the animal raised his head for a moment, +as if beckoning them to follow, and kept on till he reached an old +sycamore-stump. Having called out to the rest of the party to join them, Dick +made his way farther into the wood till he got up to Dingo, who was whining +piteously at the entrance of a dilapidated hut.</P> +<P>The rest were not long in following, and they all entered the hut together. +The floor was strewn with bones whitened by exposure.</P> +<P>“Some one has died here,” said Mrs. Weldon.</P> +<P>“Perhaps,” added Dick, as if struck by a sudden thought, “it was Dingo’s old +master. Look at him! he is pointing with his paw.”</P> +<P>The portion of the sycamore-trunk which formed the farther side of the hut +had been stripped of its bark, and upon the smooth wood were two great letters +in dingy red almost effaced by time, but yet plain enough to be +distinguished.</P> +<P>“S. V.,” cried Dick, as he looked where the dog’s paw rested; “the same +initials that Dingo has upon his collar. There can be no mistake. S. V.”</P> +<P>A small copper box, green with verdigris, caught his eye, and he picked it +up. It was open, but contained a scrap of discoloured paper. The writing upon +this consisted of a few sentences, of which only detached words could be made +out, but they revealed the sad truth only too plainly.</P> +<P>“Robbed by Negoro—murdered—Dingo—help—Negoro guide—l20 miles from +coast—December 3rd, l871—write no more.</P> +<P>“S. VERNON.”</P> +<P>Here was the clue to a melancholy story. Samuel Vernon, under the guidance of +Negoro, and taking with him his dog Dingo, had set out on an exploration of a +district of Central Africa; he had taken a considerable quantity of money to +procure the necessary supplies on the way, and this had excited the cupidity of +his guide, who seized the opportunity, whilst they were encamping on the banks +of the Congo, to assassinate his employer, and get possession of his property. +Negoro, however, had not escaped; he had fallen into the hands of the +Portuguese, by whom he was recognized as an agent of the slave-dealer Alvez, and +condemned to spend the rest of his days in prison. He contrived after a while to +make his escape, and, as has been already mentioned, found his way to New +Zealand, whence he had returned by securing an engagement on board the +“Pilgrim.” Between the time when he was attacked by Negoro and the moment of his +death, Vernon had managed to write the few brief lines of which the fragments +still survived, and to deposit the document in the box from which the money had +been stolen, and by a last effort had traced out his initials in blood upon the +naked wood which formed the wall of the hut. For many days Dingo watched beside +his master, and throughout that time his eyes were resting so perpetually upon +the two crimson letters in front of him, that mere instinct seemed to fasten +them indelibly on his memory. Quitting his watch one day, perhaps to pacify his +hunger, the dog wandered to the coast, where he was picked up by the captain of +the “Waldeck,” afterwards to be transferred to the very ship on which his +owner’s murderer had been engaged as cook.</P> +<P>All throughout this time poor Vernon’s bones had been bleaching in the +African forest, and the first resolution of Dick and Mrs. Weldon was to give the +residue of his remains some semblance of a decent burial. They were just +proceeding to their task when Dingo gave a furious growl, and dashed out of the +hut; another moment, and a terrible shriek made it evident that he was in +conflict with some dread antagonist.</P> +<P>Hercules was quickly in pursuit, and the whole party followed in time to +witness the giant hurl himself upon a man with whom already Dingo was in mortal +combat.</P> +<P>[Illustration: The dog was griping the man by the throat]</P> +<P>The dog was griping the man by the throat, the man was lifting his cutlass +high above the head of the dog.</P> +<P>That man was Negoro. The rascal, on getting his letter at Kazonndé, instead +of embarking at once for America, had left his native escort for a while, and +returned to the scene of his crime to secure the treasure which he had left +buried at a little distance in a spot that he had marked. At this very moment he +was in the act of digging up the gold he had concealed; some glistening coins +scattered here and there betrayed his purpose; but in the midst of his labours +he had been startled by the dashing forward of a dog; another instant, and the +dog had fixed itself upon his throat, whilst he, in an agony of desperation, had +drawn his cutlass and plunged it deep into the creature’s side.</P> +<P>Hercules came up at the very climax of the death-struggle.</P> +<P>“You villain! you accursed villain! I have you now!” he cried, about to seize +hold of his victim.</P> +<P>But vengeance was already accomplished. Negoro gave no sign of life; death +had overtaken him on the very scene of his guilt. Dingo, too, had received a +mortal wound; he dragged himself back to the hut, lay down beside the remains of +his master, and expired.</P> +<P>The sad task of burying Vernon’s bones, and laying his faithful dog beside +them having been accomplished, the whole party was obliged to turn their +thoughts to their own safety. Although Negoro was dead, it as very likely that +the natives that he had taken with him were at no great distance, and would come +to search for him.</P> +<P>A hurried conference was held as to what steps had best be taken. The few +words traceable on the paper made them aware that they were on the banks of the +Congo, and that they were still 120 miles from the coast. The fall just ahead +was probably the cataract of Memo, but whatever it was, no doubt it effectually +barred their farther progress by water. There seemed no alternative but that +they should make their way by one bank or the other a mile or two below the +waterfall, and there construct a raft on which once again they could drift down +the stream. The question that pressed for immediate settlement was which bank it +should be. Here, on the left bank, would be the greater risk of encountering the +negro escort of Negoro, while as to the farther shore they could not tell what +obstacles it might present.</P> +<P>Altogether Mrs. Weldon advocated trying the other side, but Dick insisted +upon crossing first by himself to ascertain whether an advance by that route +were really practicable.</P> +<P>“The river is only about 100 yards wide,” he urged; “I can soon get across. I +shall leave Hercules to look after you all.”</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon demurred for a while, but Dick seemed resolute, and as he +promised to take his gun and not to attempt to land if he saw the least symptom +of danger, she at last consented, but with so much reluctance that even after he +had entered the canoe she said,—</P> +<P>“I think, Dick, it would be really better for us all to go together.”</P> +<P>“No, Mrs. Weldon, indeed, no; I am sure it is best for me to go alone; I +shall be back in an hour.”</P> +<P>“If it must be so, it must,” said the lady.</P> +<P>“Keep a sharp look-out, Hercules!” cried the youth cheerily, as he pushed off +from the land.</P> +<P>The strength of the current was by no means violent, but quite enough to make +the direction of Dick’s course somewhat oblique. The roar of the cataract +reverberated in his ears, and the spray, wafted by the westerly wind, brushed +lightly past his face, and he shuddered as he felt how near they must have been +to destruction if he had relaxed his watch throughout the night.</P> +<P>It took him hardly a quarter of an hour to reach the opposite bank, and he +was just preparing to land when there arose a tremendous shout from about a +dozen natives, who, rushing forward, began to tear away the canopy of grass with +which the canoe was covered.</P> +<P>Dick’s horror was great. It would have been greater still if he had known +that they were cannibals. They were the natives settled at the lacustrine +village higher up the river. When the piece of thatch had been knocked off in +passing the piles a glimpse had been caught of the passengers below, and aware +that the cataract ahead must ultimately bring them to a standstill, the eager +barbarians had followed them persistently day by day for the last eight +days.</P> +<P>Now they thought they had secured their prize, but loud was their yell of +disappointment when on stripping off the thatch they found only one person, and +that a mere boy, standing beneath it.</P> +<P>Dick stood as calmly as he could at the bow, and pointed his gun towards the +savages, who were sufficiently acquainted with the nature of fire-arms to make +them afraid to attack him.</P> +<P>Mrs. Weldon with the others, in their eagerness to watch Dick’s movements, +had remained standing upon the shore of the river, and at this instant were +caught sight of by one of the natives, who pointed them out to his companions. A +sudden impulse seized the whole of them, and they sprang into the canoe; there +seemed to be a practised hand amongst them, which caught hold of the rudder-oar, +and the little craft was quickly on its way back.</P> +<P>Although he gave up all as now well-nigh lost, Dick neither moved nor spoke. +He had one lingering hope yet left. Was it not possible even now that by +sacrificing his own life he could save the lives of those that were entrusted to +him?</P> +<P>When the canoe had come near enough to the shore for his voice to be heard, +he shouted with all his might,—</P> +<P>“Fly, Mrs. Weldon; fly, all of you; fly for your lives!”</P> +<P>But neither Mrs. Weldon nor Hercules stirred; they seemed rooted to the +ground.</P> +<P>“Fly, fly, fly!” he continued shouting.</P> +<P>But though he knew they must hear him, yet he saw them make no effort to +escape. He understood their meaning; of what avail was flight when the savages +would be upon their track in a few minutes after?</P> +<P>A sudden thought crossed his mind. He raised his gun and fired at the man who +was steering; the bullet shattered the rudder-scull into fragments.</P> +<P>The cannibals uttered a yell of terror. Deprived of guidance, the canoe was +at the mercy of the current, and, borne along with increasing speed, was soon +within a hundred feet of the cataract.</P> +<P>The anxious watchers on the bank instantly discerned Dick’s purpose, and +understood that in order to save them he had formed the resolution of +precipitating himself with the savages into the seething waters</P> +<P>Nothing could avail to arrest the swift descent. Mrs Weldon in an agony of +despair waved her hands in a last sad farewell, Jack and Benedict seemed +paralyzed, whilst Hercules involuntarily extended his great strong arm that was +powerless to aid.</P> +<P>Suddenly the natives, impelled by a last frantic effort to reach the shore, +plunged into the water, but then movement capsized the boat.</P> +<P>Face to face with death, Dick lost nothing of his indomitable presence of +mind. Might not that light canoe, floating bottom upwards, be made the means for +yet another grasp at life? The danger that threatened him was twofold, there was +the risk of suffocation as well as the peril of being drowned; could not the +inverted canoe be used for a kind of float at once to keep his head above water +and to serve as a screen from the rushing air? He had some faint recollection of +how it had been proved possible under some such conditions to descend in safety +the falls of Niagara.</P> +<P>Quick as lightning he seized hold of the cross-bench of the canoe, and with +his head out of water beneath the upturned keel, he was dashed down the furious +and well-nigh perpendicular fall.</P> +<P>The craft sank deep into the abyss, but rose quickly again to the surface. +Here was Dick’s chance, he was a good swimmer, and his life depended now upon +his strength of arm.</P> +<P>It was a hard struggle, but he succeeded. In a quarter of an hour he had +landed on the left hand bank, where he</P> +<P>[Illustration: The bullet shattered the rudder scull into fragments]</P> +<P>was greeted with the joyful congratulations of his friends, who had hurried +to the foot of the fall to assure themselves of his fate.</P> +<P>The cannibals had all disappeared in the surging waters. Unprotected in their +fall, they had doubtless ceased to breathe before reaching the lowest depths of +the cataract where their lifeless bodies would soon be dashed to pieces against +the sharp rocks that were scattered along the lower course of the stream.</P> +<H4>CHAPTER XX.</H4> +<H4>A HAPPY REUNION.</H4> +<P>Two days after Dick’s marvellous deliverance the party had the good fortune +to fall in with a caravan of honest Portuguese ivory-traders on their way to +Emboma, at the mouth of the Congo. They rendered the fugitives every assistance, +and thus enabled them to reach the coast without further discomfort.</P> +<P>This meeting with the caravan was a most fortunate occurrence, as any project +of launching a raft upon the Zaire would have been quite impracticable, the +river between the Ntemo and Yellala Falls being a continuous series of +cataracts. Stanley counted as many as sixty-two, and it was hereabouts that that +brave traveller sustained the last of thirty-one conflicts with the natives, +escaping almost by a miracle from the Mbelo cataract.</P> +<P>Before the middle of August the party arrived at Emboma, where they were +hospitably received by M. Motta Viega and Mr. Harrison. A steamer was just on +the point of starting for the Isthmus of Panama; in this they took their +passage, and in due time set foot once more upon American soil.</P> +<P>Forthwith a message was despatched to Mr. Weldon, apprising him of the return +of the wife and child over whose loss he had mourned so long On the 25th the +railroad deposited the travellers at San Francisco, the only thing to mar their +happiness being the recollection that Tom and his partners were not with them to +share their joy.</P> +<P>Mr. Weldon had every reason to congratulate himself that Negoro had failed to +reach him. No doubt he would have been ready to sacrifice the bulk of his +fortune, and without a moment’s hesitation would have set out for the coast of +Africa, but who could question that he would there have been exposed to the +vilest treachery? He felt that to Dick Sands and to Hercules he owed a debt of +gratitude that it would be impossible to repay; Dick assumed more than ever the +place of an adopted son, whilst the brave negro was regarded as a true and +faithful friend.</P> +<P>Cousin Benedict, it must be owned, failed to share for long the general joy. +After giving Mr. Weldon a hasty shake of the hand, he hurried off to his private +room, and resumed his studies almost as if they had never been interrupted. He +set himself vigorously to work with the design of producing an elaborate +treatise upon the “Hexapodes Benedictus” hitherto unknown to entomological +research. Here in his private chamber spectacles and magnifying-glass were ready +for his use, and he was now able for the first time with the aid of proper +appliances to examine the unique production of Central Africa.</P> +<P>A shriek of horror and disappointment escaped his lips. The Hexapodes +Benedictus was not a hexapod at all. It was a common spider. Hercules, in +catching it, had unfortunately broken off its two front legs, and Benedict, +almost blind as he was, had failed to detect the accident. His chagrin was most +pitiable, the wonderful discovery that was to have exalted his name high in the +annals of science belonged simply to the common order of the arachnidæ The blow +to his aspirations was very heavy; it brought on a fit of illness from which it +took him some time to recover.</P> +<P>For the next three years Dick was entrusted with the education of little Jack +during the intervals he could spare from the prosecution of his own studies, +into which he threw himself with an energy quickened by a kind of remorse.</P> +<P>“If only I had known what a seaman ought to know when I was left to myself on +board the ‘Pilgrim,’ ” he would continually say, “what misery and suffering we +might have been spared!”</P> +<P>So diligently did he apply himself to the technical branches of his +profession that at the age of eighteen he received a special certificate of +honour, and was at once raised to the rank of a captain in Mr. Weldon’s +firm.</P> +<P>Thus by his industry and good conduct did the poor foundling of Sandy Hook +rise to a post of distinction. In spite of his youth, he commanded universal +respect; his native modesty and straightforwardness never failed him, and for +his own part, he seemed to be unconscious of those fine traits in his character +which had impelled him to deeds that made him little short of a hero.</P> +<P>His leisure moments, however, were often troubled by one source of sadness; +he could never forget the four negroes for whose misfortunes he held himself by +his own inexperience to be in a way responsible. Mrs. Weldon thoroughly shared +his regret, and would have made many sacrifices to discover what had become of +them. This anxiety was at length relieved.</P> +<P>Owing to the large correspondence of Mr. Weldon in almost every quarter of +the world, it was discovered that the whole of them had been sold in one lot, +and that they were now in Madagascar. Without listening for a moment to Dick’s +proposal to apply all his savings to effect their liberation, Mr. Weldon set his +own agents to negotiate for their freedom, and on the 15th of November, 1877, +Tom, Bat, Actæon, and Austin awaited their welcome at the merchant’s door. It is +needless to say how warm were the greetings they received.</P> +<P>Out of all the survivors of the “Pilgrim” that had been cast upon the fatal +coast of Africa, old Nan alone was wanting to complete the number. Considering +what they had all undergone, and the perils to which they had been exposed, it +seemed little short of a miracle that she and poor Dingo should be the only +victims.</P> +<P>High was the festivity that night in the house of the Californian merchant, +and the toast, proposed at Mrs. Weldon’s request, that was received with the +loudest acclamation was</P> +<P>“DICK SANDS, THE BOY CAPTAIN!”</P> +<P>THE END.</P> +<H4>End of the Voyage Extraordinaire</H4> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Dick Sands the Boy Captain, by Jules Verne + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK SANDS THE BOY CAPTAIN *** + +This file should be named 8sand10h.htm or 8sand10h.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8sand11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8sand10ah.htm + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> |